OUTLINE OF

U.S.
History
Early Settlement
Colonial Period
Road to Independence
Forming a Government
Westward Expansion
Sectional Conflict
Civil War
Economic Growth
Discontent and Reform
War, Prosperity, and Depression
The New Deal and World War II
Postwar Prosperity
Civil Rights and Social Change
A New World Order
Bridge to the 21st Century
2008 Presidential Election

U.S. HISTORYOU
UTTLL II N
NE
E O
OF
F
O

Bureau of International Information Programs
U.S. Department of State2011

U.S. HISTORY
OU
UT
TL
LIIN
NE
E O
OF
F
O

C

O

N

T

E

N

T

S

CHAPTER 1 Early America  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 4CHAPTER 2 The Colonial Period .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 22
CHAPTER 3 The Road to Independence .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 50
CHAPTER 4 The Formation of a National Government  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 66
CHAPTER 5 Westward Expansion and Regional Differences .  .  .  .  .  .  . 110
CHAPTER 6 Sectional Conflict .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 128
CHAPTER 7 The Civil War and Reconstruction .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 140
CHAPTER 8 Growth and Transformation .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 154
CHAPTER 9 Discontent and Reform .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 188
CHAPTER 10 War, Prosperity, and Depression .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 202
CHAPTER 11 The New Deal and World War II .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 212
CHAPTER 12 Postwar America .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 256
CHAPTER 13 Decades of Change: 1960-1980 .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 274
CHAPTER 14 The New Conservatism and a New World Order .  .  .  .  .  . 304
CHAPTER 15 Bridge to the 21st Century  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 320
CHAPTER 16 Politics of Hope .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 340
PICTURE PROFILES

Becoming a Nation .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 38
Transforming a Nation .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 89
Monuments and Memorials .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 161
Turmoil and Change .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 229
21st Century Nation .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 293
Bibliography  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 346
Index  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 349

4

1

CHAPTEREARLYAMERICA

Mesa Verde settlement inColorado, 13th century.

CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA“Heaven and Earth neveragreed better to frame a place
for man’s habitation.”Jamestown founder John Smith, 1607

ancestors had for thousands of years,
along the Siberian coast and thenacross the land bridge.
Once in Alaska, it would takethese first North Americans thousands of years more to work their
way through the openings in great
glaciers south to what is now theUnited States. Evidence of early life
in North America continues to befound. Little of it, however, can bereliably dated before 12,000 B.C.; arecent discovery of a hunting lookout in northern Alaska, for example, may date from almost that time.
So too may the finely crafted spear
points and items found near Clovis,
New Mexico.
Similar artifacts have been foundat sites throughout North and SouthAmerica, indicating that life wasprobably already well established in

THE FIRST AMERICANSAt the height of the Ice Age, between 34,000 and 30,000 B.C., muchof the world’s water was locked up
in vast continental ice sheets. As aresult, the Bering Sea was hundredsof meters below its current level, anda land bridge, known as Beringia,
emerged between Asia and North
America. At its peak, Beringia isthought to have been some 1,500 kilometers wide. A moist and treelesstundra, it was covered with grasses
and plant life, attracting the large
animals that early humans hunted
for their survival.
The first people to reach North
America almost certainly did so
without knowing they had crossed
into a new continent. They would
have been following game, as their
6

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

much of the Western Hemisphere bysome time prior to 10,000 B.C.
Around that time the mammoth
began to die out and the bison took
its place as a principal source offood and hides for these early North
Americans. Over time, as more andmore species of large game vanished — whether from overhunting
or natural causes — plants, berries,and seeds became an increasingly
important part of the early American diet. Gradually, foraging andthe first attempts at primitive agriculture appeared. Native Americans
in what is now central Mexico led
the way, cultivating corn, squash,
and beans, perhaps as early as 8,000
B.C. Slowly, this knowledge spread
northward.
By 3,000 B.C., a primitive type ofcorn was being grown in the rivervalleys of New Mexico and Arizona. Then the first signs of irrigation
began to appear, and, by 300 B.C.,
signs of early village life.
By the first centuries A.D., theHohokam were living in settlements
near what is now Phoenix, Arizona, where they built ball courts andpyramid-like mounds reminiscentof those found in Mexico, as well asa canal and irrigation system.

ing earthen burial sites and fortifications around 600 B.C. Somemounds from that era are in the
shape of birds or serpents; they
probably served religious purposes
not yet fully understood.
The Adenans appear to havebeen absorbed or displaced by various groups collectively known as
Hopewellians. One of the most important centers of their culture wasfound in southern Ohio, where theremains of several thousand of thesemounds still can be seen. Believed
to be great traders, the Hopewellians used and exchanged tools andmaterials across a wide region of
hundreds of kilometers.
By around 500 A.D., theHopewellians disappeared, too,
gradually giving way to a broadgroup of tribes generally known
as the Mississippians or Temple
Mound culture. One city, Cahokia, near Collinsville, Illinois, isthought to have had a population of
about 20,000 at its peak in the early
12th century. At the center of thecity stood a huge earthen mound,
flattened at the top, that was 30
meters high and 37 hectares at thebase. Eighty other mounds havebeen found nearby.
Cities such as Cahokia depended on a combination of hunting,foraging, trading, and agriculture
for their food and supplies. Influenced by the thriving societies to thesouth, they evolved into complex hierarchical societies that took slaves
and practiced human sacrifice.

MOUND BUILDERS AND
PUEBLOST
he first Native-American groupto build mounds in what is now theUnited States often are called the
Adenans. They began construct-

7

CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA

In what is now the southwest
United States, the Anasazi, ancestorsof the modern Hopi Indians, beganbuilding stone and adobe pueblos
around the year 900. These uniqueand amazing apartment-like structures were often built along cliff
faces; the most famous, the “cliff
palace” of Mesa Verde, Colorado,
had more than 200 rooms. Anothersite, the Pueblo Bonito ruins along
New Mexico’s Chaco River, once
contained more than 800 rooms.
Perhaps the most affluent of the
pre-Columbian Native Americans
lived in the Pacific Northwest, where
the natural abundance of fish andraw materials made food supplies
plentiful and permanent villages possible as early as 1,000 B.C. The opulence of their “potlatch” gatherings
remains a standard for extravaganceand festivity probably unmatched inearly American history.

the indigenous population practically from the time of initial contact. Smallpox, in particular, ravaged
whole communities and is thought
to have been a much more directcause of the precipitous decline in
the Indian population in the 1600s
than the numerous wars and skirmishes with European settlers.
Indian customs and culture at thetime were extraordinarily diverse,
as could be expected, given the expanse of the land and the many different environments to which they
had adapted. Some generalizations,however, are possible. Most tribes,
particularly in the wooded easternregion and the Midwest, combined
aspects of hunting, gathering, andthe cultivation of maize and otherproducts for their food supplies.
In many cases, the women were
responsible for farming and the
distribution of food, while the men
hunted and participated in war.
NATIVE-AMERICAN
By all accounts, Native-American
CULTURES
society in North America was closely
tied to the land. Identification withhe America that greeted the first nature and the elements was integral
Europeans was, thus, far from an to religious beliefs. Their life was
empty wilderness. It is now thought essentially clan-oriented and comthat as many people lived in the munal, with children allowed more
Western Hemisphere as in West- freedom and tolerance than was theern Europe at that time — about 40 European custom of the day.
million. Estimates of the number of
Although some North AmeriNative Americans living in what is can tribes developed a type of hinow the United States at the onset of eroglyphics to preserve certain
European colonization range from texts, Native-American culture was
two to 18 million, with most histori- primarily oral, with a high value
ans tending toward the lower figure. placed on the recounting of tales
What is certain is the devastating ef- and dreams. Clearly, there was afect that European disease had on good deal of trade among various

T

8

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

groups and strong evidence exists
Columbus never saw the mainthat neighboring tribes maintained land of the future United States,
extensive and formal relations — but the first explorations of it wereboth friendly and hostile.
launched from the Spanish possessions that he helped establish. The
THE FIRST EUROPEANS
first of these took place in 1513
when a group of men under Juanhe first Europeans to arrive in Ponce de León landed on the Florida
North America — at least the first coast near the present city of St.
for whom there is solid evidence Augustine.
— were Norse, traveling west from
With the conquest of Mexico inGreenland, where Erik the Red 1522, the Spanish further solidihad founded a settlement around fied their position in the Western
the year 985. In 1001 his son Leif is Hemisphere. The ensuing discovthought to have explored the north- eries added to Europe’s knowledge
east coast of what is now Canada and of what was now named America
spent at least one winter there.
— after the Italian Amerigo VesWhile Norse sagas suggest that pucci, who wrote a widely popular
Viking sailors explored the Atlan- account of his voyages to a “Newtic coast of North America down World.” By 1529 reliable maps of theas far as the Bahamas, such claims Atlantic coastline from Labrador
remain unproven. In 1963, however, to Tierra del Fuego had been drawn
the ruins of some Norse houses dat- up, although it would take more thaning from that era were discovered at another century before hope of disL’Anse-aux-Meadows in northern covering a “Northwest Passage” to
Newfoundland, thus supporting at Asia would be completely abandoned.
least some of the saga claims.
Among the most significant earIn 1497, just five years after ly Spanish explorations was that ofChristopher Columbus landed in Hernando De Soto, a veteran conthe Caribbean looking for a west- quistador who had accompanied
ern route to Asia, a Venetian sail- Francisco Pizarro in the conquest ofor named John Cabot arrived in Peru. Leaving Havana in 1539, De
Newfoundland on a mission for Soto’s expedition landed in Florida
the British king. Although quickly and ranged through the southeastforgotten, Cabot’s journey was later ern United States as far as the Missisto provide the basis for British claims sippi River in search of riches.
to North America. It also opened
Another Spaniard, Francisthe way to the rich fishing grounds co Vázquez de Coronado, set out
off George’s Banks, to which Eu- from Mexico in 1540 in search ofropean fishermen, particularly the the mythical Seven Cities of CiboPortuguese, were soon making reg- la. Coronado’s travels took him toular visits.
the Grand Canyon and Kansas, but

T

9CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA

failed to reveal the gold or treasure
his men sought. However, his party did leave the peoples of the region a remarkable, if unintended,
gift: Enough of his horses escapedto transform life on the Great Plains.
Within a few generations, the Plains
Indians had become masters ofhorsemanship, greatly expanding
the range of their activities.
While the Spanish were pushingup from the south, the northern portion of the present-day United States
was slowly being revealed throughthe journeys of men such as Giovanni da Verrazano. A Florentine whosailed for the French, Verrazano
made landfall in North Carolina in
1524, then sailed north along the Atlantic Coast past what is now New
York harbor.
A decade later, the Frenchman
Jacques Cartier set sail with the hope— like the other Europeans before
him — of finding a sea passage toAsia. Cartier’s expeditions along theSt. Lawrence River laid the foundation for the French claims to North
America, which were to last until
1763.
Following the collapse of theirfirst Quebec colony in the 1540s,
French Huguenots attempted to settle the northern coast of Florida two
decades later. The Spanish, viewing
the French as a threat to their traderoute along the Gulf Stream, destroyed the colony in 1565. Ironically, the leader of the Spanish forces,
Pedro Menéndez, would soon establish a town not far away — St. Augustine. It was the first permanent

European settlement in what would
become the United States.
The great wealth that poured into
Spain from the colonies in Mexico,
the Caribbean, and Peru provoked
great interest on the part of the other
European powers. Emerging maritime nations such as England, drawn
in part by Francis Drake’s successful raids on Spanish treasure ships,
began to take an interest in the New
World.
In 1578 Humphrey Gilbert, theauthor of a treatise on the search
for the Northwest Passage, received
a patent from Queen Elizabeth tocolonize the “heathen and barbarous landes” in the New World that
other European nations had not yetclaimed. It would be five years before
his efforts could begin. When he waslost at sea, his half-brother, Walter
Raleigh, took up the mission.
In 1585 Raleigh established thefirst British colony in North America, on Roanoke Island off the coastof North Carolina. It was later abandoned, and a second effort two years
later also proved a failure. It would
be 20 years before the British would
try again. This time — at Jamestownin 1607 — the colony would succeed,
and North America would enter a
new era.

EARLY SETTLEMENTSThe early 1600s saw the beginning of a great tide of emigrationfrom Europe to North America.
Spanning more than three centuries,
this movement grew from a trickle
10

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

of a few hundred English colonists
to a flood of millions of newcomers.
Impelled by powerful and diverse
motivations, they built a new civilization on the northern part of thecontinent.
The first English immigrants
to what is now the United Statescrossed the Atlantic long after thriving Spanish colonies had been established in Mexico, the West Indies,and South America. Like all early
travelers to the New World, theycame in small, overcrowded ships.
During their six- to 12-week voyages, they lived on meager rations.
Many died of disease, ships were
often battered by storms, and somewere lost at sea.
Most European emigrants left
their homelands to escape politicaloppression, to seek the freedom topractice their religion, or to find opportunities denied them at home.
Between 1620 and 1635, economic
difficulties swept England. Many
people could not find work. Evenskilled artisans could earn little
more than a bare living. Poor crop
yields added to the distress. In addition, the Commercial Revolution
had created a burgeoning textile
industry, which demanded an everincreasing supply of wool to keep
the looms running. Landlords enclosed farmlands and evicted thepeasants in favor of sheep cultivation. Colonial expansion became
an outlet for this displaced peasantpopulation.
The colonists’ first glimpse of
the new land was a vista of dense

woods. The settlers might not havesurvived had it not been for thehelp of friendly Indians, who taught
them how to grow native plants —pumpkin, squash, beans, and corn.
In addition, the vast, virgin forests,
extending nearly 2,100 kilometers
along the Eastern seaboard, proveda rich source of game and firewood.
They also provided abundant raw
materials used to build houses, furniture, ships, and profitable items
for export.
Although the new continent was
remarkably endowed by nature,trade with Europe was vital for articles the settlers could not produce.
The coast served the immigrants
well. The whole length of shore provided many inlets and harbors. Only
two areas — North Carolina andsouthern New Jersey — lacked harbors for ocean-going vessels.
Majestic rivers — the Kennebec,
Hudson, Delaware, Susquehanna,
Potomac, and numerous others —linked lands between the coast andthe Appalachian Mountains withthe sea. Only one river, however, theSt. Lawrence — dominated by the
French in Canada — offered a water
passage to the Great Lakes and theheart of the continent. Dense forests,
the resistance of some Indian tribes,
and the formidable barrier of theAppalachian Mountains discouraged settlement beyond the coastal
plain. Only trappers and traders
ventured into the wilderness. For
the first hundred years the colonists
built their settlements compactly
along the coast.
11

CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA

Political considerations influenced many people to move to
America. In the 1630s, arbitrary rule
by England’s Charles I gave impetus
to the migration. The subsequent revolt and triumph of Charles’ opponents under Oliver Cromwell in the1640s led many cavaliers — “king’smen” — to cast their lot in Virginia.
In the German-speaking regions ofEurope, the oppressive policies ofvarious petty princes — particularly
with regard to religion — and thedevastation caused by a long seriesof wars helped swell the movement
to America in the late 17th and 18th
centuries.
The journey entailed carefulplanning and management, as wellas considerable expense and risk.
Settlers had to be transported nearly
5,000 kilometers across the sea. They
needed utensils, clothing, seed, tools,
building materials, livestock, arms,
and ammunition. In contrast to thecolonization policies of other countries and other periods, the emigration from England was not directly
sponsored by the government but byprivate groups of individuals whose
chief motive was profit.

they chose a site about 60 kilometers
up the James River from the bay.
Made up of townsmen and adventurers more interested in finding
gold than farming, the group was
unequipped by temperament or ability to embark upon a completely newlife in the wilderness. Among them,
Captain John Smith emerged as thedominant figure. Despite quarrels,
starvation, and Native-American
attacks, his ability to enforce discipline held the little colony together
through its first year.
In 1609 Smith returned to England, and in his absence, the colony
descended into anarchy. During thewinter of 1609-1610, the majority of
the colonists succumbed to disease.
Only 60 of the original 300 settlers
were still alive by May 1610. Thatsame year, the town of Henrico (nowRichmond) was established farther
up the James River.
It was not long, however, before
a development occurred that revolutionized Virginia’s economy. In
1612 John Rolfe began cross-breeding imported tobacco seed from theWest Indies with native plants andproduced a new variety that waspleasing to European taste. The first
JAMESTOWN
shipment of this tobacco reachedLondon in 1614. Within a decade it
he first of the British colonies had become Virginia’s chief source
to take hold in North America was of revenue.
Jamestown. On the basis of a charProsperity did not come quickly,
ter which King James I granted to however, and the death rate fromthe Virginia (or London) Company, disease and Indian attacks remained
a group of about 100 men set out for extraordinarily high. Between 1607
the Chesapeake Bay in 1607. Seeking and 1624 approximately 14,000 peoto avoid conflict with the Spanish, ple migrated to the colony, yet only

T

12

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

1,132 were living there in 1624. On
recommendation of a royal commission, the king dissolved the Virginia
Company, and made it a royal colonythat year.

nized government, the men drafted
a formal agreement to abide by “justand equal laws” drafted by leadersof their own choosing. This was the
Mayflower Compact.
In December the Mayflower
reached Plymouth harbor; the Pilgrims began to build their settlement during the winter. Nearly half
the colonists died of exposure anddisease, but neighboring Wampanoag Indians provided the information that would sustain them: how
to grow maize. By the next fall, thePilgrims had a plentiful crop of corn,
and a growing trade based on furs
and lumber.
A new wave of immigrants arrived on the shores of Massachusetts
Bay in 1630 bearing a grant fromKing Charles I to establish a colony.
Many of them were Puritans whose
religious practices were increasingly
prohibited in England. Their leader,John Winthrop, urged them to create a “city upon a hill” in the New
World — a place where they would
live in strict accordance with theirreligious beliefs and set an example
for all of Christendom.
The Massachusetts Bay Colony
was to play a significant role in thedevelopment of the entire New England region, in part because Winthrop and his Puritan colleagues
were able to bring their charter withthem. Thus the authority for the colony’s government resided in Massachusetts, not in England.
Under the charter’s provisions,power rested with the General
Court, which was made up of “free-

MASSACHUSETTS

D
uring the religious upheavalsof the 16th century, a body of men

and women called Puritans sought
to reform the Established Church of
England from within. Essentially,
they demanded that the rituals andstructures associated with Roman
Catholicism be replaced by simpler
Calvinist Protestant forms of faithand worship. Their reformist ideas,
by destroying the unity of the statechurch, threatened to divide thepeople and to undermine royalauthority.
In 1607 a small group of Separatists — a radical sect of Puritans
who did not believe the Established
Church could ever be reformed —departed for Leyden, Holland, where
the Dutch granted them asylum.
However, the Calvinist Dutch restricted them mainly to low-paid laboring jobs. Some members of thecongregation grew dissatisfied withthis discrimination and resolved toemigrate to the New World.
In 1620, a group of Leyden Puritans secured a land patent from theVirginia Company. Numbering 101,
they set out for Virginia on the Mayflower. A storm sent them far northand they landed in New Englandon Cape Cod. Believing themselves
outside the jurisdiction of any orga13

CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA

men” required to be members of the
Puritan, or Congregational, Church.
This guaranteed that the Puritans
would be the dominant political aswell as religious force in the colony.
The General Court elected the governor, who for most of the next generation would be John Winthrop.
The rigid orthodoxy of the Puritan rule was not to everyone’s liking. One of the first to challenge theGeneral Court openly was a young
clergyman named Roger Williams,
who objected to the colony’s seizureof Indian lands and advocated separation of church and state. Anotherdissenter, Anne Hutchinson, challenged key doctrines of Puritan theology. Both they and their followers
were banished.
Williams purchased land fromthe Narragansett Indians in what is
now Providence, Rhode Island, in
1636. In 1644, a sympathetic Puritan-controlled English Parliament
gave him the charter that established
Rhode Island as a distinct colony
where complete separation of churchand state as well as freedom of religion was practiced.
So-called heretics like Williams
were not the only ones who left Massachusetts. Orthodox Puritans, seeking better lands and opportunities,
soon began leaving Massachusetts
Bay Colony. News of the fertility of
the Connecticut River Valley, for instance, attracted the interest of farmers having a difficult time with poor
land. By the early 1630s, many wereready to brave the danger of Indianattack to obtain level ground anddeep, rich soil. These new communities often eliminated church membership as a prerequisite for voting,thereby extending the franchise toever larger numbers of men.
At the same time, other settlements began cropping up along the
New Hampshire and Maine coasts,
as more and more immigrantssought the land and liberty the New
World seemed to offer.

NEW NETHERLAND AND
MARYLAND

H
ired by the Dutch East India
Company, Henry Hudson in 1609

explored the area around what is
now New York City and the riverthat bears his name, to a point probably north of present-day Albany,
New York. Subsequent Dutch voyages laid the basis for their claims
and early settlements in the area.
As with the French to the north,the first interest of the Dutch was the
fur trade. To this end, they cultivatedclose relations with the Five Nationsof the Iroquois, who were the key tothe heartland from which the furscame. In 1617 Dutch settlers built afort at the junction of the Hudson
and the Mohawk Rivers, where Albany now stands.
Settlement on the island of Manhattan began in the early 1620s. In
1624, the island was purchased fromlocal Native Americans for the reported price of $24. It was promptly
renamed New Amsterdam.
In order to attract settlers to the
Hudson River region, the Dutch en14

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

couraged a type of feudal aristocracy, known as the “patroon” system.
The first of these huge estates were
established in 1630 along the Hudson River. Under the patroon system, any stockholder, or patroon,
who could bring 50 adults to his estate over a four-year period was given a 25-kilometer river-front plot,
exclusive fishing and hunting privileges, and civil and criminal jurisdiction over his lands. In turn, he
provided livestock, tools, and buildings. The tenants paid the patroon
rent and gave him first option on
surplus crops.
Further to the south, a Swedish
trading company with ties to the
Dutch attempted to set up its firstsettlement along the Delaware River three years later. Without the resources to consolidate its position,
New Sweden was gradually absorbed
into New Netherland, and later,
Pennsylvania and Delaware.
In 1632 the Catholic Calvert family obtained a charter for land northof the Potomac River from KingCharles I in what became known as
Maryland. As the charter did not expressly prohibit the establishment of
non-Protestant churches, the colony
became a haven for Catholics. Maryland’s first town, St. Mary’s, wasestablished in 1634 near where the
Potomac River flows into the Chesapeake Bay.
While establishing a refuge for
Catholics, who faced increasing persecution in Anglican England, theCalverts were also interested in creating profitable estates. To this end,

and to avoid trouble with the British
government, they also encouraged
Protestant immigration.
Maryland’s royal charter hada mixture of feudal and modern
elements. On the one hand theCalvert family had the power tocreate manorial estates. On the other, they could only make laws withthe consent of freemen (property
holders). They found that in order
to attract settlers — and make aprofit from their holdings — they
had to offer people farms, not justtenancy on manorial estates. The
number of independent farms grewin consequence. Their owners demanded a voice in the affairs of thecolony. Maryland’s first legislature
met in 1635.

COLONIAL-INDIAN
RELATIONS

B
y 1640 the British had solidcolonies established along the New

England coast and the Chesapeake
Bay. In between were the Dutch andthe tiny Swedish community. To thewest were the original Americans,then called Indians.
Sometimes friendly, sometimes
hostile, the Eastern tribes were nolonger strangers to the Europeans.
Although Native Americans benefited from access to new technology and trade, the disease and thirstfor land that the early settlers alsobrought posed a serious challenge totheir long-established way of life.
At first, trade with the European
settlers brought advantages: knives,
15

CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA

axes, weapons, cooking utensils,
fishhooks, and a host of other goods.
Those Indians who traded initially had significant advantage overrivals who did not. In response toEuropean demand, tribes such as theIroquois began to devote more attention to fur trapping during the17th century. Furs and pelts provided tribes the means to purchasecolonial goods until late into the18th century.
Early colonial-Native-American
relations were an uneasy mix of cooperation and conflict. On the one
hand, there were the exemplary relations that prevailed during the firsthalf century of Pennsylvania’s existence. On the other were a long seriesof setbacks, skirmishes, and wars,
which almost invariably resulted inan Indian defeat and further loss ofland.
The first of the important NativeAmerican uprisings occurred in Virginia in 1622, when some 347 whites
were killed, including a number ofmissionaries who had just recently
come to Jamestown.
White settlement of the Connecticut River region touched off thePequot War in 1637. In 1675 King
Philip, the son of the native chief
who had made the original peacewith the Pilgrims in 1621, attempted
to unite the tribes of southern New
England against further European encroachment of their lands. In
the struggle, however, Philip lost
his life and many Indians were soldinto servitude.

The steady influx of settlers into
the backwoods regions of the Easterncolonies disrupted Native-American
life. As more and more game waskilled off, tribes were faced with thedifficult choice of going hungry, going to war, or moving and coming
into conflict with other tribes to thewest.
The Iroquois, who inhabited thearea below lakes Ontario and Eriein northern New York and Pennsylvania, were more successful in resisting European advances. In 1570
five tribes joined to form the mostcomplex Native-American nationof its time, the “Ho-De-No-SauNee,” or League of the Iroquois. The
league was run by a council madeup of 50 representatives from each of
the five member tribes. The council
dealt with matters common to all thetribes, but it had no say in how thefree and equal tribes ran their dayto-day affairs. No tribe was allowed
to make war by itself. The council
passed laws to deal with crimes suchas murder.
The Iroquois League was a strong
power in the 1600s and 1700s. It
traded furs with the British andsided with them against the Frenchin the war for the dominance ofAmerica between 1754 and 1763.
The British might not have won that
war otherwise.
The Iroquois League stayedstrong until the American Revolution. Then, for the first time, thecouncil could not reach a unanimous decision on whom to support.
Member tribes made their own de16

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

cisions, some fighting with the British, some with the colonists, someremaining neutral. As a result, everyone fought against the Iroquois.
Their losses were great and theleague never recovered.

established in the Carolinas and theDutch driven out of New Netherland. New proprietary colonies were
established in New York, New Jersey,
Delaware, and Pennsylvania.
The Dutch settlements had been
ruled by autocratic governors appointed in Europe. Over the years,
the local population had become
estranged from them. As a result,when the British colonists began encroaching on Dutch claims in Long
Island and Manhattan, the unpopular governor was unable to rally the
population to their defense. New
Netherland fell in 1664. The termsof the capitulation, however, were
mild: The Dutch settlers were able toretain their property and worship as
they pleased.
As early as the 1650s, the Albemarle Sound region off the coast ofwhat is now northern North Carolina was inhabited by settlers trickling
down from Virginia. The first proprietary governor arrived in 1664.
The first town in Albemarle, a remote area even today, was not established until the arrival of a group of
French Huguenots in 1704.
In 1670 the first settlers, drawn
from New England and the Caribbean island of Barbados, arrived
in what is now Charleston, South
Carolina. An elaborate system ofgovernment, to which the British
philosopher John Locke contributed, was prepared for the new colony.
One of its prominent features was afailed attempt to create a hereditary
nobility. One of the colony’s least appealing aspects was the early trade in

SECOND GENERATION OF
BRITISH COLONIEST
he religious and civil conflict inEngland in the mid-17th century

limited immigration, as well as theattention the mother country paid
the fledgling American colonies.
In part to provide for the defense
measures England was neglecting, the Massachusetts Bay, Plymouth, Connecticut, and New Havencolonies formed the New England
Confederation in 1643. It was theEuropean colonists’ first attempt atregional unity.
The early history of the British
settlers reveals a good deal of contention — religious and political —as groups vied for power and position among themselves and theirneighbors. Maryland, in particular,
suffered from the bitter religious rivalries that afflicted England during
the era of Oliver Cromwell. One of
the casualties was the state’s Toleration Act, which was revoked in the1650s. It was soon reinstated, however, along with the religious freedom
it guaranteed.
With the restoration of KingCharles II in 1660, the British once
again turned their attention to
North America. Within a brief span,
the first European settlements were17

CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICA

Indian slaves. With time, however,timber, rice, and indigo gave the colony a worthier economic base.
In 1681 William Penn, a wealthy
Quaker and friend of Charles II, received a large tract of land west of
the Delaware River, which became
known as Pennsylvania. To help
populate it, Penn actively recruiteda host of religious dissenters fromEngland and the continent — Quakers, Mennonites, Amish, Moravians,
and Baptists.
When Penn arrived the following year, there were already Dutch,
Swedish, and English settlers living along the Delaware River. It wasthere he founded Philadelphia, the“City of Brotherly Love.”
In keeping with his faith, Penn
was motivated by a sense of equality not often found in other American colonies at the time. Thus,
women in Pennsylvania had rights
long before they did in other partsof America. Penn and his deputies
also paid considerable attention to
the colony’s relations with the Delaware Indians, ensuring that they
were paid for land on which the Europeans settled.
Georgia was settled in 1732,
the last of the 13 colonies to beestablished. Lying close to, if notactually inside the boundaries of
Spanish Florida, the region wasviewed as a buffer against Spanish
incursion. But it had another uniquequality: The man charged with
Georgia’s fortifications, General
James Oglethorpe, was a reformer
who deliberately set out to create a

refuge where the poor and former
prisoners would be given newopportunities.

SETTLERS, SLAVES, AND
SERVANTSM
en and women with little active
interest in a new life in America were
often induced to make the move to
the New World by the skillful persuasion of promoters. William Penn,for example, publicized the opportunities awaiting newcomers to thePennsylvania colony. Judges andprison authorities offered convicts
a chance to migrate to colonies like
Georgia instead of serving prison
sentences.
But few colonists could financethe cost of passage for themselves andtheir families to make a start in the
new land. In some cases, ships’ captains received large rewards from thesale of service contracts for poor migrants, called indentured servants,
and every method from extravagant
promises to actual kidnapping wasused to take on as many passengers
as their vessels could hold.
In other cases, the expenses oftransportation and maintenancewere paid by colonizing agencies likethe Virginia or Massachusetts Bay
Companies. In return, indentured
servants agreed to work for the agencies as contract laborers, usually for
four to seven years. Free at the end of
this term, they would be given “freedom dues,” sometimes including asmall tract of land.

18

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Perhaps half the settlers living in
the colonies south of New Englandcame to America under this system.
Although most of them fulfilled
their obligations faithfully, some ran
away from their employers. Nevertheless, many of them were eventually able to secure land and set up
homesteads, either in the colonies inwhich they had originally settled orin neighboring ones. No social stigma was attached to a family that had
its beginning in America under thissemi-bondage. Every colony had its
share of leaders who were former indentured servants.

There was one very important
exception to this pattern: Africanslaves. The first black Africans werebrought to Virginia in 1619, just 12
years after the founding of Jamestown. Initially, many were regarded
as indentured servants who could
earn their freedom. By the 1660s,
however, as the demand for plantation labor in the Southern colonies
grew, the institution of slavery began to harden around them, and Africans were brought to America inshackles for a lifetime of involuntary
servitude. 
919CHAPTER 1: EARLY AMERICATHE ENDURING MYSTERY OF THE ANASAZI

Time-worn pueblos and dramatic cliff towns, set amid the stark, rugged me-sas and canyons of Colorado and New Mexico, mark the settlements of some ofthe earliest inhabitants of North America, the Anasazi (a Navajo word meaning“ancient ones”).
By 500 A.D. the Anasazi had established some of the first villages in
the American Southwest, where they hunted and grew crops of corn, squash,
and beans. The Anasazi flourished over the centuries, developing sophisticateddams and irrigation systems; creating a masterful, distinctive pottery tradition; and carving multiroom dwellings into the sheer sides of cliffs that remainamong the most striking archaeological sites in the United States today.
Yet by the year 1300, they had abandoned their settlements, leaving theirpottery, implements, even clothing — as though they intended to return — andseemingly vanished into history. Their homeland remained empty of humanbeings for more than a century — until the arrival of new tribes, such as theNavajo and the Ute, followed by the Spanish and other European settlers.
The story of the Anasazi is tied inextricably to the beautiful but harshenvironment in which they chose to live. Early settlements, consisting of simple
pithouses scooped out of the ground, evolved into sunken kivas (undergroundrooms) that served as meeting and religious sites. Later generations developed
the masonry techniques for building square, stone pueblos. But the most dramatic change in Anasazi living was the move to the cliff sides below the flattopped mesas, where the Anasazi carved their amazing, multilevel dwellings.
The Anasazi lived in a communal society. They traded with other peoples
in the region, but signs of warfare are few and isolated. And although the Anasazi certainly had religious and other leaders, as well as skilled artisans, social
or class distinctions were virtually nonexistent.
Religious and social motives undoubtedly played a part in the buildingof the cliff communities and their final abandonment. But the struggle to raise
food in an increasingly difficult environment was probably the paramount factor. As populations grew, farmers planted larger areas on the mesas, causing
some communities to farm marginal lands, while others left the mesa tops forthe cliffs. But the Anasazi couldn’t halt the steady loss of the land’s fertility
from constant use, nor withstand the region’s cyclical droughts. Analysis of treerings, for example, shows that a drought lasting 23 years, from 1276 to 1299,
finally forced the last groups of Anasazi to leave permanently.
Although the Anasazi dispersed from their ancestral homeland, theirlegacy remains in the remarkable archaeological record that they left behind,
and in the Hopi, Zuni, and other Pueblo peoples who are their descendants. 20

Major Native American cultural groupings, A.D. 500-1300.

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

21

22

2

CHAPTERTHE
COLONIALPERIOD

Pilgrims signing the
Mayflower Compact
aboard ship, 1620.

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD“What then is the American,
this new man?”
American author and agriculturist
J. Hector St. John de Crèvecoeur, 1782

were even more so among the three
regional groupings of colonies.

NEW PEOPLES

M
ost settlers who came to America in the 17th century were English,

NEW ENGLANDT
he northeastern New Englandcolonies had generally thin, stony

but there were also Dutch, Swedes,
and Germans in the middle region,a few French Huguenots in South
Carolina and elsewhere, slaves fromAfrica, primarily in the South, and ascattering of Spaniards, Italians, andPortuguese throughout the colonies.
After 1680 England ceased to be thechief source of immigration, supplanted by Scots and “Scots-Irish”(Protestants from Northern Ireland). In addition, tens of thousandsof refugees fled northwestern Europe to escape war, oppression, andabsentee-landlordism. By 1690 theAmerican population had risen toa quarter of a million. From thenon, it doubled every 25 years until,
in 1775, it numbered more than 2.5
million. Although families occasionally moved from one colony toanother, distinctions between individual colonies were marked. Theysoil, relatively little level land, andlong winters, making it difficult tomake a living from farming. Turning to other pursuits, the New Englanders harnessed waterpower andestablished grain mills and sawmills. Good stands of timber encouraged shipbuilding. Excellent
harbors promoted trade, and thesea became a source of great wealth.
In Massachusetts, the cod industry
alone quickly furnished a basis forprosperity.
With the bulk of the early settlers
living in villages and towns aroundthe harbors, many New Englanders carried on some kind of trade orbusiness. Common pastureland andwoodlots served the needs of townspeople, who worked small farms
24

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

nearby. Compactness made possible
the village school, the village church,
and the village or town hall, where
citizens met to discuss matters ofcommon interest.
The Massachusetts Bay Colony
continued to expand its commerce.
From the middle of the 17th century
onward it grew prosperous, so that
Boston became one of America’s
greatest ports.
Oak timber for ships’ hulls, tallpines for spars and masts, and pitch
for the seams of ships came from theNortheastern forests. Building theirown vessels and sailing them to ports
all over the world, the shipmastersof Massachusetts Bay laid the foundation for a trade that was to growsteadily in importance. By the endof the colonial period, one-third of
all vessels under the British flag werebuilt in New England. Fish, ship’s
stores, and woodenware swelled theexports. New England merchants
and shippers soon discovered thatrum and slaves were profitable commodities. One of their most enterprising — if unsavory — trading
practices of the time was the “triangular trade.” Traders would purchaseslaves off the coast of Africa for New
England rum, then sell the slaves in
the West Indies where they would
buy molasses to bring home for saleto the local rum producers.

Under William Penn, Pennsylvania
functioned smoothly and grew rapidly. By 1685, its population was almost 9,000. The heart of the colony
was Philadelphia, a city of broad,tree-shaded streets, substantial brickand stone houses, and busy docks.
By the end of the colonial period,
nearly a century later, 30,000 people
lived there, representing many languages, creeds, and trades. Their talent for successful business enterprise
made the city one of the thriving
centers of the British Empire.
Though the Quakers dominatedin Philadelphia, elsewhere in Pennsylvania others were well represented. Germans became the colony’s
most skillful farmers. Important,too, were cottage industries such as
weaving, shoemaking, cabinetmaking, and other crafts. Pennsylvania
was also the principal gateway into
the New World for the Scots-Irish,
who moved into the colony in theearly 18th century. “Bold and indigent strangers,” as one Pennsylvania
official called them, they hated theEnglish and were suspicious of all
government. The Scots-Irish tended
to settle in the backcountry, where
they cleared land and lived by hunting and subsistence farming.
New York best illustrated thepolyglot nature of America. By 1646
the population along the Hudson
River included Dutch, French, Danes,
THE MIDDLE COLONIESNorwegians, Swedes, English, Scots,
Irish, Germans, Poles, Bohemians,
ociety in the middle colonies Portuguese, and Italians. The Dutch
was far more varied, cosmopolitan, continued to exercise an importantand tolerant than in New England. social and economic influence on

S

25

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD

the New York region long after thefall of New Netherland and their integration into the British colonial
system. Their sharp-stepped gableroofs became a permanent part ofthe city’s architecture, and theirmerchants gave Manhattan muchof its original bustling, commercial
atmosphere.

the world. Not bound to a single
crop as was Virginia, North andSouth Carolina also produced andexported rice and indigo, a blue dye
obtained from native plants that wasused in coloring fabric. By 1750 morethan 100,000 people lived in the twocolonies of North and South Carolina. Charleston, South Carolina, wasthe region’s leading port and trading
center.
In the southernmost colonies, as
everywhere else, population growthin the backcountry had special significance. German immigrants
and Scots-Irish, unwilling to live inthe original Tidewater settlements
where English influence was strong,pushed inland. Those who could notsecure fertile land along the coast, or
who had exhausted the lands they
held, found the hills farther west abountiful refuge. Although theirhardships were enormous, restless
settlers kept coming; by the 1730s
they were pouring into the Shenandoah Valley of Virginia. Soon the interior was dotted with farms.
Living on the edge of Native
American country, frontier families
built cabins, cleared the wilderness,and cultivated maize and wheat.
The men wore leather made fromthe skin of deer or sheep, known
as buckskin; the women wore garments of cloth they spun at home.
Their food consisted of venison,wild turkey, and fish. They had theirown amusements: great barbecues,
dances, housewarmings for newly
married couples, shooting matches,and contests for making quilted

THE SOUTHERN COLONIES

Ithen middle
contrast to New England andcolonies, the Southerncolonies were predominantly rural
settlements.
By the late 17th century, Virginia’s and Maryland’s economic andsocial structure rested on the great
planters and the yeoman farmers.
The planters of the Tidewater region, supported by slave labor, held
most of the political power and thebest land. They built great houses,
adopted an aristocratic way of life,and kept in touch as best they could
with the world of culture overseas.
The yeoman farmers, who worked
smaller tracts, sat in popular assemblies and found their way into political
office. Their outspoken independence
was a constant warning to the oligarchy of planters not to encroach too
far upon the rights of free men.
The settlers of the Carolinas
quickly learned to combine agriculture and commerce, and the marketplace became a major source ofprosperity. Dense forests broughtrevenue: Lumber, tar, and resin fromthe longleaf pine provided some of
the best shipbuilding materials in
26

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

blankets. Quilt-making remains an
American tradition today.

land colonies, except for Rhode Island, followed its example.
The Pilgrims and Puritans hadbrought their own little libraries and continued to import books
from London. And as early as the1680s, Boston booksellers were doing a thriving business in works ofclassical literature, history, politics,
philosophy, science, theology, andbelles-lettres. In 1638 the first printing press in the English colonies andthe second in North America was installed at Harvard College.
The first school in Pennsylvania
was begun in 1683. It taught reading,writing, and keeping of accounts.
Thereafter, in some fashion, every
Quaker community provided for theelementary teaching of its children.
More advanced training — in classical languages, history, and literature— was offered at the Friends Public
School, which still operates in Philadelphia as the William Penn Charter
School. The school was free to thepoor, but parents were required to
pay tuition if they were able.
In Philadelphia, numerous private
schools with no religious affiliation
taught languages, mathematics, andnatural science; there were also nightschools for adults. Women were notentirely overlooked, but their educational opportunities were limited
to training in activities that could
be conducted in the home. Private
teachers instructed the daughtersof prosperous Philadelphians in
French, music, dancing, painting,singing, grammar, and sometimes
bookkeeping.

SOCIETY, SCHOOLS, AND
CULTUREA
significant factor deterring the
emergence of a powerful aristocratic

or gentry class in the colonies was
the ability of anyone in an established colony to find a new home on
the frontier. Time after time, dominant Tidewater figures were obliged
to liberalize political policies, landgrant requirements, and religious
practices by the threat of a mass exodus to the frontier.
Of equal significance for the
future were the foundations ofAmerican education and culture established during the colonial period.
Harvard College was founded in
1636 in Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Near the end of the century, theCollege of William and Mary wasestablished in Virginia. A few
years later, the Collegiate School ofConnecticut, later to become Yale
University, was chartered.
Even more noteworthy was thegrowth of a school system maintained by governmental authority.
The Puritan emphasis on reading
directly from the Scriptures underscored the importance of literacy. In
1647 the Massachusetts Bay Colony
enacted the “ye olde deluder Satan”
Act, requiring every town having
more than 50 families to establish
a grammar school (a Latin school toprepare students for college). Shortly
thereafter, all the other New Eng27

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD

In the 18th century, the intellectual and cultural developmentof Pennsylvania reflected, in large
measure, the vigorous personalitiesof two men: James Logan and Benjamin Franklin. Logan was secretaryof the colony, and it was in his fine library that young Franklin found thelatest scientific works. In 1745 Loganerected a building for his collection
and bequeathed both building andbooks to the city.
Franklin contributed even moreto the intellectual activity of Philadelphia. He formed a debating clubthat became the embryo of theAmerican Philosophical Society. His
endeavors also led to the foundingof a public academy that later developed into the University of Pennsylvania. He was a prime mover inthe establishment of a subscription
library, which he called “the motherof all North American subscription
libraries.”
In the Southern colonies, wealthy
planters and merchants imported private tutors from Ireland or Scotland
to teach their children. Some sent
their children to school in England.
Having these other opportunities, theupper classes in the Tidewater were
not interested in supporting public education. In addition, the diffusion of farms and plantations madethe formation of community schools
difficult. There were only a few freeschools in Virginia.
The desire for learning did notstop at the borders of establishedcommunities, however. On the frontier, the Scots-Irish, though living inprimitive cabins, were firm devoteesof scholarship, and they made great
efforts to attract learned ministers totheir settlements.
Literary production in the colonies was largely confined to New
England. Here attention concentrated on religious subjects. Sermons were the most common
products of the press. A famous Puritan minister, the Reverend Cotton Mather, wrote some 400 works.
His masterpiece, Magnalia Christi Americana, presented the pageant of New England’s history. The
most popular single work of the day
was the Reverend Michael Wigglesworth’s long poem, “The Day ofDoom,” which described the Last
Judgment in terrifying terms.
In 1704 Cambridge, Massachusetts, launched the colonies’ firstsuccessful newspaper. By 1745 there
were 22 newspapers being publishedin British North America.
In New York, an important stepin establishing the principle of freedom of the press took place with thecase of John Peter Zenger, whose
New York Weekly Journal, begun in
1733, represented the opposition to
the government. After two years of
publication, the colonial governor
could no longer tolerate Zenger’s satirical barbs, and had him throwninto prison on a charge of seditious
libel. Zenger continued to edit his
paper from jail during his ninemonth trial, which excited intenseinterest throughout the colonies.
Andrew Hamilton, the prominent
lawyer who defended Zenger, argued
28

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

that the charges printed by Zenger
were true and hence not libelous.
The jury returned a verdict of not
guilty, and Zenger went free.
The increasing prosperity of thetowns prompted fears that the devil was luring society into pursuit ofworldly gain and may have contributed to the religious reaction of the
1730s, known as the Great Awakening. Its two immediate sources wereGeorge Whitefield, a Wesleyan revivalist who arrived from Englandin 1739, and Jonathan Edwards, who
served the Congregational Church
in Northampton, Massachusetts.
Whitefield began a religious revival in Philadelphia and then moved
on to New England. He enthralled
audiences of up to 20,000 people ata time with histrionic displays, gestures, and emotional oratory. Religious turmoil swept throughout New
England and the middle colonies as
ministers left established churches topreach the revival.
Edwards was the most prominentof those influenced by Whitefield
and the Great Awakening. His mostmemorable contribution was his
1741 sermon, “Sinners in the Handsof an Angry God.” Rejecting theatrics, he delivered his message in aquiet, thoughtful manner, arguingthat the established churches sought
to deprive Christianity of its function of redemption from sin. His
magnum opus, Of Freedom of Will
(1754), attempted to reconcile Calvinism with the Enlightenment.
The Great Awakening gave riseto evangelical denominations (those

Christian churches that believe inpersonal conversion and the inerrancy of the Bible) and the spirit ofrevivalism, which continue to playsignificant roles in American religious and cultural life. It weakened
the status of the established clergy
and provoked believers to rely on
their own conscience. Perhaps mostimportant, it led to the proliferationof sects and denominations, which
in turn encouraged general acceptance of the principle of religious
toleration.

EMERGENCE OF COLONIAL
GOVERNMENT

Ivelopment,n the early phases of colonial dea striking feature was thelack of controlling influence by the
English government. All colonies except Georgia emerged as companiesof shareholders, or as feudal proprietorships stemming from charters
granted by the Crown. The fact thatthe king had transferred his immediate sovereignty over the New Worldsettlements to stock companies andproprietors did not, of course, meanthat the colonists in America werenecessarily free of outside control.
Under the terms of the Virginia
Company charter, for example, fullgovernmental authority was vested
in the company itself. Nevertheless,the crown expected that the company would be resident in England.
Inhabitants of Virginia, then, would
have no more voice in their government than if the king himself hadretained absolute rule.
29

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD

Still, the colonies consideredthemselves chiefly as commonwealths or states, much like Englanditself, having only a loose association
with the authorities in London. In
one way or another, exclusive rulefrom the outside withered away. The
colonists — inheritors of the long
English tradition of the struggle
for political liberty — incorporated
concepts of freedom into Virginia’s
first charter. It provided that English colonists were to exercise allliberties, franchises, and immunities “as if they had been abiding andborn within this our Realm of England.” They were, then, to enjoy thebenefits of the Magna Carta — thecharter of English political and civil liberties granted by King John in1215 — and the common law — theEnglish system of law based on legal
precedents or tradition, not statutory
law. In 1618 the Virginia Company
issued instructions to its appointed
governor providing that free inhabitants of the plantations should electrepresentatives to join with the governor and an appointive council inpassing ordinances for the welfare of
the colony.
These measures proved to besome of the most far-reaching in theentire colonial period. From thenon, it was generally accepted that thecolonists had a right to participate intheir own government. In most instances, the king, in making future
grants, provided in the charter thatthe free men of the colony shouldhave a voice in legislation affecting
them. Thus, charters awarded to theCalverts in Maryland, William Pennin Pennsylvania, the proprietors inNorth and South Carolina, and the
proprietors in New Jersey specified
that legislation should be enactedwith “the consent of the freemen.”
In New England, for many years,
there was even more complete selfgovernment than in the other colonies. Aboard the Mayflower, thePilgrims adopted an instrument forgovernment called the “Mayflower
Compact,” to “combine ourselves together into a civil body politic for our
better ordering and preservation ...
and by virtue hereof [to] enact, constitute, and frame such just and equallaws, ordinances, acts, constitutions,and offices ... as shall be thought mostmeet and convenient for the general
good of the colony. ...”
Although there was no legal basis
for the Pilgrims to establish a systemof self-government, the action was
not contested, and, under the compact, the Plymouth settlers were able
for many years to conduct their own
affairs without outside interference.
A similar situation developed in
the Massachusetts Bay Company,
which had been given the right togovern itself. Thus, full authority
rested in the hands of persons residing in the colony. At first, thedozen or so original members of thecompany who had come to America
attempted to rule autocratically. But
the other colonists soon demandeda voice in public affairs and indicated that refusal would lead to amass migration.
The company members yield30

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYed, and control of the government
passed to elected representatives.
Subsequently, other New Englandcolonies — such as Connecticut andRhode Island — also succeeded in
becoming self-governing simply byasserting that they were beyond any
governmental authority, and thensetting up their own political system modeled after that of the Pilgrims at Plymouth.
In only two cases was the selfgovernment provision omitted.
These were New York, which was
granted to Charles II’s brother, theDuke of York (later to become KingJames II), and Georgia, which was
granted to a group of “trustees.” Inboth instances the provisions forgovernance were short-lived, for thecolonists demanded legislative representation so insistently that the authorities soon yielded.
In the mid-17th century, theEnglish were too distracted bytheir Civil War (1642-49) andOliver Cromwell’s Puritan Commonwealth to pursue an effective
colonial policy. After the restoration of Charles II and the Stuart
dynasty in 1660, England had more
opportunity to attend to colonialadministration. Even then, however, it was inefficient and lacked
a coherent plan. The colonies wereleft largely to their own devices.
The remoteness afforded by a vast
ocean also made control of the colonies difficult. Added to this was thecharacter of life itself in early America. From countries limited in spaceand dotted with populous towns,

the settlers had come to a land ofseemingly unending reach. On sucha continent, natural conditions promoted a tough individualism, as
people became used to making theirown decisions. Government penetrated the backcountry only slowly,
and conditions of anarchy often prevailed on the frontier.
Yet the assumption of self-government in the colonies did not go
entirely unchallenged. In the 1670s,
the Lords of Trade and Plantations,a royal committee established to enforce the mercantile system in thecolonies, moved to annul the Massachusetts Bay charter because the colony was resisting the government’s
economic policy. James II in 1685
approved a proposal to create a Dominion of New England and placecolonies south through New Jersey
under its jurisdiction, thereby tightening the Crown’s control over thewhole region. A royal governor, Sir
Edmund Andros, levied taxes by executive order, implemented a number of other harsh measures, andjailed those who resisted.
When news of the Glorious Revolution (1688-89), which deposed
James II in England, reached Boston,
the population rebelled and imprisoned Andros. Under a new charter,
Massachusetts and Plymouth wereunited for the first time in 1691 as
the royal colony of MassachusettsBay. The other New England colonies quickly reinstalled their previous governments.
The English Bill of Rights andthe Toleration Act of 1689 affirmed
31

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD

freedom of worship for Christians in
the colonies as well as in Englandand enforced limits on the Crown.
Equally important, John Locke’s Second Treatise on Government (1690),
the Glorious Revolution’s major
theoretical justification, set fortha theory of government based not
on divine right but on contract. It
contended that the people, endowedwith natural rights of life, liberty,
and property, had the right to rebel when governments violated theirrights.
By the early 18th century, almost
all the colonies had been brought
under the direct jurisdiction of the
British Crown, but under the rules
established by the Glorious Revolution. Colonial governors sought toexercise powers that the king had
lost in England, but the colonial assemblies, aware of events there, attempted to assert their “rights” and“liberties.” Their leverage rested on
two significant powers similar to
those held by the English Parliament: the right to vote on taxes andexpenditures, and the right to initiate legislation rather than merely
react to proposals of the governor.
The legislatures used these rights
to check the power of royal governors and to pass other measures toexpand their power and influence.
The recurring clashes between governor and assembly made colonial
politics tumultuous and worked increasingly to awaken the colonists tothe divergence between Americanand English interests. In many cases,
the royal authorities did not under-

stand the importance of what thecolonial assemblies were doing andsimply neglected them. Nonetheless,the precedents and principles established in the conflicts between assemblies and governors eventuallybecame part of the unwritten “constitution” of the colonies. In this way,
the colonial legislatures asserted theright of self-government.

THE FRENCH AND
INDIAN WAR

F
rance and Britain engaged in a
succession of wars in Europe andthe Caribbean throughout the 18th
century. Though Britain secured
certain advantages — primarily inthe sugar-rich islands of the Caribbean — the struggles were generally
indecisive, and France remained in a
powerful position in North America. By 1754, France still had a strong
relationship with a number of Native American tribes in Canada andalong the Great Lakes. It controlled
the Mississippi River and, by establishing a line of forts and trading
posts, had marked out a great crescent-shaped empire stretching from
Quebec to New Orleans. The British
remained confined to the narrow
belt east of the Appalachian Mountains. Thus the French threatened
not only the British Empire but also
the American colonists themselves,for in holding the Mississippi Valley,
France could limit their westward
expansion.
An armed clash took place in1754 at Fort Duquesne, the site where32

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, is now located, between a band of French regulars and Virginia militiamen under
the command of 22-year-old George
Washington, a Virginia planter andsurveyor. The British government
attempted to deal with the conflictby calling a meeting of representatives from New York, Pennsylvania,
Maryland, and the New Englandcolonies. From June 19 to July 10,
1754, the Albany Congress, as itcame to be known, met with the Iroquois in Albany, New York, in orderto improve relations with them andsecure their loyalty to the British.
But the delegates also declared aunion of the American colonies “absolutely necessary for their preservation” and adopted a proposal draftedby Benjamin Franklin. The Albany
Plan of Union provided for a president appointed by the king and a
grand council of delegates chosen by
the assemblies, with each colony tobe represented in proportion to its
financial contributions to the general treasury. This body would havecharge of defense, Native American
relations, and trade and settlementof the west. Most importantly, it
would have independent authority tolevy taxes. But none of the colonies
accepted the plan, since they were
not prepared to surrender either the
power of taxation or control over thedevelopment of the western lands toa central authority.
England’s superior strategic position and her competent leadership
ultimately brought victory in theconflict with France, known as the
French and Indian War in America and the Seven Years’ War in Europe. Only a modest portion of it wasfought in the Western Hemisphere.
In the Peace of Paris (1763),
France relinquished all of Canada,
the Great Lakes, and the territory
east of the Mississippi to the British. The dream of a French empire in
North America was over.
Having triumphed over France,
Britain was now compelled to facea problem that it had hitherto neglected, the governance of its empire. London thought it essential toorganize its now vast possessions tofacilitate defense, reconcile the divergent interests of different areas andpeoples, and distribute more evenly
the cost of imperial administration.
In North America alone, British
territories had more than doubled.
A population that had been predominantly Protestant and English now
included French-speaking Catholics
from Quebec, and large numbers ofpartly Christianized Native Americans. Defense and administrationof the new territories, as well as ofthe old, would require huge sums ofmoney and increased personnel. The
old colonial system was obviously
inadequate to these tasks. Measures
to establish a new one, however,would rouse the latent suspicionsof colonials who increasingly would
see Britain as no longer a protectorof their rights, but rather a danger
to them. 
933

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD

AN EXCEPTIONAL NATION?

The United States of America did not emerge as a nation until about 175

years after its establishment as a group of mostly British colonies. Yet from the
beginning it was a different society in the eyes of many Europeans who viewed
it from afar, whether with hope or apprehension. Most of its settlers — whether
the younger sons of aristocrats, religious dissenters, or impoverished indentured servants — came there lured by a promise of opportunity or freedom notavailable in the Old World. The first Americans were reborn free, establishingthemselves in a wilderness unencumbered by any social order other than thatof the primitive aboriginal peoples they displaced. Having left the baggage ofa feudal order behind them, they faced few obstacles to the development of asociety built on the principles of political and social liberalism that emergedwith difficulty in 17th- and 18th-century Europe. Based on the thinking of thephilosopher John Locke, this sort of liberalism emphasized the rights of theindividual and constraints on government power.
Most immigrants to America came from the British Isles, the mostliberal of the European polities along with The Netherlands. In religion, themajority adhered to various forms of Calvinism with its emphasis on bothdivine and secular contractual relationships. These greatly facilitated theemergence of a social order built on individual rights and social mobility. The
development of a more complex and highly structured commercial society incoastal cities by the mid-18th century did not stunt this trend; it was in thesecities that the American Revolution was made. The constant reconstructionof society along an ever-receding Western frontier equally contributed to aliberal-democratic spirit.
In Europe, ideals of individual rights advanced slowly and unevenly; theconcept of democracy was even more alien. The attempt to establish both incontinental Europe’s oldest nation led to the French Revolution. The effort todestroy a neofeudal society while establishing the rights of man and democratic fraternity generated terror, dictatorship, and Napoleonic despotism. In theend, it led to reaction and gave legitimacy to a decadent old order. In America,
the European past was overwhelmed by ideals that sprang naturally from theprocess of building a new society on virgin land. The principles of liberalismand democracy were strong from the beginning. A society that had thrown off
the burdens of European history would naturally give birth to a nation that
saw itself as exceptional. 34

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

THE WITCHES OF SALEM

In 1692 a group of adolescent girls in Salem Village, Massachusetts, became

subject to strange fits after hearing tales told by a West Indian slave. They
accused several women of being witches. The townspeople were appalled but
not surprised: Belief in witchcraft was widespread throughout 17th-century
America and Europe. Town officials convened a court to hear the charges ofwitchcraft. Within a month, six women were convicted and hanged.
The hysteria grew, in large measure because the court permitted witnesses to testify that they had seen the accused as spirits or in visions. Such
“spectral evidence” could neither be verified nor made subject to objective
examination. By the fall of 1692, 20 victims, including several men, had been
executed, and more than 100 others were in jail (where another five victims
died) — among them some of the town’s most prominent citizens. When the
charges threatened to spread beyond Salem, ministers throughout the colony
called for an end to the trials. The governor of the colony agreed. Those stillin jail were later acquitted or given reprieves.
Although an isolated incident, the Salem episode has long fascinatedAmericans. Most historians agree that Salem Village in 1692 experienced akind of public hysteria, fueled by a genuine belief in the existence of witchcraft. While some of the girls may have been acting, many responsible adults
became caught up in the frenzy as well.
Even more revealing is a closer analysis of the identities of the accused and the accusers. Salem Village, as much of colonial New England,
was undergoing an economic and political transition from a largely agrarian,
Puritan-dominated community to a more commercial, secular society. Manyof the accusers were representatives of a traditional way of life tied to farming
and the church, whereas a number of the accused witches were members of arising commercial class of small shopkeepers and tradesmen. Salem’s obscurestruggle for social and political power between older traditional groups and anewer commercial class was one repeated in communities throughout American history. It took a bizarre and deadly detour when its citizens were swept
up by the conviction that the devil was loose in their homes.
The Salem witch trials also serve as a dramatic parable of the deadly
consequences of making sensational, but false, charges. Three hundred years
later, we still call false accusations against a large number of people a“witch hunt.” 35

CHAPTER 2: THE COLONIAL PERIOD

Map depicting the English colonies and western territories, 1763-1775.

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

37

John Smith,
the stalwart
English explorer
and settler whose
leadership helped
save Jamestown fromcollapse during its critical
early years.

B ECOM I N GANATIONA PICTURE PROFILEThe United States of America was transformed in the two centuries
from the first English settlement at Jamestown in 1607 to thebeginning of the 19th century. From a series of isolated colonial
settlements hugging the Atlantic Coast, the United States evolved
into a new nation, born in revolution, and guided by a Constitution
embodying the principles of democratic self-government.

38

Detail from a painting by American artist Benjamin West(1738-1820), which depicts William Penn’s treaty with theNative Americans living where he founded the colony ofPennsylvania as a haven for Quakers and others seeking
religious freedom. Penn’s fair treatment of the Delaware
Indians led to long-term, friendly relations, unlike the conflicts
between European settlers and Indian tribes in other colonies.

39

A devout Puritan elder (right) confronts patrons drinking ale outside atavern. Tensions between the strictly religious Puritans, who first settled
the region, and the more secular population were characteristic of thecolonial era in New England.

Cotton Mather was one of
the leading Puritan figuresof the late 17th and early
18th centuries. His massive
Ecclesiastical History of
New England (1702) is an
exhaustive chronicle of thesettlement of New Englandand the Puritan effort toestablish a kingdom of God
in the wilderness of the
New World.
40

Statue of Roger Williams, early champion of religious freedom
and the separation of church and state. Williams founded the colony of
Rhode Island after leaving Massachusetts because of his disapprovalof its religious ties to the Church of England.
41

Drawing of revolutionary firebrand Patrick Henry (standing
to the left) uttering perhaps the most famous words of theAmerican Revolution — “Give me liberty or give me death!”— in a debate before the Virginia Assembly in 1775.

42

Benjamin Franklin: scientist, inventor, writer,
newspaper publisher, city father of Philadelphia,
diplomat, and signer of both the Declaration of
Independence and the Constitution. Franklin
embodied the virtues of shrewd practicality andthe optimistic belief in self-improvement often
associated with America itself.

James Madison, fourth president of
the United States, is often regarded
as the “Father of the Constitution.”
His essays in the debate overratification of the Constitution werecollected with those of Alexander
Hamilton and John Jay as The
Federalist Papers. Today, they are
regarded as a classic defense ofrepublican government, in which theexecutive, legislative, and judicial
branches check and balance eachother to protect the rights andfreedoms of the people.
43Artist’s depiction of the first shots of the American
Revolution, fired at Lexington, Massachusetts,
on April 19, 1775. Local militia confronted British
troops marching to seize colonial armamentsin the nearby town of Concord.

44

45

Thomas Jefferson, author of the Declarationof Independence and third president of
the United States. Jefferson also founded
the University of Virginia and built oneof America’s most celebrated houses,
Monticello, in Charlottesville, Virginia.

Above: Surrender of Lord Cornwallis and the British army to Americanand French forces commanded by George Washington at Yorktown,
Virginia, on October 19, 1781. The battle of Yorktown led to the end of the
war and American independence, secured in the 1783 Treaty of Paris.
Left: U.S. postage stamp commemorating the bicentennial of the Lewis
and Clark expedition, one of Thomas Jefferson’s visionary projects.
Meriwether Lewis, Jefferson’s secretary, and his friend, William Clark,
accompanied by a party of more than 30 persons, set out on a journey into
the uncharted West that lasted four years. They traveled thousands ofmiles, from Camp Wood, Illinois, to Oregon, through lands that eventuallybecame 11 American states.

47

Alexander Hamilton, secretary of the treasury in the administration of
President George Washington. Hamilton advocated a strong federal government
and the encouragement of industry. He was opposed by Thomas Jefferson,
a believer in decentralized government, states’ rights, and the virtues of
the independent farmers and land owners.
48

John Marshall, chief justice of the U.S. Supreme Court from 1801 to 1835, in a portrait
by Alonzo Chappel. In a series of landmark cases, Marshall established the principleof judicial review — the right of the courts to determine if any act of Congress or the
executive branch is constitutional, and therefore valid and legal.

49

50

3

CHAPTERTHE ROADTOINDEPENDENCE

The protest against British
taxes known as the “Boston
Tea Party,” 1773.

CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE“The Revolution was effected
before the war commenced.
The Revolution was in
the hearts and minds ofthe people.”
Former President John Adams, 1818

Throughout the 18th century, thematuring British North Americancolonies inevitably forged a distinct
identity. They grew vastly in economic strength and cultural attainment; virtually all had long yearsof self-government behind them.
In the 1760s their combined population exceeded 1,500,000 — a
six-fold increase since 1700. Nonetheless, England and America did
not begin an overt parting of ways
until 1763, more than a century
and a half after the founding of thefirst permanent settlement at Jamestown, Virginia.

spread the costs of empire more equitably, and speak to the interests ofboth French Canadians and North
American Indians. The colonies, on
the other hand, long accustomed toa large measure of independence, expected more, not less, freedom. And,
with the French menace eliminated,
they felt far less need for a strong
British presence. A scarcely comprehending Crown and Parliament on
the other side of the Atlantic founditself contending with colonists
trained in self-government and impatient with interference.
The organization of Canada
and of the Ohio Valley necessitatedpolicies that would not alienate theFrench and Indian inhabitants. Here
London was in fundamental conflictwith the interests of the colonies.
Fast increasing in population, andneeding more land for settlement,

A NEW COLONIAL SYSTEM

IIndiann the aftermath of the French andWar, London saw a need fora new imperial design that would
involve more centralized control,52

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

they claimed the right to extend
their boundaries as far west as theMississippi River.
The British government, fearing a series of Indian wars, believedthat the lands should be opened ona more gradual basis. Restricting
movement was also a way of ensuring royal control over existing settlements before allowing the formationof new ones. The Royal Proclamation of 1763 reserved all the western territory between the Allegheny
Mountains, Florida, the Mississippi
River, and Quebec for use by Native Americans. Thus the Crown attempted to sweep away every westernland claim of the 13 colonies and tostop westward expansion. Althoughnever effectively enforced, this measure, in the eyes of the colonists, constituted a high-handed disregard of
their fundamental right to occupy
and settle western lands.
More serious in its repercussions was the new British revenue
policy. London needed more money
to support its growing empire andfaced growing taxpayer discontent at
home. It seemed reasonable enoughthat the colonies should pay for theirown defense. That would involve newtaxes, levied by Parliament — at theexpense of colonial self-government.
The first step was the replacementof the Molasses Act of 1733, whichplaced a prohibitive duty, or tax,
on the import of rum and molasses from non-English areas, with theSugar Act of 1764. This act outlawed
the importation of foreign rum; italso put a modest duty on molas-ses from all sources and levied taxes
on wines, silks, coffee, and a number of other luxury items. The hope
was that lowering the duty on molasses would reduce the temptation
to smuggle the commodity from theDutch and French West Indies forthe rum distilleries of New England.
The British government enforced theSugar Act energetically. Customs officials were ordered to show more
effectiveness. British warships inAmerican waters were instructed to
seize smugglers, and “writs of assistance,” or warrants, authorized theking’s officers to search suspected
premises.
Both the duty imposed by the Sugar Act and the measures to enforce
it caused consternation among New
England merchants. They contended
that payment of even the small duty
imposed would be ruinous to theirbusinesses. Merchants, legislatures,and town meetings protested the law.
Colonial lawyers protested “taxation
without representation,” a sloganthat was to persuade many Americans they were being oppressed by
the mother country.
Later in 1764, Parliament enacted a Currency Act “to prevent paper bills of credit hereafter issued inany of His Majesty’s colonies frombeing made legal tender.” Since thecolonies were a deficit trade area andwere constantly short of hard currency, this measure added a serious
burden to the colonial economy.
Equally objectionable from the colonial viewpoint was the Quartering
Act, passed in 1765, which required53

CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE

colonies to provide royal troops with
provisions and barracks.

erties. It asserted that Virginians,
enjoying the rights of Englishmen,
could be taxed only by their own
representatives. The Massachusetts
Assembly invited all the colonies toappoint delegates to a “Stamp Act
Congress” in New York, held in October 1765, to consider appeals forrelief to the Crown and Parliament.
Twenty-seven representatives fromnine colonies seized the opportunity
to mobilize colonial opinion. Aftermuch debate, the congress adopted
a set of resolutions asserting that “notaxes ever have been or can be constitutionally imposed on them, butby their respective legislatures,” andthat the Stamp Act had a “manifest
tendency to subvert the rights andliberties of the colonists.”

THE STAMP ACT

Ageneral tax measure sparked
the greatest organized resistance.

Known as the “Stamp Act,” it required all newspapers, broadsides,
pamphlets, licenses, leases, and other legal documents to bear revenue
stamps. The proceeds, collected byAmerican customs agents, would be
used for “defending, protecting, andsecuring” the colonies.
Bearing equally on people who
did any kind of business, the Stamp
Act aroused the hostility of the mostpowerful and articulate groups in
the American population: journalists, lawyers, clergymen, merchants
and businessmen, North and South,
East and West. Leading merchantsorganized for resistance and formed
nonimportation associations.
Trade with the mother country
fell off sharply in the summer of1765, as prominent men organized
themselves into the “Sons of Liberty” — secret organizations formed
to protest the Stamp Act — often
through violent means. From Massachusetts to South Carolina, mobs,
forcing luckless customs agents toresign their offices, destroyed thehated stamps. Militant resistance effectively nullified the Act.
Spurred by delegate Patrick Henry, the Virginia House of Burgesses
passed a set of resolutions in May
denouncing taxation without representation as a threat to colonial lib-

TAXATION WITHOUTREPRESENTATIONT
he issue thus drawn centered on
the question of representation. The

colonists believed they could not
be represented unless they actuallyelected members to the House ofCommons. But this idea conflictedwith the English principle of “virtual
representation,” according to which
each member of Parliament represented the interests of the wholecountry and the empire — even if hiselectoral base consisted of only a tinyminority of property owners from agiven district. This theory assumed
that all British subjects shared thesame interests as the property owners who elected members of Parliament.
54

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

The American leaders argued
that their only legal relations werewith the Crown. It was the king who
had agreed to establish colonies beyond the sea and the king who provided them with governments. They
asserted that he was equally a kingof England and a king of the colonies, but they insisted that the English Parliament had no more right topass laws for the colonies than any
colonial legislature had the right topass laws for England. In fact, however, their struggle was equally withKing George III and Parliament.
Factions aligned with the Crown
generally controlled Parliament andreflected the king’s determination to
be a strong monarch.
The British Parliament rejected the colonial contentions. British
merchants, however, feeling the effects of the American boycott, threw
their weight behind a repeal movement. In 1766 Parliament yielded,
repealing the Stamp Act and modifying the Sugar Act. However, tomollify the supporters of central
control over the colonies, Parliament
followed these actions with passageof the Declaratory Act, which asserted the authority of Parliament tomake laws binding the colonies “inall cases whatsoever.” The colonists
had won only a temporary respitefrom an impending crisis.

Townshend, British chancellor of
the exchequer, attempted a new fiscal program in the face of continued
discontent over high taxes at home.
Intent upon reducing British taxes
by making more efficient the collection of duties levied on American
trade, he tightened customs administration and enacted duties on colonial imports of paper, glass, lead, andtea from Britain. The “Townshend
Acts” were based on the premise thattaxes imposed on goods imported by
the colonies were legal while internal
taxes (like the Stamp Act) were not.
The Townshend Acts were designed to raise revenue that would
be used in part to support colonial
officials and maintain the British army in America. In response,
Philadelphia lawyer John Dickinson,
in Letters of a Pennsylvania Farmer, argued that Parliament had theright to control imperial commercebut did not have the right to tax thecolonies, whether the duties were
external or internal.
The agitation following enactment of the Townshend duties wasless violent than that stirred by the
Stamp Act, but it was neverthelessstrong, particularly in the cities of
the Eastern seaboard. Merchants
once again resorted to non-importation agreements, and people madedo with local products. Colonists,
for example, dressed in homespun
THE TOWNSHEND ACTS
clothing and found substitutes fortea. They used homemade paper
he year 1767 brought another se- and their houses went unpaintries of measures that stirred anew ed. In Boston, enforcement of the
all the elements of discord. Charles new regulations provoked violence.

T

55

CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE

When customs officials sought tocollect duties, they were set upon by
the populace and roughly handled.
For this infraction, two British regiments were dispatched to protect thecustoms commissioners.
The presence of British troops in
Boston was a standing invitation todisorder. On March 5, 1770, antagonism between citizens and British
soldiers again flared into violence.
What began as a harmless snowballing of British soldiers degenerated
into a mob attack. Someone gave theorder to fire. When the smoke had
cleared, three Bostonians lay dead in
the snow. Dubbed the “Boston Massacre,” the incident was dramatically
pictured as proof of British heartlessness and tyranny.
Faced with such opposition, Parliament in 1770 opted for a strategic
retreat and repealed all the Townshend duties except that on tea, which
was a luxury item in the colonies,
imbibed only by a very small minority. To most, the action of Parliamentsignified that the colonists had won
a major concession, and the campaign against England was largely
dropped. A colonial embargo on“English tea” continued but was not
too scrupulously observed. Prosperity was increasing and most colonial
leaders were willing to let the futuretake care of itself.

the controversy alive. They contended that payment of the tax constituted an acceptance of the principlethat Parliament had the right to ruleover the colonies. They feared that at
any time in the future, the principleof parliamentary rule might be applied with devastating effect on allcolonial liberties.
The radicals’ most effective
leader was Samuel Adams of Massachusetts, who toiled tirelessly fora single end: independence. From
the time he graduated from Harvard
College in 1743, Adams was a public
servant in some capacity — inspector of chimneys, tax-collector, andmoderator of town meetings. A
consistent failure in business, he wasshrewd and able in politics, with
the New England town meeting his
theater of action.
Adams wanted to free people
from their awe of social and political superiors, make them aware of
their own power and importance,
and thus arouse them to action. Toward these objectives, he publishedarticles in newspapers and madespeeches in town meetings, instigating resolutions that appealed to thecolonists’ democratic impulses.
In 1772 he induced the Boston
town meeting to select a “Committee of Correspondence” to state therights and grievances of the colonists. The committee opposed a
SAMUEL ADAMS
British decision to pay the salaries
of judges from customs revenues; ituring a three-year interval of feared that the judges would no loncalm, a relatively small number of ger be dependent on the legislatureradicals strove energetically to keep for their incomes and thus no longer

D56

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

accountable to it, thereby leading to
the emergence of “a despotic formof government.” The committee
communicated with other towns on
this matter and requested them todraft replies. Committees were set
up in virtually all the colonies, andout of them grew a base of effective
revolutionary organizations. Still,
Adams did not have enough fuel to
set a fire.

In Boston, however, the agents defied the colonists; with the supportof the royal governor, they madepreparations to land incoming cargoes regardless of opposition. On
the night of December 16, 1773, aband of men disguised as Mohawk
Indians and led by Samuel Adams
boarded three British ships lying atanchor and dumped their tea cargo
into Boston harbor. Doubting theircountrymen’s commitment to principle, they feared that if the tea werelanded, colonists would actuallypurchase the tea and pay the tax.
A crisis now confronted Britain.
The East India Company had carried out a parliamentary statute. If
the destruction of the tea went unpunished, Parliament would admit
to the world that it had no control
over the colonies. Official opinion
in Britain almost unanimously condemned the Boston Tea Party as anact of vandalism and advocated legal measures to bring the insurgent
colonists into line.

THE BOSTON “TEA PARTY”

IAdamsn 1773, however, Britain furnishedand his allies with an incen-

diary issue. The powerful East India
Company, finding itself in critical financial straits, appealed to the British government, which granted it amonopoly on all tea exported to thecolonies. The government also permitted the East India Company tosupply retailers directly, bypassing
colonial wholesalers. By then, mostof the tea consumed in America wasimported illegally, duty-free. By selling its tea through its own agentsat a price well under the customary
one, the East India Company madesmuggling unprofitable and threatened to eliminate the independentcolonial merchants. Aroused not
only by the loss of the tea trade but
also by the monopolistic practice involved, colonial traders joined theradicals agitating for independence.
In ports up and down the Atlantic coast, agents of the East India Company were forced to resign.
New shipments of tea were either returned to England or warehoused.

THE COERCIVE ACTS

P
arliament responded with newlaws that the colonists called the“Coercive” or “Intolerable Acts.” Thefirst, the Boston Port Bill, closed
the port of Boston until the tea waspaid for. The action threatened thevery life of the city, for to prevent
Boston from having access to thesea meant economic disaster. Other
enactments restricted local authority and banned most town meetings
held without the governor’s consent.
57

CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE

A Quartering Act required local authorities to find suitable quarters for
British troops, in private homes ifnecessary. Instead of subduing andisolating Massachusetts, as Parliament intended, these acts rallied its
sister colonies to its aid. The Quebec Act, passed at nearly the sametime, extended the boundaries ofthe province of Quebec south to the
Ohio River. In conformity with previous French practice, it provided
for trials without jury, did not establish a representative assembly, andgave the Catholic Church semi-established status. By disregarding old
charter claims to western lands, itthreatened to block colonial expansion to the North and Northwest;
its recognition of the Roman Catholic Church outraged the Protestantsects that dominated every colony.
Though the Quebec Act had notbeen passed as a punitive measure,
Americans associated it with the Coercive Acts, and all became known
as the “Five Intolerable Acts.”
At the suggestion of the Virginia House of Burgesses, colonial
representatives met in Philadelphia
on September 5, 1774, “to consult
upon the present unhappy stateof the Colonies.” Delegates to thismeeting, known as the First Continental Congress, were chosen byprovincial congresses or popularconventions. Only Georgia failed tosend a delegate; the total number of
55 was large enough for diversity ofopinion, but small enough for genuine debate and effective action. The
division of opinion in the colonies

posed a genuine dilemma for thedelegates. They would have to give
an appearance of firm unanimity
to induce the British government
to make concessions. But they also
would have to avoid any show ofradicalism or spirit of independence
that would alarm more moderate
Americans.
A cautious keynote speech, followed by a “resolve” that no obedience was due the Coercive Acts,
ended with adoption of a set of resolutions affirming the right of thecolonists to “life, liberty, and property,” and the right of provincial
legislatures to set “all cases of taxation and internal polity.” The mostimportant action taken by the Congress, however, was the formation ofa “Continental Association” to reestablish the trade boycott. It set upa system of committees to inspectcustoms entries, publish the namesof merchants who violated the agreements, confiscate their imports, andencourage frugality, economy, andindustry.
The Continental Association immediately assumed the leadershipin the colonies, spurring new localorganizations to end what remainedof royal authority. Led by the proindependence leaders, they drew
their support not only from the lesswell-to-do, but from many membersof the professional class (especially lawyers), most of the planters of
the Southern colonies, and a number of merchants. They intimidated
the hesitant into joining the popular
movement and punished the hostile;58

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

began the collection of military supplies and the mobilization of troops;
and fanned public opinion into revolutionary ardor.
Many of those opposed to British encroachment on American
rights nonetheless favored discussion and compromise as the proper solution. This group included
Crown-appointed officers, Quakers,
and members of other religious sects
opposed to the use of violence, numerous merchants (especially in the
middle colonies), and some discontented farmers and frontiersmen in
the Southern colonies.
The king might well have effected an alliance with these moderates and, by timely concessions, so
strengthened their position that therevolutionaries would have found it
difficult to proceed with hostilities.
But George III had no intention of
making concessions. In September
1774, scorning a petition by Philadelphia Quakers, he wrote, “The die
is now cast, the Colonies must either submit or triumph.” This action
isolated Loyalists who were appalled
and frightened by the course of
events following the Coercive Acts.

that the Massachusetts colonists
were collecting powder and military
stores at the town of Concord, 32
kilometers away, Gage sent a strong
detail to confiscate these munitions.
After a night of marching, theBritish troops reached the village of
Lexington on April 19, 1775, and saw
a grim band of 77 Minutemen — so
named because they were said to beready to fight in a minute — throughthe early morning mist. The Minutemen intended only a silent protest,
but Marine Major John Pitcairn, theleader of the British troops, yelled,“Disperse, you damned rebels! You
dogs, run!” The leader of the Minutemen, Captain John Parker, told
his troops not to fire unless fired
at first. The Americans were withdrawing when someone fired a shot,
which led the British troops to fireat the Minutemen. The British thencharged with bayonets, leaving eightdead and 10 wounded. In the oftenquoted phrase of 19th century poet
Ralph Waldo Emerson, this was “theshot heard round the world.”
The British pushed on to Concord. The Americans had taken
away most of the munitions, but they
destroyed whatever was left. In themeantime, American forces in the
countryside had mobilized to harass
the British on their long return to
Boston. All along the road, behindstone walls, hillocks, and houses,
militiamen from “every Middlesex
village and farm” made targets ofthe bright red coats of the British
soldiers. By the time Gage’s weary
detachment stumbled into Boston,

THE REVOLUTION BEGINS

G
eneral Thomas Gage, an amiable
English gentleman with an Amer-

ican-born wife, commanded thegarrison at Boston, where politicalactivity had almost wholly replaced
trade. Gage’s main duty in the colonies had been to enforce the Coercive Acts. When news reached him
59CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE

it had suffered more than 250 killed
and wounded. The Americans lost
93 men.
The Second Continental Congress met in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, on May 10. The Congress
voted to go to war, inducting the colonial militias into continental service. It appointed Colonel George
Washington of Virginia as theircommander-in-chief on June 15.
Within two days, the Americans had
incurred high casualties at Bunker
Hill just outside Boston. Congress
also ordered American expeditions
to march northward into Canada by
fall. Capturing Montreal, they failed
in a winter assault on Quebec, andeventually retreated to New York.
Despite the outbreak of armed
conflict, the idea of complete separation from England was still
repugnant to many members of theContinental Congress. In July, it
adopted the Olive Branch Petition,
begging the king to prevent further hostile actions until some sortof agreement could be worked out.
King George rejected it; instead, on
August 23, 1775, he issued a proclamation declaring the colonies to be
in a state of rebellion.
Britain had expected the Southern colonies to remain loyal, in part
because of their reliance on slavery. Many in the Southern colonies
feared that a rebellion against themother country would also triggera slave uprising. In November 1775,
Lord Dunmore, the governor of Virginia, tried to capitalize on that fear
by offering freedom to all slaves who

would fight for the British. Instead,his proclamation drove to the rebel
side many Virginians who would
otherwise have remained Loyalist.
The governor of North Carolina, Josiah Martin, also urged North
Carolinians to remain loyal to the
Crown. When 1,500 men answered
Martin’s call, they were defeated byrevolutionary armies before British
troops could arrive to help.
British warships continued down
the coast to Charleston, South Carolina, and opened fire on the cityin early June 1776. But South Carolinians had time to prepare, andrepulsed the British by the end of
the month. They would not return
South for more than two years.

COMMON SENSE AND
INDEPENDENCE

Ia nradical
January 1776, Thomas Paine,
political theorist andwriter who had come to America
from England in 1774, published a
50-page pamphlet, Common Sense.
Within three months, it sold 100,000
copies. Paine attacked the idea of ahereditary monarchy, declaring that
one honest man was worth more tosociety than “all the crowned ruffians that ever lived.” He presented
the alternatives — continued submission to a tyrannical king andan outworn government, or liberty
and happiness as a self-sufficient,
independent republic. Circulated
throughout the colonies, Common
Sense helped to crystallize a decision
for separation.
60

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

the consent of the governed, —That whenever any Form ofGovernment becomes destructiveof these ends, it is the Right of thePeople to alter or to abolish it,
and to institute new Government,
laying its foundation on suchprinciples and organizing its
powers in such form, as to themshall seem most likely to effecttheir Safety and Happiness.
Jefferson linked Locke’s principles directly to the situation in thecolonies. To fight for American independence was to fight for a government based on popular consent
in place of a government by a kingwho had “combined with others to
subject us to a jurisdiction foreign
to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws. ...” Only a government based on popular consent
could secure natural rights to life,
liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
Thus, to fight for American independence was to fight on behalf of
one’s own natural rights.

There still remained the task,
however, of gaining each colony’s
approval of a formal declaration. On
June 7, Richard Henry Lee of Virginia introduced a resolution in theSecond Continental Congress, declaring, “That these United Colonies
are, and of right ought to be, free
and independent states. ...” Immediately, a committee of five, headed byThomas Jefferson of Virginia, wasappointed to draft a document fora vote.
Largely Jefferson’s work, the Declaration of Independence, adopted
July 4, 1776, not only announced thebirth of a new nation, but also set
forth a philosophy of human freedom that would become a dynamic
force throughout the entire world.
The Declaration drew upon French
and English Enlightenment politicalphilosophy, but one influence in particular stands out: John Locke’s Second Treatise on Government. Locke
took conceptions of the traditionalrights of Englishmen and universalized them into the natural rights ofall humankind. The Declaration’sfamiliar opening passage echoes
Locke’s social-contract theory of
government:
We hold these truths to be selfevident, that all men are createdequal, that they are endowedby their Creator with certain
unalienable Rights, that among
these are Life, Liberty and the
pursuit of Happiness. — That tosecure these rights, Governments
are instituted among Men,deriving their just powers from

DEFEATS AND VICTORIES

A
lthough the Americans suffered
severe setbacks for months after

independence was declared, theirtenacity and perseverance eventually paid off. During August 1776,
in the Battle of Long Island in New
York, Washington’s position became untenable, and he executed amasterly retreat in small boats from
Brooklyn to the Manhattan shore.
British General William Howe twice
hesitated and allowed the Americans
61

CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE

to escape. By November, however,Howe had captured Fort Washington on Manhattan Island. New York
City would remain under British
control until the end of the war.
That December, Washington’sforces were near collapse, as supplies and promised aid failed tomaterialize. Howe again missed his
chance to crush the Americans bydeciding to wait until spring to resume fighting. On Christmas Day,
December 25, 1776, Washington
crossed the Delaware River, northof Trenton, New Jersey. In the earlymorning hours of December 26, his
troops surprised the British garrison
there, taking more than 900 prisoners. A week later, on January 3, 1777,
Washington attacked the British at
Princeton, regaining most of theterritory formally occupied by the
British. The victories at Trenton andPrinceton revived flagging American spirits.
In September 1777, however,Howe defeated the American army
at Brandywine in Pennsylvania andoccupied Philadelphia, forcing theContinental Congress to flee. Washington had to endure the bitterly
cold winter of 1777-1778 at Valley
Forge, Pennsylvania, lacking adequate food, clothing, and supplies.
Farmers and merchants exchanged
their goods for British gold and silver
rather than for dubious paper money
issued by the Continental Congress
and the states.
Valley Forge was the lowest ebb
for Washington’s Continental Army,but elsewhere 1777 proved to be

the turning point in the war. British General John Burgoyne, moving
south from Canada, attempted to
invade New York and New England
via Lake Champlain and the Hudson River. He had too much heavyequipment to negotiate the wooded
and marshy terrain. On August 6,
at Oriskany, New York, a band of
Loyalists and Native Americans under Burgoyne’s command ran into a
mobile and seasoned American force
that managed to halt their advance.
A few days later at Bennington, Vermont, more of Burgoyne’s forces,
seeking much-needed supplies, were
pushed back by American troops.
Moving to the west side of the
Hudson River, Burgoyne’s army advanced on Albany. The Americans
were waiting for him. Led by Benedict Arnold — who would later betray the Americans at West Point,
New York — the colonials twice repulsed the British. Having by thistime incurred heavy losses, Burgoyne fell back to Saratoga, New
York, where a vastly superior American force under General Horatio
Gates surrounded the British troops.
On October 17, 1777, Burgoyne surrendered his entire army — six generals, 300 other officers, and 5,500
enlisted personnel.

FRANCO-AMERICAN
ALLIANCE

IAmerican
n France, enthusiasm for thecause was high: The

French intellectual world was itself stirring against feudalism and62

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

privilege. However, the Crown lent
its support to the colonies for geopolitical rather than ideologicalreasons: The French government
had been eager for reprisal against
Britain ever since France’s defeat in1763. To further the American cause,
Benjamin Franklin was sent to Parisin 1776. His wit, guile, and intellectsoon made their presence felt in the
French capital, and played a majorrole in winning French assistance.
France began providing aid to thecolonies in May 1776, when it sent 14
ships with war supplies to America.
In fact, most of the gunpowder usedby the American armies came from
France. After Britain’s defeat at Saratoga, France saw an opportunity toseriously weaken its ancient enemy
and restore the balance of power that
had been upset by the Seven Years’War (called the French and Indian
War in the American colonies). On
February 6, 1778, the colonies andFrance signed a Treaty of Amity andCommerce, in which France recognized the United States and offeredtrade concessions. They also signed
a Treaty of Alliance, which stipulated that if France entered the war,neither country would lay down its
arms until the colonies won their independence, that neither would conclude peace with Britain without theconsent of the other, and that eachguaranteed the other’s possessions
in America. This was the only bilateral defense treaty signed by theUnited States or its predecessors
until 1949.
The Franco-American alliancesoon broadened the conflict. In June
1778 British ships fired on French
vessels, and the two countries went
to war. In 1779 Spain, hoping to reacquire territories taken by Britain
in the Seven Years’ War, entered theconflict on the side of France, but
not as an ally of the Americans. In
1780 Britain declared war on the
Dutch, who had continued to tradewith the Americans. The combination of these European powers, withFrance in the lead, was a far greater
threat to Britain than the Americancolonies standing alone.

THE BRITISH MOVE SOUTH

W
ith the French now involved,
the British, still believing that mostSoutherners were Loyalists, steppedup their efforts in the Southerncolonies. A campaign began in late1778, with the capture of Savannah,
Georgia. Shortly thereafter, British
troops and naval forces convergedon Charleston, South Carolina, theprincipal Southern port. They managed to bottle up American forces on
the Charleston peninsula. On May
12, 1780, General Benjamin Lincoln
surrendered the city and its 5,000
troops, in the greatest American defeat of the war.
But the reversal in fortune only
emboldened the American rebels.
South Carolinians began roaming
the countryside, attacking British
supply lines. In July, American General Horatio Gates, who had assembled a replacement force of untrained
militiamen, rushed to Camden,
63

CHAPTER 3: THE ROAD TO INDEPENDENCE

South Carolina, to confront British
forces led by General Charles Cornwallis. But Gates’s makeshift army
panicked and ran when confronted
by the British regulars. Cornwallis’s
troops met the Americans several
more times, but the most significant battle took place at Cowpens,South Carolina, in early 1781, where
the Americans soundly defeated
the British. After an exhausting but
unproductive chase through North
Carolina, Cornwallis set his sights
on Virginia.

1781, after being trapped at Yorktown near the mouth of Chesapeake
Bay, Cornwallis surrendered hisarmy of 8,000 British soldiers.
Although Cornwallis’s defeat
did not immediately end the war —which would drag on inconclusively
for almost two more years — a new
British government decided to pursue peace negotiations in Paris inearly 1782, with the American side
represented by Benjamin Franklin,
John Adams, and John Jay. On April
15, 1783, Congress approved the final treaty. Signed on September 3,
the Treaty of Paris acknowledged the
independence, freedom, and sovereignty of the 13 former colonies,
now states. The new United States
stretched west to the Mississippi
River, north to Canada, and south
to Florida, which was returned toSpain. The fledgling colonies that
Richard Henry Lee had spoken of
more than seven years before had finally become “free and independent
states.”
The task of knitting together anation remained. 
9VICTORY AND
INDEPENDENCEIXVIn July
1780 France’s King Louis
had sent to America an expe-

ditionary force of 6,000 men under
the Comte Jean de Rochambeau. In
addition, the French fleet harassed
British shipping and blocked reinforcement and resupply of British forces in Virginia. French andAmerican armies and navies, totaling 18,000 men, parried with Cornwallis all through the summer andinto the fall. Finally, on October 19,

64

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYTHE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION

T
he American Revolution had a significance far beyond the North American
continent. It attracted the attention of a political intelligentsia throughout theEuropean continent. Idealistic notables such as Thaddeus Kosciusko, Friedrich
von Steuben, and the Marquis de Lafayette joined its ranks to affirm liberal
ideas they hoped to transfer to their own nations. Its success strengthened theconcept of natural rights throughout the Western world and furthered the Enlightenment rationalist critique of an old order built around hereditary monarchy and an established church. In a very real sense, it was a precursor to the
French Revolution, but it lacked the French Revolution’s violence and chaos
because it had occurred in a society that was already fundamentally liberal.
The ideas of the Revolution have been most often depicted as a triumphof the social contract/natural rights theories of John Locke. Correct so far as it
goes, this characterization passes too quickly over the continuing importanceof Calvinist-dissenting Protestantism, which from the Pilgrims and Puritans on
had also stood for the ideals of the social contract and the self-governing community. Lockean intellectuals and the Protestant clergy were both important
advocates of compatible strains of liberalism that had flourished in the British
North American colonies.
Scholars have also argued that another persuasion contributed to the
Revolution: “republicanism.” Republicanism, they assert, did not deny theexistence of natural rights but subordinated them to the belief that the maintenance of a free republic required a strong sense of communal responsibility
and the cultivation of self-denying virtue among its leaders. The assertion ofindividual rights, even the pursuit of individual happiness, seemed egoistic bycontrast. For a time republicanism threatened to displace natural rights as the
major theme of the Revolution. Most historians today, however, concede thatthe distinction was much overdrawn. Most individuals who thought about suchthings in the 18th century envisioned the two ideas more as different sides ofthe same intellectual coin.
Revolution usually entails social upheaval and violence on a wide scale.
By these criteria, the American Revolution was relatively mild. About 100,000
Loyalists left the new United States. Some thousands were members of oldelites who had suffered expropriation of their property and been expelled;
others were simply common people faithful to their King. The majority of
those who went into exile did so voluntarily. The Revolution did open up andfurther liberalize an already liberal society. In New York and the Carolinas,
large Loyalist estates were divided among small farmers. Liberal assumptions
became the official norm of American political culture — whether in the disestablishment of the Anglican Church, the principle of elected national andstate executives, or the wide dissemination of the idea of individual freedom.
Yet the structure of society changed little. Revolution or not, most people remained secure in their life, liberty, and property.

65

66

4

CHAPTERTHE
FORMATION
OF A
NATIONAL
GOVERNMENT

George Washington
addressing theConstitutional Convention
in Philadelphia, 1787.

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT“Every man, andevery body of men on Earth,possesses the right ofself-government.”
Drafter of the Declaration of Independence
Thomas Jefferson, 1790

solid foundation of colonial experience and English practice. But each
was also animated by the spirit of republicanism, an ideal that had long
been praised by Enlightenment philosophers.
Naturally, the first objective of
the framers of the state constitutions was to secure those “unalienable rights” whose violation had
caused the former colonies to repudiate their connection with Britain.
Thus, each constitution began witha declaration or bill of rights. Virginia’s, which served as a model for all
the others, included a declaration ofprinciples: popular sovereignty, rotation in office, freedom of elections,and an enumeration of fundamental
liberties: moderate bail and humane
punishment, speedy trial by jury,
freedom of the press and of con-

STATE CONSTITUTIONST
he success of the Revolution gave
Americans the opportunity to give

legal form to their ideals as expressedin the Declaration of Independence,and to remedy some of their grievances through state constitutions.
As early as May 10, 1776, Congress
had passed a resolution advising
the colonies to form new governments “such as shall best conduce
to the happiness and safety of theirconstituents.” Some of them had already done so, and within a year after the Declaration of Independence,
all but three had drawn up constitutions.
The new constitutions showed
the impact of democratic ideas.
None made any drastic break withthe past, since all were built on the68

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

science, and the right of the majority
to reform or alter the government.
Other states enlarged the list ofliberties to freedom of speech, of assembly, and of petition. Their constitutions frequently included suchprovisions as the right to bear arms,
to a writ of habeas corpus, to inviolability of domicile, and to equal protection under the law. Moreover, allprescribed a three-branch structureof government — executive, legislative, and judiciary — each checked
and balanced by the others.
Pennsylvania’s constitution was
the most radical. In that state, Philadelphia artisans, Scots-Irish frontiersmen, and German-speaking farmers
had taken control. The provincial
congress adopted a constitution that
permitted every male taxpayer andhis sons to vote, required rotation in
office (no one could serve as a representative more than four years outof every seven), and set up a singlechamber legislature.
The state constitutions had someglaring limitations, particularly bymore recent standards. Constitutions established to guarantee people
their natural rights did not secure
for everyone the most fundamental
natural right — equality. The colonies south of Pennsylvania excluded
their slave populations from theirinalienable rights as human beings.
Women had no political rights. No
state went so far as to permit universal male suffrage, and even in thosestates that permitted all taxpayers tovote (Delaware, North Carolina, andGeorgia, in addition to Pennsylva-nia), office-holders were required toown a certain amount of property.

THE ARTICLES OF
CONFEDERATIONT
he struggle with England had
done much to change colonial atti-

tudes. Local assemblies had rejected
the Albany Plan of Union in 1754, refusing to surrender even the smallest
part of their autonomy to any other
body, even one they themselves had
elected. But in the course of the Revolution, mutual aid had proved effective, and the fear of relinquishing
individual authority had lessened toa large degree.
John Dickinson produced the“Articles of Confederation and Perpetual Union” in 1776. The Continental Congress adopted them in
November 1777, and they went into
effect in 1781, having been ratified
by all the states. Reflecting the fragility of a nascent sense of nationhood,
the Articles provided only for a veryloose union. The national government lacked the authority to set up
tariffs, to regulate commerce, and tolevy taxes. It possessed scant control
of international relations: A numberof states had begun their own negotiations with foreign countries. Nine
states had their own armies, several
their own navies. In the absence ofa sound common currency, the newnation conducted its commerce witha curious hodgepodge of coins and abewildering variety of state and national paper bills, all fast depreciating in value.
69

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

Economic difficulties after the
war prompted calls for change. The
end of the war had a severe effect onmerchants who supplied the armies
of both sides and who had lost theadvantages deriving from participation in the British mercantile system.
The states gave preference to American goods in their tariff policies, butthese were inconsistent, leading to
the demand for a stronger central
government to implement a uniform
policy.
Farmers probably suffered themost from economic difficulties
following the Revolution. The
supply of farm produce exceeded
demand; unrest centered chiefly
among farmer-debtors who wanted
strong remedies to avoid foreclosureon their property and imprisonment for debt. Courts were cloggedwith suits for payment filed by their
creditors. All through the summerof 1786, popular conventions andinformal gatherings in several
states demanded reform in the stateadministrations.
That autumn, mobs of farmers in
Massachusetts under the leadershipof a former army captain, Daniel
Shays, began forcibly to preventthe county courts from sitting andpassing further judgments for debt,
pending the next state election.
In January 1787 a ragtag army of
1,200 farmers moved toward thefederal arsenal at Springfield. The
rebels, armed chiefly with staves
and pitchforks, were repulsed by asmall state militia force; General
Benjamin Lincoln then arrived withreinforcements from Boston androuted the remaining Shaysites,
whose leader escaped to Vermont.
The government captured 14 rebels
and sentenced them to death, but ultimately pardoned some and let theothers off with short prison terms.
After the defeat of the rebellion,a newly elected legislature, whose
majority sympathized with the rebels, met some of their demands fordebt relief.

THE PROBLEM OF EXPANSIONW
ith the end of the Revolution,
the United States again had to face

the old unsolved Western question, the problem of expansion,
with its complications of land, furtrade, Indians, settlement, and local government. Lured by the richest land yet found in the country,
pioneers poured over the Appalachian Mountains and beyond. By
1775 the far-flung outposts scattered along the waterways had tensof thousands of settlers. Separated
by mountain ranges and hundredsof kilometers from the centers ofpolitical authority in the East, theinhabitants established their own
governments. Settlers from all the
Tidewater states pressed on into
the fertile river valleys, hardwood
forests, and rolling prairies of theinterior. By 1790 the population of
the trans-Appalachian region numbered well over 120,000.
Before the war, several colonies
had laid extensive and often overlapping claims to land beyond the70

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Appalachians. To those without
such claims this rich territorial prize
seemed unfairly apportioned. Maryland, speaking for the latter group,
introduced a resolution that thewestern lands be considered common property to be parceled by theCongress into free and independent
governments. This idea was not received enthusiastically. Nonetheless, in 1780 New York led the way
by ceding its claims. In 1784 Virginia, which held the grandest claims,
relinquished all land north of the
Ohio River. Other states ceded theirclaims, and it became apparent that
Congress would come into possession of all the lands north of the
Ohio River and west of the Allegheny Mountains. This common possession of millions of hectares was
the most tangible evidence yet of nationality and unity, and gave a certain substance to the idea of nationalsovereignty. At the same time, thesevast territories were a problem that
required solution.
The Confederation Congress established a system of limited selfgovernment for this new national
Northwest Territory. The Northwest
Ordinance of 1787 provided for its
organization, initially as a single
district, ruled by a governor andjudges appointed by the Congress.
When this territory had 5,000 freemale inhabitants of voting age, it
was to be entitled to a legislatureof two chambers, itself electing thelower house. In addition, it could atthat time send a nonvoting delegate
to Congress. Three to five states

would be formed as the territory was
settled. Whenever any one of themhad 60,000 free inhabitants, it was
to be admitted to the Union “onan equal footing with the originalstates in all respects.” The ordinanceguaranteed civil rights and liberties,
encouraged education, and prohibited slavery or other forms of involuntary servitude.
The new policy repudiated thetime-honored concept that colonies
existed for the benefit of the mothercountry, were politically subordinate, and peopled by social inferiors.
Instead, it established the principlethat colonies (“territories”) were an
extension of the nation and entitled,
not as a privilege but as a right, to all
the benefits of equality.

CONSTITUTIONALCONVENTIONB
y the time the Northwest Ordinance was enacted, American leaders

were in the midst of drafting a newand stronger constitution to replace
the Articles of Confederation. Their
presiding officer, George Washington, had written accurately that thestates were united only by a “rope ofsand.” Disputes between Maryland
and Virginia over navigation on
the Potomac River led to a conference of representatives of five states
at Annapolis, Maryland, in 1786.
One of the delegates, Alexander
Hamilton of New York, convinced
his colleagues that commerce wasbound up with large political andeconomic questions. What was re71

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

quired was a fundamental rethinking of the Confederation.
The Annapolis conference issued
a call for all the states to appoint
representatives to a convention to beheld the following spring in Philadelphia. The Continental Congress was
at first indignant over this bold step,
but it acquiesced after Washington
gave the project his backing and waselected a delegate. During the next
fall and winter, elections were held in
all states but Rhode Island.
A remarkable gathering of notables assembled at the Federal
Convention in May 1787. The statelegislatures sent leaders with experience in colonial and state governments, in Congress, on the bench,and in the army. Washington, regarded as the country’s first citizen
because of his integrity and his military leadership during the Revolution, was chosen as presiding officer.
Prominent among the more active
members were two Pennsylvanians:
Gouverneur Morris, who clearly saw
the need for national government,
and James Wilson, who labored indefatigably for the national idea.
Also elected by Pennsylvania was
Benjamin Franklin, nearing the endof an extraordinary career of public
service and scientific achievement.
From Virginia came James Madison,a practical young statesman, a thorough student of politics and history,
and, according to a colleague, “froma spirit of industry and application ...
the best-informed man on any point
in debate.” He would be recognized
as the “Father of the Constitution.”

Massachusetts sent Rufus Kingand Elbridge Gerry, young men of
ability and experience. Roger Sherman, shoemaker turned judge, was
one of the representatives from
Connecticut. From New York came
Alexander Hamilton, who had proposed the meeting. Absent from theConvention were Thomas Jefferson,
who was serving as minister representing the United States in France,
and John Adams, serving in the same
capacity in Great Britain. Youth predominated among the 55 delegates —the average age was 42.
Congress had authorized theConvention merely to draft amendments to the Articles of Confederation but, as Madison later wrote, thedelegates, “with a manly confidence
in their country,” simply threw the
Articles aside and went ahead withthe building of a wholly new formof government.
They recognized that the paramount need was to reconcile twodifferent powers — the power of
local control, which was alreadybeing exercised by the 13 semi-independent states, and the power ofa central government. They adopted
the principle that the functions andpowers of the national government— being new, general, and inclusive— had to be carefully defined andstated, while all other functions andpowers were to be understood as belonging to the states. But realizingthat the central government had tohave real power, the delegates also
generally accepted the fact that the
government should be authorized,
72

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

among other things, to coin money, representation in proportion to theto regulate commerce, to declare population of the states in one housewar, and to make peace.
of Congress, the House of Representatives, and equal representation in
DEBATE AND COMPROMISE
the other, the Senate.
The alignment of large against
he 18th-century statesmen who small states then dissolved. But almet in Philadelphia were adherents most every succeeding questionof Montesquieu’s concept of the raised new divisions, to be resolved
balance of power in politics. This only by new compromises. Northernprinciple was supported by colo- ers wanted slaves counted when denial experience and strengthened termining each state’s tax share, butby the writings of John Locke, with not in determining the number ofwhich most of the delegates were fa- seats a state would have in the House
miliar. These influences led to the of Representatives. Under a comconviction that three equal and co- promise reached with little dissent,
ordinate branches of government tax levies and House membershipshould be established. Legislative, would be apportioned according to
executive, and judicial powers were the number of free inhabitants plus
to be so harmoniously balanced that three-fifths of the slaves.
no one could ever gain control. The
Certain members, such as Sherdelegates agreed that the legislative man and Elbridge Gerry, still smartbranch, like the colonial legislatures ing from Shays’s Rebellion, feared
and the British Parliament, should that the mass of people lacked sufconsist of two houses.
ficient wisdom to govern themselves
On these points there was una- and thus wished no branch of thenimity within the assembly. But federal government to be elected disharp differences also arose. Repre- rectly by the people. Others thought
sentatives of the small states — New the national government should be
Jersey, for instance — objected to given as broad a popular base aschanges that would reduce their in- possible. Some delegates wished tofluence in the national government exclude the growing West from theby basing representation upon popu- opportunity of statehood; others
lation rather than upon statehood, championed the equality principle
as was the case under the Articles of established in the Northwest OrdiConfederation.
nance of 1787.
On the other hand, representaThere was no serious difference
tives of large states, like Virginia, on such national economic quesargued for proportionate represen- tions as paper money, laws concerntation. This debate threatened to go ing contract obligations, or the roleon endlessly until Roger Sherman of women, who were excluded fromcame forward with arguments for politics. But there was a need forT

73

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

balancing sectional economic interests; for settling arguments as tothe powers, term, and selection of
the chief executive; and for solving
problems involving the tenure ofjudges and the kind of courts to beestablished.
Laboring through a hot Philadelphia summer, the convention finallyachieved a draft incorporating ina brief document the organizationof the most complex government
yet devised, one that would be supreme within a clearly defined andlimited sphere. It would have fullpower to levy taxes, borrow money,
establish uniform duties and excise taxes, coin money, regulate interstate commerce, fix weights andmeasures, grant patents and copyrights, set up post offices, and build
post roads. It also was authorized toraise and maintain an army andnavy, manage Native American affairs, conduct foreign policy, andwage war. It could pass laws fornaturalizing foreigners and controlling public lands; it could admit newstates on a basis of absolute equality with the old. The power to pass
all necessary and proper laws for
executing these clearly defined powers rendered the federal government
able to meet the needs of later generations and of a greatly expanded
body politic.
The principle of separation of
powers had already been given a fairtrial in most state constitutions andhad proved sound. Accordingly, theconvention set up a governmental

system with separate legislative, executive, and judiciary branches,
each checked by the others. Thus
congressional enactments were not
to become law until approved by thepresident. And the president was tosubmit the most important of his appointments and all his treaties to the
Senate for confirmation. The president, in turn, could be impeachedand removed by Congress. The judiciary was to hear all cases arisingunder federal laws and the Constitution; in effect, the courts were
empowered to interpret both thefundamental and the statute law. But
members of the judiciary, appointed
by the president and confirmed by
the Senate, could also be impeached
by Congress.
To protect the Constitution
from hasty alteration, Article V
stipulated that amendments to theConstitution be proposed either by
two-thirds of both houses of Congress or by two-thirds of the states,
meeting in convention. The proposals were to be ratified by one of two
methods: either by the legislaturesof three-fourths of the states, or by
convention in three-fourths of thestates, with the Congress proposing
the method to be used.
Finally, the convention faced
the most important problem of all:How should the powers given to
the new government be enforced?
Under the Articles of Confederation, the national government had
possessed — on paper — significant powers, which, in practice, had

74

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

come to naught, for the states paid
no attention to them. What was tosave the new government from thesame fate?
At the outset, most delegates furnished a single answer — the use offorce. But it was quickly seen that theapplication of force upon the states
would destroy the Union. The decision was that the government should
not act upon the states but upon thepeople within the states, and should
legislate for and upon all the individual residents of the country. As
the keystone of the Constitution, theconvention adopted two brief but
highly significant statements:
Congress shall have power ...
to make all Laws which shall benecessary and proper for carrying
into Execution the ... Powers
vested by this Constitution in the
Government of the United States.
... (Article I, Section 7)
This Constitution, and theLaws of the United States whichshall be made in Pursuancethereof; and all Treaties made, or
which shall be made, under the
Authority of the United States,
shall be the supreme Law of theLand; and the Judges in every
State shall be bound thereby,
any Thing in the Constitution or
Laws of any State to the Contrary
notwithstanding. (Article VI)
Thus the laws of the United States
became enforceable in its own national courts, through its own judges
and marshals, as well as in the state
courts through the state judges andstate law officers.

Debate continues to this day
about the motives of those who
wrote the Constitution. In 1913 historian Charles Beard, in An Economic Interpretation of the Constitution,argued that the Founding Fathers
represented emerging commercialcapitalist interests that needed astrong national government. He
also believed many may have been
motivated by personal holdings oflarge amounts of depreciated government securities. However, James
Madison, principal drafter of theConstitution, held no bonds andwas a Virginia planter. Conversely,some opponents of the Constitution owned large amounts of bonds
and securities. Economic interests
influenced the course of the debate,
but so did state, sectional, and ideological interests. Equally important
was the idealism of the framers.
Products of the Enlightenment, theFounding Fathers designed a government that they believed would
promote individual liberty and public virtue. The ideals embodied in
the U.S. Constitution remain an essential element of the American national identity.

RATIFICATION AND
THE BILL OF RIGHTSO
n September 17, 1787, after 16
weeks of deliberation, the finished

Constitution was signed by 39 of
the 42 delegates present. Franklin,
pointing to the half-sun painted inbrilliant gold on the back of Washington’s chair, said:
75

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

I have often in the course of thesession ... looked at that [chair]behind the president, without
being able to tell whether it was
rising or setting; but now, at
length, I have the happiness toknow that it is a rising, and not a
setting, sun.
The convention was over; themembers “adjourned to the City
Tavern, dined together, and took
a cordial leave of each other.” Yeta crucial part of the struggle for amore perfect union remained to
be faced. The consent of popularlyelected state conventions was stillrequired before the document could
become effective.
The convention had decided that
the Constitution would take effectupon ratification by conventions innine of the 13 states. By June 1788
the required nine states had ratified
the Constitution, but the large statesof Virginia and New York had not.
Most people felt that without theirsupport the Constitution would never be honored. To many, the document seemed full of dangers: Would
not the strong central governmentthat it established tyrannize them,
oppress them with heavy taxes, anddrag them into wars?
Differing views on these questions brought into existence two parties, the Federalists, who favored astrong central government, and theAntifederalists, who preferred a loose
association of separate states. Impassioned arguments on both sides werevoiced by the press, the legislatures,and the state conventions.

In Virginia, the Antifederalists
attacked the proposed new government by challenging the opening phrase of the Constitution: “Wethe People of the United States.”
Without using the individual statenames in the Constitution, the delegates argued, the states would not
retain their separate rights or powers. Virginia Antifederalists were
led by Patrick Henry, who became
the chief spokesman for back-country farmers who feared the powersof the new central government. Wavering delegates were persuaded bya proposal that the Virginia convention recommend a bill of rights,
and Antifederalists joined with theFederalists to ratify the Constitution
on June 25.
In New York, Alexander Hamilton, John Jay, and James Madison
pushed for the ratification of theConstitution in a series of essays
known as The Federalist Papers.
The essays, published in New York
newspapers, provided a now-classic
argument for a central federal government, with separate executive,
legislative, and judicial branches thatchecked and balanced one another.
With The Federalist Papers influencing the New York delegates, the Constitution was ratified on July 26.
Antipathy toward a strong central government was only one concern among those opposed to theConstitution; of equal concern
to many was the fear that theConstitution did not protect individual rights and freedoms sufficiently.
Virginian George Mason, author76

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

of Virginia’s Declaration of Rights
of 1776, was one of three delegatesto the Constitutional Convention
who had refused to sign the final
document because it did not enumerate individual rights. Together
with Patrick Henry, he campaigned
vigorously against ratification of theConstitution by Virginia. Indeed,
five states, including Massachusetts,
ratified the Constitution on the condition that such amendments be
added immediately.
When the first Congress convened in New York City in September 1789, the calls for amendments
protecting individual rights werevirtually unanimous. Congress
quickly adopted 12 such amendments; by December 1791, enoughstates had ratified 10 amendments
to make them part of the Constitution. Collectively, they are known
as the Bill of Rights. Among theirprovisions: freedom of speech, press,
religion, and the right to assemble
peacefully, protest, and demandchanges (First Amendment); protection against unreasonable searches, seizures of property, and arrest(Fourth Amendment); due processof law in all criminal cases (Fifth
Amendment); right to a fair andspeedy trial (Sixth Amendment);
protection against cruel and unusual
punishment (Eighth Amendment);
and provision that the people retain
additional rights not listed in theConstitution (Ninth Amendment).
Since the adoption of the Billof Rights, only 17 more amendments have been added to theConstitution. Although a numberof the subsequent amendments revised the federal government’s structure and operations, most followed
the precedent established by the Billof Rights and expanded individual
rights and freedoms.

PRESIDENT WASHINGTONO
ne of the last acts of the Congress of the Confederation was to ar-range for the first presidential election, setting March 4, 1789, as thedate that the new government would
come into being. One name was on
everyone’s lips for the new chief ofstate, George Washington. He wasunanimously chosen president andtook the oath of office at his inauguration on April 30, 1789. In words
spoken by every president since,
Washington pledged to execute theduties of the presidency faithfully
and, to the best of his ability, to “preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States.”
When Washington took office,the new Constitution enjoyed neither tradition nor the full backing oforganized public opinion. The new
government had to create its own
machinery and legislate a system oftaxation that would support it. Until
a judiciary could be established, laws
could not be enforced. The army was
small. The navy had ceased to exist.
Congress quickly created the departments of State and Treasury,
with Thomas Jefferson and Alexander Hamilton as their respective
secretaries. Departments of War
77

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

and Justice were also created. Since
Washington preferred to make decisions only after consulting thosemen whose judgment he valued,
the American presidential Cabinet
came into existence, consisting of
the heads of all the departments that
Congress might create. Simultaneously, Congress provided for a federal judiciary — a Supreme Court,with one chief justice and five associate justices, three circuit courts, and
13 district courts.
Meanwhile, the country was
growing steadily and immigrationfrom Europe was increasing. Americans were moving westward: New
Englanders and Pennsylvanians into
Ohio; Virginians and Carolinians
into Kentucky and Tennessee. Good
farms were to be had for small sums;
labor was in strong demand. The
rich valley stretches of upper New
York, Pennsylvania, and Virginiasoon became great wheat-growing
areas.
Although many items were still
homemade, the Industrial Revolution was dawning in the UnitedStates. Massachusetts and Rhode Island were laying the foundation ofimportant textile industries; Connecticut was beginning to turn out
tinware and clocks; New York, New
Jersey, and Pennsylvania were producing paper, glass, and iron. Shipping had grown to such an extent
that on the seas the United States
was second only to Britain. Even before 1790, American ships were traveling to China to sell furs and bringback tea, spices, and silk.

At this critical juncture in the
country’s growth, Washington’s wise
leadership was crucial. He organizeda national government, developed
policies for settlement of territories
previously held by Britain and Spain,
stabilized the northwestern frontier,and oversaw the admission of three
new states: Vermont (1791), Kentucky (1792), and Tennessee (1796).
Finally, in his Farewell Address, hewarned the nation to “steer clear of
permanent alliances with any portion of the foreign world.” This advice influenced American attitudes
toward the rest of the world for generations to come.

HAMILTON VS. JEFFERSON

A
conflict took shape in the 1790s
between America’s first politicalparties. Indeed, the Federalists, led
by Alexander Hamilton, and theRepublicans (also called Democratic-Republicans), led by Thomas
Jefferson, were the first politicalparties in the Western world. Unlike loose political groupings in the
British House of Commons or in
the American colonies before the
Revolution, both had reasonably
consistent and principled platforms,
relatively stable popular followings,
and continuing organizations.
The Federalists in the main represented the interests of trade andmanufacturing, which they saw asforces of progress in the world. They
believed these could be advanced
only by a strong central government
capable of establishing sound public
78

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

credit and a stable currency. Openly
distrustful of the latent radicalism of
the masses, they could nonethelesscredibly appeal to workers and artisans. Their political stronghold wasin the New England states. Seeing
England as in many respects an example the United States should try toemulate, they favored good relations
with their mother country.
Although Alexander Hamilton
was never able to muster the popular
appeal to stand successfully for elective office, he was far and away theFederalists’ main generator of ideology and public policy. He brought topublic life a love of efficiency, order,
and organization. In response to thecall of the House of Representatives
for a plan for the “adequate supportof public credit,” he laid down andsupported principles not only of the
public economy, but of effective government. Hamilton pointed out that
the United States must have credit
for industrial development, commercial activity, and the operationsof government, and that its obligations must have the complete faithand support of the people.
There were many who wished to
repudiate the Confederation’s national debt or pay only part of it.
Hamilton insisted upon full payment and also upon a plan by which
the federal government took overthe unpaid debts of the states incurred during the Revolution. He
also secured congressional legislation for a Bank of the United States.
Modeled after the Bank of England,
it acted as the nation’s central fi-

nancial institution and operated
branches in different parts of thecountry. Hamilton sponsored a national mint, and argued in favor oftariffs, saying that temporary protection of new firms could help foster the development of competitive
national industries. These measures— placing the credit of the federal government on a firm foundation and giving it all the revenues
it needed — encouraged commerce
and industry, and created a solid
phalanx of interests firmly behindthe national government.
The Republicans, led by Thomas
Jefferson, spoke primarily for agricultural interests and values. They
distrusted bankers, cared little forcommerce and manufacturing, andbelieved that freedom and democracy flourished best in a rural society
composed of self-sufficient farmers. They felt little need for a strong
central government; in fact, theytended to see it as a potential sourceof oppression. Thus they favoredstates’ rights. They were strongest
in the South.
Hamilton’s great aim was more
efficient organization, whereas Jefferson once said, “I am not a friend
to a very energetic government.”
Hamilton feared anarchy andthought in terms of order; Jefferson
feared tyranny and thought in termsof freedom. Where Hamilton saw
England as an example, Jefferson,
who had been minister to France inthe early stages of the French Revolution, looked to the overthrow of
the French monarchy as vindication
79

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENTof the liberal ideals of the Enlightenment. Against Hamilton’s instinctive
conservatism, he projected an eloquent democratic radicalism.
An early clash between them,which occurred shortly after Jefferson took office as secretary of state,
led to a new and profoundly important interpretation of the Constitution. When Hamilton introduced hisbill to establish a national bank, Jefferson, speaking for those who believed in states’ rights, argued that
the Constitution expressly enumerated all the powers belonging to thefederal government and reserved allother powers to the states. Nowhere
was the federal government empowered to set up a bank.
Hamilton responded that becauseof the mass of necessary detail, avast body of powers had to be
implied by general clauses, and oneof these authorized Congress to“make all laws which shall be necessary and proper” for carrying out
other powers specifically granted.
The Constitution authorized thenational government to levy andcollect taxes, pay debts, and borrow money. A national bank would
materially help in performing thesefunctions efficiently. Congress,
therefore, was entitled, under its implied powers, to create such a bank.
Washington and the Congress accepted Hamilton’s view — and set
an important precedent for an expansive interpretation of the federal
government’s authority.

CITIZEN GENET AND
FOREIGN POLICY

A
lthough one of the first tasksof the new government was tostrengthen the domestic economy
and make the nation financiallysecure, the United States could notignore foreign affairs. The cornerstones of Washington’s foreign policy were to preserve peace, to givethe country time to recover fromits wounds, and to permit the slow
work of national integration tocontinue. Events in Europe threatened these goals. Many Americans
watched the French Revolution withkeen interest and sympathy. In April
1793, news came that France had
declared war on Great Britain andSpain, and that a new French envoy,
Edmond Charles Genet — Citizen
Genet — was coming to the UnitedStates.
When the revolution in France
led to the execution of King LouisXVI in January 1793, Britain, Spain,and Holland became involved in
war with France. According to theFranco-American Treaty of Allianceof 1778, the United States and France
were perpetual allies, and the United States was obliged to help France
defend the West Indies. However,the United States, militarily andeconomically a very weak country,
was in no position to become involved in another war with major
European powers.
On April 22, 1793, Washington
effectively abrogated the terms of the80

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY1778 treaty that had made American
independence possible by proclaiming the United States to be “friendly
and impartial toward the belligerent
powers.” When Genet arrived, he
was cheered by many citizens, but
treated with cool formality by thegovernment. Angered, he violated
a promise not to outfit a captured
British ship as a privateer (privately owned warships commissioned
to prey on ships of enemy nations).
Genet then threatened to take his
cause directly to the American people, over the head of the government.
Shortly afterward, the United States
requested his recall by the Frenchgovernment.
The Genet incident strained
American relations with France ata time when those with Great Britain were far from satisfactory. British troops still occupied forts in theWest, property carried off by British
soldiers during the Revolution had
not been restored or paid for, and theBritish Navy was seizing Americanships bound for French ports. The
two countries seemed to be drifting
toward war. Washington sent John
Jay, first chief justice of the Supreme
Court, to London as a special envoy.
Jay negotiated a treaty that secured
withdrawal of British soldiers fromwestern forts but allowed the British
to continue the fur trade with theIndians in the Northwest. London
agreed to pay damages for Americanships and cargoes seized in 1793 and1794, but made no commitments on
possible future seizures. Moreover,
the treaty failed to address the fes-

tering issue of British “impressment”
of American sailors into the Royal
Navy, placed severe limitations on
American trade with the West Indies, and accepted the British viewthat food and naval stores, as well as
war materiel, were contraband subject to seizure if bound for enemy
ports on neutral ships.
American diplomat Charles
Pinckney was more successful indealing with Spain. In 1795, henegotiated an important treaty settling the Florida border on American terms and giving Americans
access to the port of New Orleans.
All the same, the Jay Treaty with
the British reflected a continuing American weakness vis-a-vis aworld superpower. Deeply unpopular, it was vocally supported only byFederalists who valued cultural andeconomic ties with Britain. Washington backed it as the best bargain
available, and, after a heated debate,
the Senate approved it.
Citizen Genet’s antics and Jay’s
Treaty demonstrated both the difficulties faced by a small weak nation
caught between two great powers
and the wide gap in outlook between
Federalists and Republicans. To theFederalists, Republican backers of
the increasingly violent and radical
French Revolution were dangerous
radicals (“Jacobins”); to the Republicans, advocates of amity with England were monarchists who would
subvert the natural rights of Americans. The Federalists connected virtue and national development withcommerce; the Republicans saw
81

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

America’s destiny as that of a vastagrarian republic. The politics oftheir conflicting positions became
increasingly vehement.

tles with the French, war seemed
inevitable. In this crisis, Adams rejected the guidance of Hamilton,
who wanted war, and reopened negotiations with France. Napoleon,
who had just come to power, received them cordially. The dangerof conflict subsided with the negotiation of the Convention of 1800,
which formally released the UnitedStates from its 1778 defense alliancewith France. However, reflecting
American weakness, France refused
to pay $20 million in compensation
for American ships taken by the
French Navy.
Hostility to France had led Congress to pass the Alien and Sedition
Acts, which had severe repercussions for American civil liberties.
The Naturalization Act, whichchanged the requirement for citizenship from five to 14 years, wastargeted at Irish and French immigrants suspected of supporting theRepublicans. The Alien Act, operative for two years only, gave thepresident the power to expel or imprison aliens in time of war. The
Sedition Act proscribed writing,speaking, or publishing anythingof “a false, scandalous, and malicious” nature against the president
or Congress. The few convictions
won under it created martyrs to thecause of civil liberties and aroused
support for the Republicans.
The acts met with resistance. Jefferson and Madison sponsored thepassage of the Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions by the legislatures ofthese two states in November and

ADAMS AND JEFFERSON

W
ashington retired in 1797, firmly declining to serve for more thaneight years as the nation’s head.
Thomas Jefferson of Virginia (Republican) and John Adams (Federalist) vied to succeed him. Adams won
a narrow election victory. From the
beginning, however, he was at thehead of a party and an administration divided between his backers andthose of his rival, Hamilton.
Adams faced serious international difficulties. France, angered by
Jay’s treaty with Britain, adopted its
definition of contraband and began
to seize American ships headed for
Britain. By 1797 France had snatched
300 American ships and broken
off diplomatic relations with theUnited States. When Adams sent
three commissioners to Paris to negotiate, agents of Foreign Minister Charles Maurice de Talleyrand(whom Adams labeled X, Y, and Z in
his report to Congress) informed theAmericans that negotiations could
only begin if the United States loaned
France $12 million and bribed officials of the French government.
American hostility to France rose to
an excited pitch. The so-called XYZ
Affair led to the enlistment of troops
and the strengthening of the fledgling U.S. Navy.
In 1799, after a series of sea bat-82

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

December 1798. Extreme declaration of states’ rights, the resolutions
asserted that states could “interpose”
their views on federal actions and“nullify” them. The doctrine of nullification would be used later for theSouthern states’ resistance to protective tariffs, and, more ominously,slavery.
By 1800 the American people
were ready for a change. Under
Washington and Adams, the Federalists had established a strong government, but sometimes failing tohonor the principle that the American government must be responsive
to the will of the people, they had
followed policies that alienated large
groups. For example, in 1798 they
had enacted a tax on houses, land,and slaves, affecting every property
owner in the country.
Jefferson had steadily gathered
behind him a great mass of small
farmers, shopkeepers, and otherworkers. He won a close victory ina contested election. Jefferson enjoyed extraordinary favor because of
his appeal to American idealism. In
his inaugural address, the first suchspeech in the new capital of Washington, D.C., he promised “a wiseand frugal government” that would
preserve order among the inhabitants but leave people “otherwise free
to regulate their own pursuits of industry, and improvement.”
Jefferson’s mere presence in the
White House encouraged democratic procedures. He preachedand practiced democratic simplicity, eschewing much of the pomp

and ceremony of the presidency. Inline with Republican ideology, hesharply cut military expenditures.
Believing America to be a havenfor the oppressed, he secured a liberal naturalization law. By the endof his second term, his far-sighted
secretary of the treasury, Albert
Gallatin, had reduced the national
debt to less than $560 million. Widely popular, Jefferson won reelection
as president easily.

LOUISIANA AND BRITAINO
ne of Jefferson’s acts doubled thearea of the country. At the end of theSeven Years’ War, France had ceded
its territory west of the Mississippi
River to Spain. Access to the portof New Orleans near its mouth wasvital for the shipment of American
products from the Ohio and Mississippi river valleys. Shortly after Jefferson became president, Napoleon
forced a weak Spanish government
to cede this great tract, the Louisiana
Territory, back to France. The movefilled Americans with apprehension
and indignation. French plans fora huge colonial empire just west of
the United States seriously threatened the future development of theUnited States. Jefferson asserted that
if France took possession of Louisiana, “from that moment we must
marry ourselves to the British fleet
and nation.”
Napoleon, however, lost interest
after the French were expelled from
Haiti by a slave revolt. Knowing that
another war with Great Britain was83CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

impending, he resolved to fill his
treasury and put Louisiana beyond
the reach of Britain by selling it to
the United States. His offer presented Jefferson with a dilemma: The
Constitution conferred no explicit
power to purchase territory. At firstthe president wanted to propose anamendment, but delay might lead
Napoleon to change his mind. Advised that the power to purchaseterritory was inherent in the power
to make treaties, Jefferson relented,
saying that “the good sense of ourcountry will correct the evil of loose
construction when it shall produce
ill effects.”
The United States obtained the“Louisiana Purchase” for $15 million in 1803. It contained more than
2,600,000 square kilometers as wellas the port of New Orleans. The
nation had gained a sweep of richplains, mountains, forests, and river
systems that within 80 years would
become its heartland — and a breadbasket for the world.
As Jefferson began his second
term in 1805, he declared American
neutrality in the struggle between
Great Britain and France. Althoughboth sides sought to restrict neutral
shipping to the other, British control of the seas made its interdiction
and seizure much more serious than
any actions by Napoleonic France.
British naval commanders routinely
searched American ships, seized vessels and cargoes, and took off sailors
believed to be British subjects. They
also frequently impressed American
seamen into their service.

When Jefferson issued a proclamation ordering British warships
to leave U.S. territorial waters, theBritish reacted by impressing more
sailors. Jefferson then decided to relyon economic pressure; in December
1807 Congress passed the Embargo
Act, forbidding all foreign commerce. Ironically, the law required
strong police authority that vastly
increased the powers of the national
government. Economically, it wasdisastrous. In a single year American exports fell to one-fifth of theirformer volume. Shipping interests
were almost ruined by the measure;
discontent rose in New England and
New York. Agricultural interests
suffered heavily also. Prices dropped
drastically when the Southern andWestern farmers could not export
their surplus grain, cotton, meat,and tobacco.
The embargo failed to starve
Great Britain into a change of policy. As the grumbling at home increased, Jefferson turned to a milder
measure, which partially conciliateddomestic shipping interests. In early
1809 he signed the Non-Intercourse
Act permitting commerce with allcountries except Britain or France
and their dependencies.
James Madison succeeded Jefferson as president in 1809. Relations
with Great Britain grew worse, andthe two countries moved rapidly toward war. The president laid before
Congress a detailed report, showing
several thousand instances in which
the British had impressed American
citizens. In addition, northwestern84

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

settlers had suffered from attacks
by Indians whom they believed had
been incited by British agents in
Canada. In turn, many Americans
favored conquest of Canada and theelimination of British influence inNorth America, as well as vengeancefor impressment and commercial
repression. By 1812, war fervor was
dominant. On June 18, the UnitedStates declared war on Britain.

of militia, volunteers, and regulars
from Kentucky with the object ofreconquering Detroit. On September
12, while he was still in upper Ohio,
news reached him that Commodore
Oliver Hazard Perry had annihilated
the British fleet on Lake Erie. Harrison occupied Detroit and pushed
into Canada, defeating the fleeing
British and their Indian allies on
the Thames River. The entire region
now came under American control.
A year later Commodore Thomas
Macdonough won a point-blank gun
duel with a British flotilla on Lake
Champlain in upper New York. Deprived of naval support, a British invasion force of 10,000 men retreated
to Canada. Nevertheless, the British fleet harassed the Eastern seaboard with orders to “destroy andlay waste.” On the night of August24, 1814, an expeditionary force
routed American militia, marched to
Washington, D.C., and left the cityin flames. President James Madison
fled to Virginia.
British and American negotiators conducted talks in Europe. The
British envoys decided to concede,
however, when they learned of Macdonough’s victory on Lake Champlain. Faced with the depletion of the
British treasury due in large part tothe heavy costs of the NapoleonicWars, the negotiators for Great Britain accepted the Treaty of Ghent in
December 1814. It provided for the
cessation of hostilities, the restoration of conquests, and a commission
to settle boundary disputes. Unawarethat a peace treaty had been signed,

THE WAR OF 1812T
he nation went to war bitterly
divided. While the South and Westfavored the conflict, New York and
New England opposed it because
it interfered with their commerce.
The U.S. military was weak. The
army had fewer than 7,000 regularsoldiers, distributed in widely scattered posts along the coast, near the
Canadian border, and in the remote interior. The state militias werepoorly trained and undisciplined.
Hostilities began with an invasion of Canada, which, if properly
timed and executed, would havebrought united action against Montreal. Instead, the entire campaign
miscarried and ended with the British occupation of Detroit. The U.S.
Navy, however, scored successes.
In addition, American privateers,swarming the Atlantic, captured 500
British vessels during the fall andwinter months of 1812 and 1813.
The campaign of 1813 centeredon Lake Erie. General William
Henry Harrison — who would later become president — led an army85

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENT

the two sides continued fighting into
1815 near New Orleans, Louisiana.
Led by General Andrew Jackson,
the United States scored the greatest land victory of the war, ending
once and for all any British hopes ofreestablishing continental influence
south of the Canadian border.
While the British and Americans
were negotiating a settlement, Federalist delegates selected by the legislatures of Massachusetts, Rhode
Island, Connecticut, Vermont, andNew Hampshire gathered in Hartford, Connecticut, to express opposition to “Mr. Madison’s war.” New
England had managed to trade withthe enemy throughout the conflict,and some areas actually prosperedfrom this commerce. Nevertheless,the Federalists claimed that the war
was ruining the economy. With apossibility of secession from theUnion in the background, the convention proposed a series of constitutional amendments that would
protect New England interests. Instead, the end of the war, punctuatedby the smashing victory at New Orleans, stamped the Federalists with astigma of disloyalty from which they
never recovered. 
986

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYTHE SECOND GREAT AWAKENING

By the end of the 18th century, many educated Americans no longer

professed traditional Christian beliefs. In reaction to the secularism of the age,a religious revival spread westward in the first half of the 19th century.
This “Second Great Awakening” consisted of several kinds of activity,
distinguished by locale and expression of religious commitment. In New
England, the renewed interest in religion inspired a wave of social activism.
In western New York, the spirit of revival encouraged the emergence of new
denominations. In the Appalachian region of Kentucky and Tennessee, therevival strengthened the Methodists and the Baptists, and spawned a new formof religious expression — the camp meeting.
In contrast to the Great Awakening of the 1730s, the revivals in the
East were notable for the absence of hysteria and open emotion. Rather,
unbelievers were awed by the “respectful silence” of those bearing witness
to their faith. The evangelical enthusiasm in New England gave rise tointerdenominational missionary societies, formed to evangelize the West.
Members of these societies not only acted as apostles for the faith, but as
educators, civic leaders, and exponents of Eastern, urban culture. Publicationand education societies promoted Christian education. Most notable among
them was the American Bible Society, founded in 1816. Social activism
inspired by the revival gave rise to abolition of slavery groups and the Society
for the Promotion of Temperance, as well as to efforts to reform prisons andcare for the handicapped and mentally ill.
Western New York, from Lake Ontario to the Adirondack Mountains, hadbeen the scene of so many religious revivals in the past that it was known as
the “Burned-Over District.” Here, the dominant figure was Charles Grandison
Finney, a lawyer who had experienced a religious epiphany and set out topreach the Gospel. His revivals were characterized by careful planning,
showmanship, and advertising. Finney preached in the Burned-Over District
throughout the 1820s and the early 1830s, before moving to Ohio in 1835
to take a chair in theology at Oberlin College, of which he subsequently
became president.
Two other important religious denominations in America — the Mormons
and the Seventh Day Adventists — also got their start in the BurnedOver District.

87

CHAPTER 4: THE FORMATION OF A NATIONAL GOVERNMENTIn the Appalachian region, the revival took on characteristics similar
to the Great Awakening of the previous century. But here, the center of therevival was the camp meeting, a religious service of several days’ length, fora group that was obliged to take shelter on the spot because of the distancefrom home. Pioneers in thinly populated areas looked to the camp meetingas a refuge from the lonely life on the frontier. The sheer exhilaration ofparticipating in a religious revival with hundreds and perhaps thousandsof people inspired the dancing, shouting, and singing associated with these
events. Probably the largest camp meeting was at Cane Ridge, Kentucky, inAugust 1801; between 10,000 and 25,000 people attended.
The great revival quickly spread throughout Kentucky, Tennessee, andsouthern Ohio, with the Methodists and the Baptists its prime beneficiaries.
Each denomination had assets that allowed it to thrive on the frontier. The
Methodists had a very efficient organization that depended on ministers —known as circuit riders — who sought out people in remote frontier locations.
The circuit riders came from among the common people and possessed arapport with the frontier families they hoped to convert. The Baptists had
no formal church organization. Their farmer-preachers were people who
received “the call” from God, studied the Bible, and founded a church, whichthen ordained them. Other candidates for the ministry emerged from thesechurches, and established a presence farther into the wilderness. Using suchmethods, the Baptists became dominant throughout the border states andmost of the South.
The Second Great Awakening exercised a profound impact on American
history. The numerical strength of the Baptists and Methodists rose relative
to that of the denominations dominant in the colonial period — Anglicans,
Presbyterians, and Congregationalists. The growing differences
within American Protestantism reflected the growth and diversity of an
expanding nation. 

88Andrew Jackson, president from 1829 to 1837. Charismatic, forceful,and passionate, Jackson forged an effective political coalition within
the Democratic Party with Westerners, farmers, and working people.

TRANSFORMING
ANATIO NA PICTURE PROFILEThe United States transformed itself again in the 19th andearly 20th centuries. A rural, agricultural nation became anindustrial power whose backbone was steel and coal, railroads,
and steam power. A young country once bound by the Mississippi
River expanded across the North American continent, and on to
overseas territories. A nation divided by the issue of slavery andtested by the trauma of civil war became a world power whose
global influence was first felt in World War I.

89

Henry Clay of Kentucky,
although never president,
was one of the mostinfluential American
politicians of the first halfof the 19th century. Claybecame indispensable forhis role in preserving theUnion with the Missouri
Compromise of 1820 and
the Compromise of 1850.
Both pieces of legislation
resolved, for a time,
disputes over slavery inthe territories.

The great champions of
women’s rights in the 19th
century: Elizabeth Cady
Stanton (seated) and Susan
B. Anthony. Stanton helped
organize the first women’s
rights convention in 1848
in Seneca Falls, New York.
In later years, she joined
Anthony in founding the
National Woman Suffrage
Association. “I forged thethunderbolts,” Stanton saidof their partnership, “and she
fired them.”
90William Lloyd Garrison, whose
passionate denunciations of slavery
and eloquent defense of the rights
of enslaved African Americans
appeared in his weekly paper, theLiberator, from its first issue in 1831 to
1865, when the last issue appeared at
the close of the Civil War.

Frederick Douglass, the nation’s leading
African-American abolitionist of theHarriet Tubman, a former slave who rescued
19th century, escaped from slavery inhundreds from slavery through the Underground
1838. His speech about his sufferings
Railroad. The Underground Railroad was a vast
as a slave at the Massachusetts Antinetwork of people who helped fugitive slaves
Slavery Society’s annual convention
escape to the North and to Canada in the firstin Nantucket launched his career as
half of the 19th century.
an outspoken lecturer, writer, andpublisher on the abolition of slavery
and racial equality.
91Confederate dead along a stone wall during the Chancellorsville campaign, May 1863.
Victorious at Chancellorsville, Southern forces advanced north into Pennsylvania, butwere defeated at the three-day battle of Gettysburg, the turning point of the Civil War
and the largest battle ever fought in North America. More Americans died in the Civil
War (1861-65) than in any other conflict in U.S. history.

93

Encampment of Union troops from New York in Alexandria, Virginia,
just across the Potomac River from the capital of Washington.

94

Union General Ulysses S. Grant, who led Union
forces to victory in the Civil War and became
the 18th president of the United States. Despite
heavy losses in several battles against his
opponent, General Lee (below), Grant refused
to retreat, leading President Lincoln to say tocritics calling for his removal, “I can’t spare thisgeneral. He fights.”

Confederate General Robert E. Lee. Militaryhistorians to this day study his tactics
and Grant’s in battles such as Vicksburg,
Chancellorsville, and the Wilderness.

95

Engraving of the first African-American members elected to the U.S. Congress during
the Reconstruction Era, following the Civil War. Seated at left is H.R. Revels, senatorfrom Mississippi. The others were members of the House of Representatives, fromthe states of Alabama, Florida, South Carolina, and Georgia.

Although practicallyunknown during her
lifetime, Emily Dickinson(1830-1886) is now seen as
one of the most brilliant
and original poets America
has ever produced.
96Andrew Carnegie, business tycoon and philanthropist. Born in Scotland of a poorfamily, Carnegie immigrated to the United States and made his fortune by building
the country’s largest iron and steel manufacturing corporation. Believing that thewealthy had an obligation to give back to society, he endowed public libraries acrossthe United States.

Samuel Langhorne Clemens(1835-1910), better known by
his pen name of Mark Twain,
is perhaps the most widely
read and enjoyed American
writer and humorist. In his
Adventures of HuckleberryFinn and other works, Twain
developed a style based on
vigorous, realistic, colloquial
American speech.
97Sitting Bull, Sioux chief who led the last great battleof the Plains Indians against the U.S. Army, when his
warriors defeated forces under the command ofGeneral George Custer at the Battle ofLittle Bighorn in 1876.

Custer’s army on the march prior to
Little Bighorn. The Plains Indians who
defeated his army were resisting white
intrusions into their sacred lands andU.S. government attempts to force
them back onto South Dakota’s
Great Sioux Reservation.
98

99

Above, Oklahoma City in 1889, four weeks after the Oklahoma
Territory was opened up for settlement. Settlers staked their claim,
put up tents, and then swiftly began erecting board shacks andhouses — a pattern repeated throughout the West.
Left, a vessel at the Gatun locks of the Panama Canal. The UnitedStates acquired the rights to build the canal in 1903 in a treaty withPanama, which had just rebelled and broken away from Colombia.
Under the terms of the 1977 treaty, the canal reverted toPanamanian control on December 31, 1999.

101

102

Left, opposite page, immigrants arriving at Ellis Island in New York
City, principal gateway to the United States in the late 19th and early
20th centuries. From 1890 to 1921, almost 19 million people entered
the United States as immigrants.
Below, children working at the Indiana Glass Works in 1908.
Enacting child labor laws was one of the principal goals of theProgressive movement in this era.

103

Mulberry Street in New York City, also known as“Little Italy,” in the early years of the 20th century.
Newly arrived immigrant families, largely from
Eastern and southern Europe in this period,
often settled in densely populated urban
enclaves. Typically, their children,or grandchildren, would disperse,
moving to other cities or otherparts of the country.

104

105

Thomas Edison examines film used in the motion picture
projector that he invented with George Eastman. The mostcelebrated of Edison’s hundreds of inventions was theincandescent light bulb.

106Orville Wright, who built and flew the first heavier-than-air airplane at
Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, in 1903, with his brother Wilbur. Orville isshown here at the controls of a later model plane in 1909.

Alexander Graham Bell makes the first telephone call fromNew York City to Chicago in 1892. Bell, an immigrant from
Scotland who settled in Boston, invented the telephone 16 years
earlier, in 1876.
107

American infantry forces in 1918, firing a 37 mm. gun, advance against German
positions in World War I.

The “Big Four” at the Paris Peace Conference in 1919, following the end of World War
I. They are, seated from left, Prime Minister Vittorio Orlando of Italy, Prime Minister
David Lloyd George of Great Britain, Premier Georges Clemenceau of France, andPresident Woodrow Wilson of the United States. Despite strenuous efforts, Wilson
was unable to persuade the U.S. Senate to agree to American participation in the new
League of Nations established in the aftermath of the war.
108

For the educated and well-to-do, the 1920s was the era of the “Lost Generation,”
symbolized by writers like Ernest Hemingway, who left the United States for voluntary
exile in Paris. It was also the “flapper era” of frivolity and excess in which young people
could reject the constraints and traditions of their elders. Top, flappers posing for thecamera at a 1920s-era party. Above, Henry Ford and his son stand with one of his early
automobiles, and the 10-millionth Ford Model-T. The Model-T was the first car whose
price and availability made car ownership possible for large numbers of people.

109

110

5

CHAPTERWESTWARD
EXPANSIONANDREGIONAL
DIFFERENCES

Horse-drawn combine
harvesting wheat in the
Midwest, 19th century.

CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES“Go West, young man,and grow up withthe country.”
Newspaper editor Horace Greeley, 1851

was as essential as political independence. To foster self-sufficiency,
congressional leaders Henry Clay of
Kentucky and John C. Calhoun ofSouth Carolina urged a policy of protectionism — imposition of restrictions on imported goods to foster thedevelopment of American industry.
The time was propitious for raising the customs tariff. The shepherds
of Vermont and Ohio wanted protection against an influx of English
wool. In Kentucky, a new industryof weaving local hemp into cotton
bagging was threatened by the Scottish bagging industry. Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, already a flourishingcenter of iron smelting, was eager tochallenge British and Swedish ironsuppliers. The tariff enacted in 1816
imposed duties high enough to give
manufacturers real protection.
In addition, Westerners advocat-

BUILDING UNITYT
he War of 1812 was, in a sense,a second war of independence that

confirmed once and for all the
American break with England. With
its conclusion, many of the serious
difficulties that the young republic
had faced since the Revolution disappeared. National union under
the Constitution brought a balance
between liberty and order. With alow national debt and a continent
awaiting exploration, the prospectof peace, prosperity, and social progress opened before the nation.
Commerce cemented national
unity. The privations of war convinced many of the importance ofprotecting the manufacturers ofAmerica until they could stand alone
against foreign competition. Economic independence, many argued,
112

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Maryland (1819), he boldly upheld
the Hamiltonian theory that theConstitution by implication gives
the government powers beyond
those expressly stated.

ed a national system of roads andcanals to link them with Eastern cities and ports, and to open frontier
lands for settlement. However, they
were unsuccessful in pressing theirdemands for a federal role in internal improvement because of opposition from New England and theSouth. Roads and canals remained
the province of the states until the
passage of the Federal Aid Road Act
of 1916.
The position of the federal government at this time was greatly
strengthened by several Supreme
Court decisions. A committed Federalist, John Marshall of Virginia became chief justice in 1801 and held
office until his death in 1835. The
court — weak before his administration — was transformed into a
powerful tribunal, occupying a position co-equal to the Congress andthe president. In a succession of historic decisions, Marshall establishedthe power of the Supreme Court andstrengthened the national government.
Marshall was the first in a longline of Supreme Court justices whose
decisions have molded the meaning
and application of the Constitution. When he finished his long service, the court had decided nearly
50 cases clearly involving constitutional issues. In one of Marshall’s
most famous opinions — Marbury
v. Madison (1803) — he decisively
established the right of the Supreme
Court to review the constitutionality of any law of Congress or ofa state legislature. In McCulloch v.

EXTENSION OF SLAVERY

S
lavery, which up to now had received little public attention, began

to assume much greater importanceas a national issue. In the early yearsof the republic, when the Northernstates were providing for immediate or gradual emancipation of theslaves, many leaders had supposedthat slavery would die out. In 1786
George Washington wrote that hedevoutly wished some plan might
be adopted “by which slavery may
be abolished by slow, sure, and imperceptible degrees.” Virginians Jefferson, Madison, and Monroe andother leading Southern statesmenmade similar statements.
The Northwest Ordinance of 1787
had banned slavery in the Northwest
Territory. As late as 1808, when theinternational slave trade was abolished, there were many Southerners who thought that slavery would
soon end. The expectation proved
false, for during the next generation,
the South became solidly united
behind the institution of slavery as
new economic factors made slavery
far more profitable than it had been
before 1790.
Chief among these was the rise ofa great cotton-growing industry in
the South, stimulated by the introduction of new types of cotton and113

CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

by Eli Whitney’s invention in 1793 of
the cotton gin, which separated theseeds from cotton. At the same time,
the Industrial Revolution, which
made textile manufacturing a largescale operation, vastly increased thedemand for raw cotton. And theopening of new lands in the Westafter 1812 greatly extended the area
available for cotton cultivation. Cotton culture moved rapidly from the
Tidewater states on the East Coastthrough much of the lower South tothe delta region of the Mississippi
and eventually to Texas.
Sugar cane, another labor-intensive crop, also contributed to slavery’s extension in the South. The
rich, hot lands of southeastern Louisiana proved ideal for growing sugar cane profitably. By 1830 the state
was supplying the nation with about
half its sugar supply. Finally, tobacco growers moved westward, taking
slavery with them.
As the free society of the Northand the slave society of the South
spread westward, it seemed politically expedient to maintain a roughequality among the new states
carved out of western territories. In
1818, when Illinois was admitted to
the Union, 10 states permitted slavery and 11 states prohibited it; butbalance was restored after Alabama
was admitted as a slave state. Population was growing faster in the North,which permitted Northern states tohave a clear majority in the Houseof Representatives. However, equality between the North and the Southwas maintained in the Senate.

In 1819 Missouri, which had
10,000 slaves, applied to enter theUnion. Northerners rallied to oppose Missouri’s entry except as a freestate, and a storm of protest swept
the country. For a time Congress
was deadlocked, but Henry Clay arranged the so-called Missouri Compromise: Missouri was admitted asa slave state at the same time Maine
came in as a free state. In addition,
Congress banned slavery from theterritory acquired by the Louisiana
Purchase north of Missouri’s southern boundary. At the time, this provision appeared to be a victory for
the Southern states because it wasthought unlikely that this “Great
American Desert” would ever besettled. The controversy was temporarily resolved, but Thomas Jefferson
wrote to a friend that “this momentous question, like a fire bell in thenight, awakened and filled me withterror. I considered it at once as theknell of the Union.”

LATIN AMERICA AND THE
MONROE DOCTRINE

D
uring the opening decades of
the 19th century, Central and SouthAmerica turned to revolution. The
idea of liberty had stirred the peopleof Latin America from the time theEnglish colonies gained their freedom. Napoleon’s conquest of Spain
and Portugal in 1808 provided thesignal for Latin Americans to rise inrevolt. By 1822, ably led by Simón
Bolívar, Francisco Miranda, José deSan Martín and Miguel de Hidalgo,
114

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

most of Hispanic America — from
Argentina and Chile in the south to
Mexico in the north — had won independence.
The people of the United States
took a deep interest in what seemed arepetition of their own experience in
breaking away from European rule.
The Latin American independence
movements confirmed their own belief in self-government. In 1822 President James Monroe, under powerful
public pressure, received authority
to recognize the new countries of
Latin America and soon exchanged
ministers with them. He thereby
confirmed their status as genuinely
independent countries, entirely separated from their former European
connections.
At just this point, Russia, Prussia,
and Austria formed an association,
the Holy Alliance, to protect themselves against revolution. By intervening in countries where popular
movements threatened monarchies,
the alliance — joined by post-Napoleonic France — hoped to preventthe spread of revolution. This policy
was the antithesis of the American
principle of self-determination.
As long as the Holy Alliance confined its activities to the Old World,
it aroused no anxiety in the UnitedStates. But when the alliance announced its intention of restoring toSpain its former colonies, Americans
became very concerned. Britain, towhich Latin American trade had become of great importance, resolved toblock any such action. London urged
joint Anglo-American guarantees

to Latin America, but Secretary ofState John Quincy Adams convinced
Monroe to act unilaterally: “It would
be more candid, as well as more dignified, to avow our principles explicitly to Russia and France, than tocome in as a cock-boat in the wakeof the British man-of-war.”
In December 1823, with theknowledge that the British navy
would defend Latin America fromthe Holy Alliance and France, President Monroe took the occasion of
his annual message to Congressto pronounce what would become
known as the Monroe Doctrine —the refusal to tolerate any further
extension of European dominationin the Americas:
The American continents ... arehenceforth not to be considered as
subjects for future colonization by
any European powers.
We should consider any attempton their part to extend their[political] system to any portionof this hemisphere, as dangerous
to our peace and safety.
With the existing colonies ordependencies of any European
power we have not interfered,and shall not interfere. But
with the governments who havedeclared their independence,and maintained it, and whose
independence we have ...
acknowledged, we could not view
any interposition for the purpose of
oppressing them, or controlling, in
any other manner, their destiny, by
any European power in any otherlight than as the manifestation of115

CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

an unfriendly disposition towards
the United States.
The Monroe Doctrine expresseda spirit of solidarity with the newly independent republics of Latin
America. These nations in turn recognized their political affinity with
the United States by basing their new
constitutions, in many instances, on
the North American model.

Personality and sectional allegiance played important roles indetermining the outcome of theelection. Adams won the electoral
votes from New England and mostof New York; Clay won Kentucky,
Ohio, and Missouri; Jackson won
the Southeast, Illinois, Indiana, theCarolinas, Pennsylvania, Maryland,and New Jersey; and Crawford won
Virginia, Georgia, and Delaware.
No candidate gained a majority inthe Electoral College, so, according to the provisions of the Constitution, the election was throwninto the House of Representatives,
where Clay was the most influential
figure. He supported Adams, who
gained the presidency.
During Adams’s administration,
new party alignments appeared.
Adams’s followers, some of whomwere former Federalists, took thename of “National Republicans”
as emblematic of their support ofa federal government that would
take a strong role in developing
an expanding nation. Though hegoverned honestly and efficiently,
Adams was not a popular president.
He failed in his effort to institute anational system of roads and canals.
His coldly intellectual temperament
did not win friends. Jackson, by contrast, had enormous popular appeal
and a strong political organization.
His followers coalesced to establish
the Democratic Party, claimed direct lineage from the DemocraticRepublican Party of Jefferson, andin general advocated the principles
of small, decentralized government.

FACTIONALISM AND
POLITICAL PARTIES

D
omestically, the presidency ofMonroe (1817-1825) was termed the“era of good feelings.” The phrase acknowledged the political triumph of
the Republican Party over the Federalist Party, which had collapsed as anational force. All the same, this wasa period of vigorous factional and regional conflict.
The end of the Federalists led to abrief period of factional politics andbrought disarray to the practice ofchoosing presidential nominees bycongressional party caucuses. Fora time, state legislatures nominatedcandidates. In 1824 Tennessee andPennsylvania chose Andrew Jackson, with South Carolina SenatorJohn C. Calhoun as his runningmate. Kentucky selected Speaker ofthe House Henry Clay; Massachusetts, Secretary of State John Quincy
Adams, son of the second president,
John Adams. A congressional caucus, widely derided as undemocratic, picked Secretary of the Treasury
William Crawford.

116

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Mounting a strong anti-Adams campaign, they accused the president ofa “corrupt bargain” for naming Claysecretary of state. In the election of1828, Jackson defeated Adams by an
overwhelming electoral majority.
Jackson — Tennessee politician, fighter in wars against Native
Americans on the Southern frontier, and hero of the Battle of New
Orleans during the War of 1812 —drew his support from the “common
people.” He came to the presidency
on a rising tide of enthusiasm for
popular democracy. The election of1828 was a significant benchmark
in the trend toward broader voter
participation. By then most states
had either enacted universal whitemale suffrage or minimized property requirements. In 1824 membersof the Electoral College in six states
were still selected by the state legislatures. By 1828 presidential electors were chosen by popular vote inevery state but Delaware and South
Carolina. These developments were
the products of a widespread sensethat the people should rule and thatgovernment by traditional elites hadcome to an end.

would use his power to modify the1828 act that they called the Tariff of Abominations. In their view,
all its benefits of protection went toNorthern manufacturers, leaving
agricultural South Carolina poorer.
In 1828, the state’s leading politician— and Jackson’s vice president until
his resignation in 1832 — John C.
Calhoun had declared in his South
Carolina Exposition and Protest thatstates had the right to nullify oppressive national legislation.
In 1832, Congress passed andJackson signed a bill that revised
the 1828 tariff downward, but it was
not enough to satisfy most South
Carolinians. The state adopted an
Ordinance of Nullification, which
declared both the tariffs of 1828 and1832 null and void within state borders. Its legislature also passed laws
to enforce the ordinance, including
authorization for raising a militaryforce and appropriations for arms.
Nullification was a long-establishedtheme of protest against perceived
excesses by the federal government.
Jefferson and Madison had proposed
it in the Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions of 1798, to protest the Alienand Sedition Acts. The Hartford
Convention of 1814 had invoked it
to protest the War of 1812. Neverbefore, however, had a state actuallyattempted nullification. The young
nation faced its most dangerous
crisis yet.
In response to South Carolina’s
threat, Jackson sent seven small
naval vessels and a man-of-war to
Charleston in November 1832. On

NULLIFICATION CRISIS

T
oward the end of his first term
in office, Jackson was forced to confront the state of South Carolina,
the most important of the emerging Deep South cotton states, on theissue of the protective tariff. Business and farming interests in thestate had hoped that the president
117

CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

December 10, he issued a resounding proclamation against the nullifiers. South Carolina, the president
declared, stood on “the brink of
insurrection and treason,” and heappealed to the people of the state
to reassert their allegiance to theUnion. He also let it be known that,
if necessary, he personally would lead
the U.S. Army to enforce the law.
When the question of tariff duties
again came before Congress, Jackson’s political rival, Senator Henry
Clay, a great advocate of protection
but also a devoted Unionist, sponsored a compromise measure. Clay’stariff bill, quickly passed in 1833,
specified that all duties in excess of
20 percent of the value of the goods
imported were to be reduced year by
year, so that by 1842 the duties on
all articles would reach the level ofthe moderate tariff of 1816. At thesame time, Congress passed a Force
Act, authorizing the president to use
military power to enforce the laws.
South Carolina had expected the
support of other Southern states,
but instead found itself isolated. (Itsmost likely ally, the state government of Georgia, wanted, and got,
U.S. military force to remove Native
American tribes from the state.)
Eventually, South Carolina rescinded its action. Both sides, nevertheless, claimed victory. Jackson had
strongly defended the Union. But
South Carolina, by its show of resistance, had obtained many of its
demands and had demonstrated
that a single state could force its willon Congress.

THE BANK FIGHT

A
lthough the nullification crisis
possessed the seeds of civil war, it

was not as critical a political issue
as a bitter struggle over the continued existence of the nation’s central
bank, the second Bank of the UnitedStates. The first bank, established in
1791 under Alexander Hamilton’s
guidance, had been chartered fora 20-year period. Though the government held some of its stock, thebank, like the Bank of England andother central banks of the time, wasa private corporation with profits
passing to its stockholders. Its public
functions were to act as a depository for government receipts, to makeshort-term loans to the government,
and above all to establish a soundcurrency by refusing to accept at facevalue notes (paper money) issued bystate-chartered banks in excess of
their ability to redeem.
To the Northeastern financial
and commercial establishment, thecentral bank was a needed enforcer of prudent monetary policy, butfrom the beginning it was resented by Southerners and Westerners
who believed their prosperity andregional development depended
upon ample money and credit. The
Republican Party of Jefferson andMadison doubted its constitutionality. When its charter expired in 1811,
it was not renewed.
For the next few years, the banking business was in the hands ofstate-chartered banks, which issued
currency in excessive amounts, cre118

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

ating great confusion and fueling inflation. It became increasingly clearthat state banks could not provide
the country with a reliable currency.
In 1816 a second Bank of the UnitedStates, similar to the first, was again
chartered for 20 years. From its
inception, the second bank was
unpopular in the newer states andterritories, especially with state andlocal bankers who resented its virtual monopoly over the country’s
credit and currency, but also withless prosperous people everywhere,
who believed that it represented theinterests of the wealthy few.
On the whole, the bank waswell managed and rendered a valuable service; but Jackson had longshared the Republican distrust of
the financial establishment. Elected
as a tribune of the people, he sensed
that the bank’s aristocratic manager, Nicholas Biddle, was an easytarget. When the bank’s supporters in Congress pushed through anearly renewal of its charter, Jackson
responded with a stinging veto thatdenounced monopoly and special
privilege. The effort to override theveto failed.
In the presidential campaignthat followed, the bank question revealed a fundamental division. Established merchant, manufacturing,and financial interests favored soundmoney. Regional bankers and entrepreneurs on the make wanted anincreased money supply and lower
interest rates. Other debtor classes,
especially farmers, shared those sentiments. Jackson and his supporters

called the central bank a “monster”
and coasted to an easy election victory over Henry Clay.
The president interpreted his triumph as a popular mandate to crush
the central bank irrevocably. In September 1833 he ordered an end todeposits of government money inthe bank, and gradual withdrawalsof the money already in its custody.
The government deposited its funds
in selected state banks, characterized
as “pet banks” by the opposition.
For the next generation the United States would get by on a relatively
unregulated state banking system,
which helped fuel westward expansion through cheap credit but kept
the nation vulnerable to periodic
panics. During the Civil War, theUnited States initiated a system ofnational charters for local and regional banks, but the nation returned to a central bank only withthe establishment of the Federal Reserve system in 1913.

WHIGS, DEMOCRATS, AND
KNOW-NOTHINGS

Jedackson’s
political opponents, unitby little more than a common
opposition to him, eventually coalesced into a common party called
the Whigs, a British term signifying opposition to Jackson’s “monarchial rule.” Although they organizedsoon after the election campaign of1832, it was more than a decade before they reconciled their differences
and were able to draw up a platform.
Largely through the magnetism of119

CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

Henry Clay and Daniel Webster, theWhigs’ most brilliant statesmen, theparty solidified its membership. But
in the 1836 election, the Whigs werestill too divided to unite behind asingle man. New York’s Martin Van
Buren, Jackson’s vice president, won
the contest.
An economic depression and thelarger-than-life personality of his
predecessor obscured Van Buren’s
merits. His public acts aroused noenthusiasm, for he lacked the compelling qualities of leadership andthe dramatic flair that had attended
Jackson’s every move. The electionof 1840 found the country afflictedwith hard times and low wages —and the Democrats on the defensive.
The Whig candidate for president was William Henry Harrisonof Ohio, vastly popular as a hero ofconflicts with Native Americans andthe War of 1812. He was promoted,
like Jackson, as a representative ofthe democratic West. His vice presidential candidate was John Tyler —a Virginian whose views on states’
rights and a low tariff were popularin the South. Harrison won a sweeping victory.
Within a month of his inauguration, however, the 68-year-old
Harrison died, and Tyler becamepresident. Tyler’s beliefs differed
sharply from those of Clay and Webster, still the most influential men
in Congress. The result was an open
break between the new president andthe party that had elected him. The
Tyler presidency would accomplish
little other than to establish defini-tively that, if a president died, thevice president would assume the office with full powers for the balanceof his term.
Americans found themselves divided in other, more complex ways.
The large number of Catholic immigrants in the first half of the 19th
century, primarily Irish and German, triggered a backlash among
native-born Protestant Americans.
Immigrants brought strange newcustoms and religious practices to
American shores. They competedwith the native-born for jobs in cities along the Eastern seaboard. The
coming of universal white malesuffrage in the 1820s and 1830s increased their political clout. Displaced patrician politicians blamed
the immigrants for their fall frompower. The Catholic Church’s failure
to support the temperance movement gave rise to charges that Rome
was trying to subvert the UnitedStates through alcohol.
The most important of the nativist organizations that sprang up in
this period was a secret society, theOrder of the Star-Spangled Banner,
founded in 1849. When its members refused to identify themselves,
they were swiftly labeled the “KnowNothings.” In a few years, they became a national organization withconsiderable political power.
The Know-Nothings advocatedan extension in the period required
for naturalized citizenship from fiveto 21 years. They sought to exclude
the foreign-born and Catholics frompublic office. In 1855 they won con-120

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

trol of legislatures in New York and
Massachusetts; by then, about 90
U.S. congressmen were linked to theparty. That was its high point. Soon
after, the gathering crisis between
North and South over the extensionof slavery fatally divided the party,
consuming it along with the old debates between Whigs and Democrats that had dominated American
politics in the second quarter of the
19th century.

Massachusetts was especially effective. The public school systembecame common throughout theNorth. In other parts of the country, however, the battle for public
education continued for years.
Another influential social movement that emerged during thisperiod was the opposition to the saleand use of alcohol, or the temperance movement. It stemmed froma variety of concerns and motives:
religious beliefs, the effect of alcohol on the work force, the violenceand suffering women and children
experienced at the hands of heavy
drinkers. In 1826 Boston ministersorganized the Society for the Promotion of Temperance. Seven years
later, in Philadelphia, the society
convened a national convention,
which formed the American Temperance Union. The union called forthe prohibition of all alcoholic beverages, and pressed state legislatures
to ban their production and sale.
Thirteen states had done so by 1855,
although the laws were subsequently
challenged in court. They survived
only in northern New England, but
between 1830 and 1860 the temperance movement reduced Americans’per capita consumption of alcohol.
Other reformers addressed the
problems of prisons and care for the
insane. Efforts were made to turnprisons, which stressed punishment,
into penitentiaries where the guilty
would undergo rehabilitation. In
Massachusetts, Dorothea Dix led astruggle to improve conditions forinsane persons, who were kept con-

STIRRINGS OF REFORM

T
he democratic upheaval in politics exemplified by Jackson’s election

was merely one phase of the long
American quest for greater rights
and opportunities for all citizens.
Another was the beginning of labor organization, primarily amongskilled and semiskilled workers. In
1835 labor forces in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, succeeded in reducing
the old “dark-to-dark” workday to
a 10-hour day. By 1860, the newwork day had become law in several of the states and was a generally
accepted standard.
The spread of suffrage had already led to a new concept of
education. Clear-sighted statesmen
everywhere understood that universal suffrage required a tutored,
literate electorate. Workingmen’sorganizations demanded free, taxsupported schools open to all children. Gradually, in one state after
another, legislation was enacted toprovide for such free instruction.
The leadership of Horace Mann in
121CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

fined in wretched almshouses andprisons. After winning improvements in Massachusetts, she took
her campaign to the South, where
nine states established hospitals forthe insane between 1845 and 1852.

WOMEN’S RIGHTSS
uch social reforms brought many
women to a realization of their own

unequal position in society. Fromcolonial times, unmarried women
had enjoyed many of the same legal
rights as men, although custom required that they marry early. Withmatrimony, women virtually losttheir separate identities in the eyesof the law. Women were not permitted to vote. Their education in the
17th and 18th centuries was limited
largely to reading, writing, music,
dancing, and needlework.
The awakening of women beganwith the visit to America of Frances Wright, a Scottish lecturer andjournalist, who publicly promoted
women’s rights throughout the United States during the 1820s. At a time
when women were often forbiddento speak in public places, Wright not
only spoke out, but shocked audiences by her views advocating therights of women to seek information
on birth control and divorce. By the1840s an American women’s rights
movement emerged. Its foremost
leader was Elizabeth Cady Stanton.
In 1848 Cady Stanton and hercolleague Lucretia Mott organizeda women’s rights convention — thefirst in the history of the world —at Seneca Falls, New York. Delegatesdrew up a “Declaration of Sentiments,” demanding equality withmen before the law, the right to vote,and equal opportunities in education and employment. The resolutions passed unanimously with the
exception of the one for women’s
suffrage, which won a majority only
after an impassioned speech in favor by Frederick Douglass, the black
abolitionist.
At Seneca Falls, Cady Stanton gained national prominence as
an eloquent writer and speaker for
women’s rights. She had realized early on that without the right to vote,women would never be equal withmen. Taking the abolitionist William Lloyd Garrison as her model,
she saw that the key to success lay
in changing public opinion, and notin party action. Seneca Falls became
the catalyst for future change. Soonother women’s rights conventions
were held, and other women would
come to the forefront of the movement for their political and social
equality.
In 1848 also, Ernestine Rose, a
Polish immigrant, was instrumental
in getting a law passed in the stateof New York that allowed married
women to keep their property intheir own name. Among the firstlaws in the nation of this kind, theMarried Women’s Property Act encouraged other state legislatures toenact similar laws.
In 1869 Elizabeth Cady Stanton
and another leading women’s rights
activist, Susan B. Anthony, founded122

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

the National Woman Suffrage Association (NWSA) to promote a constitutional amendment for women’s
right to the vote. These two would
become the women’s movement’s
most outspoken advocates. Describing their partnership, Cady Stanton
would say, “I forged the thunderbolts
and she fired them.”

WESTWARDT
he frontier did much to shape
American life. Conditions along theentire Atlantic seaboard stimulated migration to the newer regions.
From New England, where the soil
was incapable of producing highyields of grain, came a steady streamof men and women who left theircoastal farms and villages to takeadvantage of the rich interior landof the continent. In the backcountry settlements of the Carolinas andVirginia, people handicapped by thelack of roads and canals giving access to coastal markets and resentful of the political dominance of the
Tidewater planters also moved westward. By 1800 the Mississippi andOhio River valleys were becoming agreat frontier region. “Hi-o, away wego, floating down the river on the Ohi-o,” became the song of thousandsof migrants.
The westward flow of populationin the early 19th century led to thedivision of old territories and thedrawing of new boundaries. As newstates were admitted, the political
map stabilized east of the Mississippi
River. From 1816 to 1821, six states

were created — Indiana, Illinois, andMaine (which were free states), andMississippi, Alabama, and Missouri(slave states). The first frontier had
been tied closely to Europe, the second to the coastal settlements, but
the Mississippi Valley was independent and its people looked west rather than east.
Frontier settlers were a variedgroup. One English traveler described them as “a daring, hardy
race of men, who live in miserable
cabins. ... They are unpolished but
hospitable, kind to strangers, honest, and trustworthy. They raise alittle Indian corn, pumpkins, hogs,
and sometimes have a cow or two.
... But the rifle is their principalmeans of support.” Dexterous withthe ax, snare, and fishing line, thesemen blazed the trails, built the firstlog cabins, and confronted Native
American tribes, whose land theyoccupied.
As more and more settlers penetrated the wilderness, many became
farmers as well as hunters. A comfortable log house with glass windows, a chimney, and partitioned
rooms replaced the cabin; the wellreplaced the spring. Industrious settlers would rapidly clear their landof timber, burning the wood forpotash and letting the stumps decay. They grew their own grain, vegetables, and fruit; ranged the woodsfor deer, wild turkeys, and honey;
fished the nearby streams; looked
after cattle and hogs. Land speculators bought large tracts of thecheap land and, if land values rose,123CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

sold their holdings and moved still
farther west, making way for others.
Doctors, lawyers, storekeepers,
editors, preachers, mechanics, andpoliticians soon followed the farmers. The farmers were the sturdy
base, however. Where they settled,
they intended to stay and hoped
their children would remain after
them. They built large barns andbrick or frame houses. They brought
improved livestock, plowed the landskillfully, and sowed productive
seed. Some erected flour mills, sawmills, and distilleries. They laid out
good highways, and built churches
and schools. Incredible transformations were accomplished in a few
years. In 1830, for example, Chicago,
Illinois, was merely an unpromising trading village with a fort; but
long before some of its original settlers had died, it had become oneof the largest and richest cities in
the nation.
Farms were easy to acquire. Government land after 1820 could bebought for $1.25 for about half ahectare, and after the 1862 Homestead Act, could be claimed bymerely occupying and improving it.
In addition, tools for working theland were easily available. It was atime when, in a phrase coined byIndiana newspaperman John Soule
and popularized by New York Tribune editor Horace Greeley, young
men could “go west and grow withthe country.”
Except for a migration into Mexican-owned Texas, the westward
march of the agricultural frontier

did not pass Missouri into the vastWestern territory acquired in theLouisiana Purchase until after 1840.
In 1819, in return for assuming theclaims of American citizens to theamount of $5 million, the UnitedStates obtained from Spain both
Florida and Spain’s rights to the
Oregon country in the Far West.
In the meantime, the Far West had
become a field of great activity inthe fur trade, which was to havesignificance far beyond the valueof the skins. As in the first days ofFrench exploration in the Mississippi
Valley, the trader was a pathfinder
for the settlers beyond the Mississippi. The French and Scots-Irish
trappers, exploring the great rivers
and their tributaries and discovering the passes through the Rockyand Sierra Mountains, made possible the overland migration of the1840s and the later occupation of
the interior of the nation.
Overall, the growth of the nation was enormous: Population grewfrom 7.25 million to more than 23
million from 1812 to 1852, and theland available for settlement increased by almost the size of Western Europe — from 4.4 million to
7.8 million square kilometers. Stillunresolved, however, were the basic conflicts rooted in sectional differences that, by the decade of the1860s, would explode into civil war.
Inevitably, too, this westward expansion brought settlers into conflictwith the original inhabitants of theland: the Native Americans.
In the first part of the 19th centu-

124

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYry, the most prominent figure associated with these conflicts was Andrew Jackson, the first “Westerner”
to occupy the White House. In the
midst of the War of 1812, Jackson,then in charge of the Tennessee militia, was sent into southern Alabama,
where he ruthlessly put down an uprising of Creek Indians. The Creeks
soon ceded two-thirds of their land
to the United States. Jackson laterrouted bands of Seminoles fromtheir sanctuaries in Spanish-owned
Florida.
In the 1820s, President Monroe’s
secretary of war, John C. Calhoun,pursued a policy of removing the remaining tribes from the old Southwest and resettling them beyond theMississippi. Jackson continued thispolicy as president. In 1830 Congress
passed the Indian Removal Act, providing funds to transport the eastern tribes beyond the Mississippi.

In 1834 a special Native American
territory was set up in what is now
Oklahoma. In all, the tribes signed
94 treaties during Jackson’s two
terms, ceding millions of hectares tothe federal government and removing dozens of tribes from their ancestral homelands.
The most terrible chapter in thisunhappy history concerned theCherokees, whose lands in western
North Carolina and Georgia had
been guaranteed by treaty since1791. Among the most progressiveof the eastern tribes, the Cherokees
nevertheless were sure to be displaced when gold was discovered on
their land in 1829. Forced to makea long and cruel trek to Oklahoma
in 1838, the tribe lost many of its
numbers from disease and privation on what became known as the“Trail of Tears.” 9125

CHAPTER 5: WESTWARD EXPANSION AND REGIONAL DIFFERENCES

THE FRONTIER, “THE WEST,” AND
THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE

The frontier — the point at which settled territory met unoccupied land —began at Jamestown and Plymouth Rock. It moved in a westward direction fornearly 300 years through densely forested wilderness and barren plains until
the decennial census of 1890 revealed that at last the United States no longer
possessed a discernible line of settlement.
At the time it seemed to many that a long period had come to an end —one in which the country had grown from a few struggling outposts ofEnglish civilization to a huge independent nation with an identity of its own.
It was easy to believe that the experience of settlement and post-settlement
development, constantly repeated as a people conquered a continent, had been
the defining factor in the nation’s development.
In 1893, the historian Frederick Jackson Turner, expressing a widely held
sentiment, declared that the frontier had made the United States more than anextension of Europe. It had created a nation with a culture that was perhaps
coarser than Europe’s, but also more pragmatic, energetic, individualistic, anddemocratic. The existence of large areas of “free land” had created a nation ofproperty holders and had provided a “safety valve” for discontent in cities andmore settled areas. His analysis implied that an America without a frontierwould trend ominously toward what were seen as the European ills of stratified social systems, class conflict, and diminished opportunity.
After more than a hundred years scholars still debate the significance ofthe frontier in American history. Few believe it was quite as all-important as
Turner suggested; its absence does not appear to have led to dire consequences. Some have gone farther, rejecting the Turner argument as a romantic glorification of a bloody, brutal process — marked by a war of conquest against
Mexico, near-genocidal treatment of Native American tribes, and environmental despoliation. The common experience of the frontier, they argue, was oneof hardship and failure.
Yet it remains hard to believe that three centuries of westward movement
had no impact on the national character and suggestive that intelligent foreignobservers, such as the French intellectual Alexis de Tocqueville, were fascinated by the American West. Indeed, the last area of frontier settlement, thevast area stretching north from Texas to the Canadian border, which Americans today commonly call “the West,” still seems characterized by ideals of
individualism, democracy, and opportunity that are more palpable than in therest of the nation. It is perhaps also revealing that many people in other lands,
when hearing the word “American,” so often identify it with a symbol of that
final frontier — the “cowboy.” 126

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

United States of America, showing territorial expansion from 1803 to 1898.

Major Acquisitions of Territory by the United States and Dates of Admission of States

U.S. Department of Commerce

Bureau of Census

1–6 UNITED STATES SUMMARYNUMBER OF INHABITANTS

127

128

6

CHAPTERSECTIONAL
CONFLICT

Slave family picking cotton
near Savannah, Georgia,
in the early 1860s.

CHAPTER 6: SECTIONAL CONFLICT“A house divided against
itself cannot stand. I believe
this government cannot
endure permanently
half-slave and half-free.”Senatorial candidate Abraham Lincoln, 1858

TWO AMERICAS

No visitor to the United States lefta more enduring record of his trav-

els and observations than the French
writer and political theorist Alexisde Tocqueville, whose Democracyin America, first published in 1835,
remains one of the most trenchantand insightful analyses of American social and political practices.
Tocqueville was far too shrewd anobserver to be uncritical about theUnited States, but his verdict was
fundamentally positive. “The government of a democracy brings thenotion of political rights to the levelof the humblest citizens,” he wrote,“just as the dissemination of wealthbrings the notion of property within
the reach of all men.” Nonetheless,Tocqueville was only one in the firstof a long line of thinkers to worry

whether such rough equality could
survive in the face of a growing factory system that threatened to create
divisions between industrial workers
and a new business elite.
Other travelers marveled at thegrowth and vitality of the country,
where they could see “everywhere
the most unequivocal proofs ofprosperity and rapid progress in agriculture, commerce, and great public works.” But such optimistic viewsof the American experiment wereby no means universal. One skeptic was the English novelist Charles
Dickens, who first visited the UnitedStates in 1841-42. “This is not theRepublic I came to see,” he wrote
in a letter. “This is not the Republicof my imagination. ... The more I
think of its youth and strength, thepoorer and more trifling in a thousand respects, it appears in my eyes.

130

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

In everything of which it has madea boast — excepting its education of
the people, and its care for poor children — it sinks immeasurably below
the level I had placed it upon.”
Dickens was not alone. America
in the 19th century, as throughout its
history, generated expectations andpassions that often conflicted witha reality at once more mundane andmore complex. The young nation’s
size and diversity defied easy generalization and invited contradiction:
America was both a freedom-loving
and slave-holding society, a nationof expansive and primitive frontiers,a society with cities built on growing
commerce and industrialization.

The South, from the Atlantic to
the Mississippi River and beyond,featured an economy centered on
agriculture. Tobacco was importantin Virginia, Maryland, and North
Carolina. In South Carolina, rice
was an abundant crop. The climate
and soil of Louisiana encouraged
the cultivation of sugar. But cotton
eventually became the dominantcommodity and the one with which
the South was identified. By 1850 theAmerican South grew more than 80
percent of the world’s cotton. Slavescultivated all these crops.
The Midwest, with its boundless prairies and swiftly growing
population, flourished. Europe andthe older settled parts of America
demanded its wheat and meatproducts. The introduction of labor-saving implements — notably
the McCormick reaper (a machine
to cut and harvest grain) — madepossible an unparalleled increasein grain production. The nation’s
wheat crops swelled from some 35
million hectoliters in 1850 to nearly
61 million in 1860, more than halfgrown in the Midwest.
An important stimulus to thecountry’s prosperity was the great
improvement in transportation facilities; from 1850 to 1857 the Appalachian Mountain barrier was
pierced by five railway trunk lines
linking the Midwest and the Northeast. These links established theeconomic interests that would undergird the political alliance of theUnion from 1861 to 1865. The South
lagged behind. It was not until the

LANDS OF PROMISE

By 1850 the national territory
stretched over forest, plain, andmountain. Within its far-flung limits dwelt 23 million people in a Union
comprising 31 states. In the East, industry boomed. In the Midwest andthe South, agriculture flourished.
After 1849 the gold mines of California poured their precious ore into
the channels of trade.
New England and the Middle Atlantic states were the main centersof manufacturing, commerce, andfinance. Principal products of theseareas were textiles, lumber, clothing, machinery, leather, and woolen goods. The maritime trade hadreached the height of its prosperity; vessels flying the American flag
plied the oceans, distributing waresof all nations.
131

CHAPTER 6: SECTIONAL CONFLICT

late 1850s that a continuous line ran
through the mountains connecting
the lower Mississippi River area withthe southern Atlantic seaboard.

SLAVERY AND SECTIONALISM

O
ne overriding issue exacerbated the regional and economic dif-ferences between North and South:slavery. Resenting the large profits
amassed by Northern businessmen
from marketing the cotton crop,
many Southerners attributed the
backwardness of their own section
to Northern aggrandizement. Many
Northerners, on the other hand, declared that slavery — the “peculiar
institution” that the South regarded
as essential to its economy — waslargely responsible for the region’s
relative financial and industrial
backwardness.
As far back as the Missouri
Compromise in 1819, sectional lines
had been steadily hardening on theslavery question. In the North, sentiment for outright abolition grewincreasingly powerful. Southerners in general felt little guilt aboutslavery and defended it vehemently.
In some seaboard areas, slavery by1850 was well over 200 years old;it was an integral part of the basic
economy of the region.
Although the 1860 census showedthat there were nearly four million
slaves out of a total population of
12.3 million in the 15 slave states,
only a minority of Southern whites
owned slaves. There were some
385,000 slave owners out of about

1.5 million white families. Fifty percent of these slave owners owned no
more than five slaves. Twelve percent
owned 20 or more slaves, the number defined as turning a farmer intoa planter. Three-quarters of Southern white families, including the“poor whites,” those on the lowest
rung of Southern society, owned noslaves.
It is easy to understand the interest of the planters in slave holding. But the yeomen and poor whites
supported the institution of slavery
as well. They feared that, if freed,
blacks would compete with themeconomically and challenge theirhigher social status. Southern whites
defended slavery not simply on thebasis of economic necessity but outof a visceral dedication to white
supremacy.
As they fought the weight ofNorthern opinion, political leaders of the South, the professionalclasses, and most of the clergy now
no longer apologized for slavery but
championed it. Southern publicists
insisted, for example, that the relationship between capital and labor
was more humane under the slavery
system than under the wage systemof the North.
Before 1830 the old patriarchal
system of plantation government,with its personal supervision of theslaves by their owners or masters,
was still characteristic. Gradually,
however, with the introduction oflarge-scale cotton production in
the lower South, the master gradually ceased to exercise close personal132

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

supervision over his slaves, andemployed professional overseers
charged with exacting from slavesa maximum amount of work. In
such circumstances, slavery could
become a system of brutality andcoercion in which beatings and thebreakup of families through the saleof individuals were commonplace.
In other settings, however, it could
be much milder.
In the end, however, the mosttrenchant criticism of slavery was
not the behavior of individual masters and overseers. Systematicallytreating African-American laborers
as if they were domestic animals,slavery, the abolitionists pointed out,
violated every human being’s inalienable right to be free.

THE ABOLITIONISTS

Ichieflyn national politics, Southerners
sought protection and en-largement of the interests represented by the cotton/slavery system. Theysought territorial expansion because
the wastefulness of cultivating a single crop, cotton, rapidly exhausted
the soil, increasing the need for new
fertile lands. Moreover, new territory
would establish a basis for additionalslave states to offset the admission of
new free states. Antislavery Northerners saw in the Southern view aconspiracy for proslavery aggrandizement. In the 1830s their opposition became fierce.
An earlier antislavery movement,
an offshoot of the American Revolution, had won its last victory in1808 when Congress abolished theslave trade with Africa. Thereafter,
opposition came largely from the
Quakers, who kept up a mild but
ineffectual protest. Meanwhile, thecotton gin and westward expansion
into the Mississippi delta region created an increasing demand for slaves.
The abolitionist movement thatemerged in the early 1830s was
combative, uncompromising, andinsistent upon an immediate end toslavery. This approach found a leader
in William Lloyd Garrison, a young
man from Massachusetts, who combined the heroism of a martyr withthe crusading zeal of a demagogue.
On January 1, 1831, Garrison produced the first issue of his newspaper, The Liberator, which bore theannouncement: “I shall strenuously
contend for the immediate enfranchisement of our slave population.
... On this subject, I do not wish tothink, or speak, or write, with moderation. ... I am in earnest — I will
not equivocate — I will not excuse— I will not retreat a single inch —AND I WILL BE HEARD.”
Garrison’s sensational methods
awakened Northerners to the evil
in an institution many had longcome to regard as unchangeable.
He sought to hold up to public gazethe most repulsive aspects of slavery and to castigate slave holders as
torturers and traffickers in human
life. He recognized no rights of themasters, acknowledged no compromise, tolerated no delay. Other abolitionists, unwilling to subscribe to his
law-defying tactics, held that reform

133

CHAPTER 6: SECTIONAL CONFLICT

should be accomplished by legal andpeaceful means. Garrison was joinedby another powerful voice, that ofFrederick Douglass, an escaped slave
who galvanized Northern audiences.
Theodore Dwight Weld and manyother abolitionists crusaded against
slavery in the states of the old Northwest Territory with evangelical zeal.
One activity of the movement involved helping slaves escape to safe
refuges in the North or over the border into Canada. The “Underground
Railroad,” an elaborate network of
secret routes, was firmly establishedin the 1830s in all parts of the North.
In Ohio alone, from 1830 to 1860, as
many as 40,000 fugitive slaves were
helped to freedom. The number of
local antislavery societies increased
at such a rate that by 1838 there wereabout 1,350 with a membership ofperhaps 250,000.
Most Northerners nonetheless either held themselves aloof from theabolitionist movement or actively
opposed it. In 1837, for example,a mob attacked and killed the antislavery editor Elijah P. Lovejoy in
Alton, Illinois. Still, Southern repression of free speech allowed theabolitionists to link the slavery issue
with the cause of civil liberties forwhites. In 1835 an angry mob destroyed abolitionist literature in theCharleston, South Carolina, post office. When the postmaster-generalstated he would not enforce deliveryof abolitionist material, bitter debates ensued in Congress. Abolitionists flooded Congress with petitions
calling for action against slavery. In

1836 the House voted to table such
petitions automatically, thus effectively killing them. Former President
John Quincy Adams, elected to theHouse of Representatives in 1830,
fought this so-called gag rule as a
violation of the First Amendment,
finally winning its repeal in 1844.

TEXAS AND WAR WITH
MEXICOT
hroughout the 1820s, Americans settled in the vast territory ofTexas, often with land grants from
the Mexican government. However,their numbers soon alarmed the authorities, who prohibited further immigration in 1830. In 1834 General
Antonio López de Santa Anna established a dictatorship in Mexico, andthe following year Texans revolted.
Santa Anna defeated the American
rebels at the celebrated siege of the
Alamo in early 1836, but Texans
under Sam Houston destroyed the
Mexican Army and captured Santa
Anna a month later at the Battle of
San Jacinto, ensuring Texan independence.
For almost a decade, Texas remained an independent republic,largely because its annexation as ahuge new slave state would disrupt
the increasingly precarious balanceof political power in the UnitedStates. In 1845, President James K.
Polk, narrowly elected on a platformof westward expansion, brought theRepublic of Texas into the Union.
Polk’s move was the first gambit ina larger design. Texas claimed that134

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

its border with Mexico was the Rio
Grande; Mexico argued that theborder stood far to the north along
the Nueces River. Meanwhile, settlers were flooding into the territories of New Mexico and California.
Many Americans claimed that theUnited States had a “manifest destiny” to expand westward to the Pacific Ocean.
U.S. attempts to purchase from
Mexico the New Mexico and California territories failed. In 1846,
after a clash of Mexican and U.S.
troops along the Rio Grande, theUnited States declared war. American troops occupied the lightly
populated territory of New Mexico,
then supported a revolt of settlers
in California. A U.S. force under
Zachary Taylor invaded Mexico,
winning victories at Monterrey andBuena Vista, but failing to bring the
Mexicans to the negotiating table. In
March 1847, a U.S. Army commanded by Winfield Scott landed near
Veracruz on Mexico’s east coast,and fought its way to Mexico City.
The United States dictated the Treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo in which
Mexico ceded what would become
the American Southwest region andCalifornia for $15 million.
The war was a training groundfor American officers who would
later fight on both sides in the Civil
War. It was also politically divisive.
Polk, in a simultaneous facedownwith Great Britain, had achieved
British recognition of American sovereignty in the Pacific Northwest to
the 49th parallel. Still, antislavery

forces, mainly among the Whigs, attacked Polk’s expansion as a proslavery plot.
With the conclusion of the Mexican War, the United States gained
a vast new territory of 1.36 million
square kilometers encompassing thepresent-day states of New Mexico,
Nevada, California, Utah, most of
Arizona, and portions of Colorado
and Wyoming. The nation also faced
a revival of the most explosive question in American politics of the time:
Would the new territories be slaveor free?

THE COMPROMISE OF 1850

Until 1845, it had seemed likelythat slavery would be confined to theareas where it already existed. It had
been given limits by the Missouri
Compromise in 1820 and had no opportunity to overstep them. The new
territories made renewed expansionof slavery a real likelihood.
Many Northerners believed that if
not allowed to spread, slavery would
ultimately decline and die. To justify their opposition to adding newslave states, they pointed to the statements of Washington and Jefferson,
and to the Ordinance of 1787, which
forbade the extension of slavery into
the Northwest. Texas, which alreadypermitted slavery, naturally entered
the Union as a slave state. But the
California, New Mexico, and Utah
territories did not have slavery. Fromthe beginning, there were strongly
conflicting opinions on whether
they should.

135

CHAPTER 6: SECTIONAL CONFLICTSoutherners urged that all thelands acquired from Mexico shouldbe thrown open to slave holders.
Antislavery Northerners demandedthat all the new regions be closed
to slavery. One group of moderates
suggested that the Missouri Compromise line be extended to the Pacific with free states north of it andslave states to the south. Anothergroup proposed that the question
be left to “popular sovereignty.” Thegovernment should permit settlers toenter the new territory with or without slaves as they pleased. When thetime came to organize the region
into states, the people themselves
could decide.
Despite the vitality of the abolitionist movement, most Northerners
were unwilling to challenge the existence of slavery in the South. Many,
however, were against its expansion.
In 1848 nearly 300,000 men voted
for the candidates of a new Free Soil
Party, which declared that the bestpolicy was “to limit, localize, anddiscourage slavery.” In the immediate aftermath of the war with Mexico, however, popular sovereignty
had considerable appeal.
In January 1848 the discoveryof gold in California precipitated aheadlong rush of settlers, more than80,000 in the single year of 1849.
Congress had to determine the status of this new region quickly inorder to establish an organized government. The venerable Kentucky
Senator Henry Clay, who twice
before in times of crisis had comeforward with compromise arrange-ments, advanced a complicated andcarefully balanced plan. His old
Massachusetts rival, Daniel Webster, supported it. Illinois Democratic Senator Stephen A. Douglas,
the leading advocate of popularsovereignty, did much of the workin guiding it through Congress.
The Compromise of 1850 contained the following provisions: (1)California was admitted to the Union
as a free state; (2) the remainder of the
Mexican cession was divided into thetwo territories of New Mexico andUtah and organized without mentionof slavery; (3) the claim of Texas to a
portion of New Mexico was satisfied
by a payment of $10 million; (4) new
legislation (the Fugitive Slave Act)was passed to apprehend runaway
slaves and return them to their masters; and (5) the buying and selling ofslaves (but not slavery) was abolishedin the District of Columbia.
The country breathed a sigh ofrelief. For the next three years, thecompromise seemed to settle nearly all differences. The new Fugitive
Slave Law, however, was an immediate source of tension. It deeply
offended many Northerners, who
refused to have any part in catching slaves. Some actively and violently obstructed its enforcement.
The Underground Railroad became
more efficient and daring than ever.

A DIVIDED NATION

D
uring the 1850s, the issue of slavery severed the political bonds that
had held the United States together.

136

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

It ate away at the country’s two great
political parties, the Whigs and the
Democrats, destroying the first andirrevocably dividing the second. It
produced weak presidents whose
irresolution mirrored that of their
parties. It eventually discredited even
the Supreme Court.
The moral fervor of abolitionist feeling grew steadily. In 1852,
Harriet Beecher Stowe published
Uncle Tom’s Cabin, a novel provoked by the passage of the Fugitive
Slave Law. More than 300,000 copies were sold the first year. Presses
ran day and night to keep up withthe demand. Although sentimental
and full of stereotypes, Uncle Tom’s
Cabin portrayed with undeniable
force the cruelty of slavery and posited a fundamental conflict between
free and slave societies. It inspired
widespread enthusiasm for the antislavery cause, appealing as it did
to basic human emotions — indignation at injustice and pity forthe helpless individuals exposed toruthless exploitation.
In 1854 the issue of slavery inthe territories was renewed and thequarrel became more bitter. The region that now comprises Kansas andNebraska was being rapidly settled,increasing pressure for the establishment of territorial, and eventually,
state governments.
Under terms of the Missouri
Compromise of 1820, the entire region was closed to slavery. Dominantslave-holding elements in Missouri
objected to letting Kansas become afree territory, for their state would

then have three free-soil neighbors(Illinois, Iowa, and Kansas) andmight be forced to become a freestate as well. Their congressionaldelegation, backed by Southerners,
blocked all efforts to organize theregion.
At this point, Stephen A. Douglas enraged all free-soil supporters.
Douglas argued that the Compromise of 1850, having left Utah and
New Mexico free to resolve the slavery issue for themselves, superseded
the Missouri Compromise. His plancalled for two territories, Kansas
and Nebraska. It permitted settlers
to carry slaves into them and eventually to determine whether theyshould enter the Union as free orslave states.
Douglas’s opponents accused himof currying favor with the South inorder to gain the presidency in 1856.
The free-soil movement, which had
seemed to be in decline, reemergedwith greater momentum than ever.
Yet in May 1854, Douglas’s plan in
the form of the Kansas-Nebraska
Act passed Congress to be signed byPresident Franklin Pierce. Southern
enthusiasts celebrated with cannon
fire. But when Douglas subsequently
visited Chicago to speak in his own
defense, the ships in the harbor lowered their flags to half-mast, thechurch bells tolled for an hour, and acrowd of 10,000 hooted so loudly thathe could not make himself heard.
The immediate results of Douglas’s
ill-starred measure were momentous. The Whig Party, which had
straddled the question of slavery ex-

137

CHAPTER 6: SECTIONAL CONFLICT

pansion, sank to its death, and in its
stead a powerful new organization
arose, the Republican Party, whose
primary demand was that slavery be
excluded from all the territories. In
1856, it nominated John Fremont,
whose expeditions into the Far Westhad won him renown. Fremont lostthe election, but the new party swept
a great part of the North. Such freesoil leaders as Salmon P. Chase andWilliam Seward exerted greater influence than ever. Along with themappeared a tall, lanky Illinois attorney, Abraham Lincoln.
Meanwhile, the flow of bothSouthern slave holders and antislavery families into Kansas resulted inarmed conflict. Soon the territory
was being called “bleeding Kansas.”
The Supreme Court made things
worse with its infamous 1857 Dred
Scott decision.
Scott was a Missouri slave who,some 20 years earlier, had been taken by his master to live in Illinois
and the Wisconsin Territory; in both
places, slavery was banned. Returning to Missouri and becoming discontented with his life there, Scottsued for liberation on the ground of
his residence on free soil. A majorityof the Supreme Court — dominatedby Southerners — decided that Scottlacked standing in court because he
was not a citizen; that the laws of afree state (Illinois) had no effect on
his status because he was the resident of a slave state (Missouri); andthat slave holders had the right totake their “property” anywhere in
the federal territories. Thus, Con-

gress could not restrict the expansion of slavery. This last assertion
invalidated former compromises onslavery and made new ones impossible to craft.
The Dred Scott decision stirred
fierce resentment throughout theNorth. Never before had the Court
been so bitterly condemned. For
Southern Democrats, the decision
was a great victory, since it gave judicial sanction to their justificationof slavery throughout the territories.

LINCOLN, DOUGLAS, AND
BROWN

A
braham Lincoln had long regarded slavery as an evil. As early as 1854 in a widely publicized
speech, he declared that all national
legislation should be framed on theprinciple that slavery was to be restricted and eventually abolished.
He contended also that the principle of popular sovereignty was false,for slavery in the western territories was the concern not only of thelocal inhabitants but of the UnitedStates as a whole.
In 1858 Lincoln opposed Stephen A. Douglas for election to the
U.S. Senate from Illinois. In the firstparagraph of his opening campaign
speech, on June 17, Lincoln struck
the keynote of American history forthe seven years to follow:
A house divided against itself
cannot stand. I believe thisgovernment cannot endurepermanently half-slave and halffree. I do not expect the Union to138

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

be dissolved — I do not expect thehouse to fall — but I do expect itwill cease to be divided.
Lincoln and Douglas engaged
in a series of seven debates in theensuing months of 1858. Senator
Douglas, known as the “Little Giant,” had an enviable reputation as
an orator, but he met his match in
Lincoln, who eloquently challenged
Douglas’s concept of popular sovereignty. In the end, Douglas won
the election by a small margin, but
Lincoln had achieved stature as anational figure.
By then events were spinning outof control. On the night of October
16, 1859, John Brown, an antislavery
fanatic who had captured and killed
five proslavery settlers in Kansas
three years before, led a band of followers in an attack on the federal
arsenal at Harper’s Ferry (in what
is now West Virginia). Brown’s goal
was to use the weapons seized tolead a slave uprising. After two daysof fighting, Brown and his surviving
men were taken prisoner by a forceof U.S. Marines commanded by
Colonel Robert E. Lee.
Brown’s attempt confirmed theworst fears of many Southerners.
Antislavery activists, on the other
hand, generally hailed Brown as amartyr to a great cause. Virginia
put Brown on trial for conspiracy,
treason, and murder. On December
2, 1859, he was hanged. Althoughmost Northerners had initially condemned him, increasing numbers

were coming to accept his view that
he had been an instrument in thehand of God.

THE 1860 ELECTION

Inominatedn 1860 the Republican Party
Abraham Lincoln as its

candidate for president. The Republican platform declared that slavery
could spread no farther, promised
a tariff for the protection of industry, and pledged the enactment ofa law granting free homesteads tosettlers who would help in the opening of the West. Southern Democrats, unwilling in the wake of theDred Scott case to accept Douglas’s
popular sovereignty, split from theparty and nominated Vice President
John C. Breckenridge of Kentuckyfor president. Stephen A. Douglas
was the nominee of northern Democrats. Diehard Whigs from theborder states, formed into the Constitutional Union Party, nominatedJohn C. Bell of Tennessee.
Lincoln and Douglas competed in the North, Breckenridge andBell in the South. Lincoln won only
39 percent of the popular vote, but
had a clear majority of 180 electoral votes, carrying all 18 free states.
Bell won Tennessee, Kentucky, andVirginia; Breckenridge took the other slave states except for Missouri,
which was won by Douglas. Despite
his poor showing, Douglas trailed
only Lincoln in the popular vote. 9

139

140

7

CHAPTERTHE
CIVIL WAR
AND
RECONSTRUCTION

President Abraham Lincoln(center) at a Union Army
encampment in October
1862, following the battleof Antietam.

CHAPTER 7: THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION“That this nation
under Godshall have a
new birth of freedom.”President Abraham Lincoln, November 19, 1863

SECESSION AND CIVIL WAR

L
incoln’s victory in the presidential election of November 1860

made South Carolina’s secession
from the Union December 20 aforegone conclusion. The state hadlong been waiting for an event thatwould unite the South against theantislavery forces. By February 1,
1861, five more Southern states had
seceded. On February 8, the six
states signed a provisional constitution for the Confederate States ofAmerica. The remaining Southernstates as yet remained in the Union,although Texas had begun to moveon its secession.
Less than a month later, March 4,
1861, Abraham Lincoln was sworn
in as president of the United States.
In his inaugural address, he declared
the Confederacy “legally void.” His
speech closed with a plea for restora-tion of the bonds of union, but theSouth turned a deaf ear. On April
12, Confederate guns opened fire on
the federal garrison at Fort Sumterin the Charleston, South Carolina,
harbor. A war had begun in whichmore Americans would die than in
any other conflict before or since.
In the seven states that had seceded, the people responded positively to the Confederate action
and the leadership of Confederate President Jefferson Davis. Bothsides now tensely awaited the actionof the slave states that thus far had
remained loyal. Virginia seceded on
April 17; Arkansas, Tennessee, andNorth Carolina followed quickly.
No state left the Union withgreater reluctance than Virginia.
Her statesmen had a leading part in
the winning of the Revolution andthe framing of the Constitution, andshe had provided the nation with142

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

five presidents. With Virginia went
Colonel Robert E. Lee, who declined
the command of the Union Armyout of loyalty to his native state.
Between the enlarged Confederacy and the free-soil North lay
the border slave states of Delaware,
Maryland, Kentucky, and Missouri,
which, despite some sympathy with
the South, would remain loyal to
the Union.
Each side entered the war withhigh hopes for an early victory. In
material resources the North enjoyeda decided advantage. Twenty-threestates with a population of 22 million were arrayed against 11 states
inhabited by nine million, including
slaves. The industrial superiority of
the North exceeded even its preponderance in population, providing itwith abundant facilities for manufacturing arms and ammunition,
clothing, and other supplies. It had
a greatly superior railway network.
The South nonetheless had certain advantages. The most important was geography; the South wasfighting a defensive war on its own
territory. It could establish its independence simply by beating off theNorthern armies. The South also
had a stronger military tradition,and possessed the more experienced
military leaders.

stripped away any illusions that victory would be quick or easy. It alsoestablished a pattern, at least in the
Eastern United States, of bloody
Southern victories that never translated into a decisive military advantage for the Confederacy.
In contrast to its military failuresin the East, the Union was able to secure battlefield victories in the Westand slow strategic success at sea.
Most of the Navy, at the war’s beginning, was in Union hands, but it was
scattered and weak. Secretary of theNavy Gideon Welles took prompt
measures to strengthen it. Lincoln
then proclaimed a blockade of theSouthern coasts. Although the effect of the blockade was negligible
at first, by 1863 it almost completely
prevented shipments of cotton toEurope and blocked the importation of sorely needed munitions,clothing, and medical supplies to
the South.
A brilliant Union naval commander, David Farragut, conducted
two remarkable operations. In April
1862, he took a fleet into the mouthof the Mississippi River and forced
the surrender of the largest city in
the South, New Orleans, Louisiana.
In August 1864, with the cry, “Damnthe torpedoes! Full speed ahead,” heled a force past the fortified entranceof Mobile Bay, Alabama, captured
WESTERN ADVANCE,a Confederate ironclad vessel, andEASTERN STALEMATE
sealed off the port.
In the Mississippi Valley, thehe first large battle of the war, Union forces won an almost uninat Bull Run, Virginia (also known terrupted series of victories. They
as First Manassas) near Washington, began by breaking a long Confeder-

T

143

CHAPTER 7: THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION

ate line in Tennessee, thus making
it possible to occupy almost all thewestern part of the state. When theimportant Mississippi River port ofMemphis was taken, Union troops
advanced some 320 kilometers into
the heart of the Confederacy. Withthe tenacious General Ulysses S.
Grant in command, they withstooda sudden Confederate counterattack
at Shiloh, on the bluffs overlooking
the Tennessee River. Those killed
and wounded at Shiloh numbered
more than 10,000 on each side, a casualty rate that Americans had neverbefore experienced. But it was only
the beginning of the carnage.
In Virginia, by contrast, Union
troops continued to meet one defeat after another in a succession ofbloody attempts to capture Richmond, the Confederate capital. The
Confederates enjoyed strong defense
positions afforded by numerous
streams cutting the road between
Washington and Richmond. Their
two best generals, Robert E. Lee andThomas J. (“Stonewall”) Jackson,
both far surpassed in ability theirearly Union counterparts. In 1862
Union commander George McClellan made a slow, excessively cautious
attempt to seize Richmond. But in
the Seven Days’ Battles between June
25 and July 1, the Union troops were
driven steadily backward, both sides
suffering terrible losses.
After another Confederate victory at the Second Battle of Bull
Run (or Second Manassas), Leecrossed the Potomac River and invaded Maryland. McClellan again

responded tentatively, despite learning that Lee had split his army andwas heavily outnumbered. The
Union and Confederate Armies met
at Antietam Creek, near Sharpsburg,
Maryland, on September 17, 1862, inthe bloodiest single day of the war:
More than 4,000 died on both sides
and 18,000 were wounded. Despite
his numerical advantage, however,
McClellan failed to break Lee’s lines
or press the attack, and Lee was able
to retreat across the Potomac withhis army intact. As a result, Lincoln
fired McClellan.
Although Antietam was inconclusive in military terms, itsconsequences were nonethelessmomentous. Great Britain andFrance, both on the verge of recognizing the Confederacy, delayed
their decision, and the South neverreceived the diplomatic recognition
and the economic aid from Europethat it desperately sought.
Antietam also gave Lincoln the
opening he needed to issue thepreliminary Emancipation Proclamation, which declared that as ofJanuary 1, 1863, all slaves in states rebelling against the Union were free.
In practical terms, the proclamation
had little immediate impact; it freed
slaves only in the Confederate states,
while leaving slavery intact in theborder states. Politically, however, it
meant that in addition to preserving
the Union, the abolition of slavery
was now a declared objective of theUnion war effort.
The final Emancipation Proclamation, issued January 1, 1863,

144

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

also authorized the recruitment ofAfrican Americans into the Union
Army, a move abolitionist leaders such as Frederick Douglass had
been urging since the beginning ofarmed conflict. Union forces alreadyhad been sheltering escaped slaves as“contraband of war,” but following
the Emancipation Proclamation, theUnion Army recruited and trained
regiments of African-American
soldiers that fought with distinction in battles from Virginia to theMississippi. About 178,000 African
Americans served in the U.S. Colored Troops, and 29,500 served in
the Union Navy.
Despite the political gains
represented by the Emancipation
Proclamation, however, the North’s
military prospects in the East remained bleak as Lee’s Army ofNorthern Virginia continued tomaul the Union Army of the Potomac, first at Fredericksburg, Virginia, in December 1862 and thenat Chancellorsville in May 1863. But
Chancellorsville, although one ofLee’s most brilliant military victories, was also one of his most costly.
His most valued lieutenant, General“Stonewall” Jackson, was mistakenly shot and killed by his own men.

gave him his chance, Lee struck
northward into Pennsylvania at the
beginning of July 1863, almost reaching the state capital at Harrisburg. A
strong Union force intercepted him
at Gettysburg, where, in a titanic
three-day battle — the largest of the
Civil War — the Confederates madea valiant effort to break the Unionlines. They failed, and on July 4 Lee’sarmy, after crippling losses, retreatedbehind the Potomac.
More than 3,000 Union soldiersand almost 4,000 Confederates diedat Gettysburg; wounded and missing
totaled more than 20,000 on eachside. On November 19, 1863, Lincoln
dedicated a new national cemetery
there with perhaps the most famous
address in U.S. history. He concluded
his brief remarks with these words:... we here highly resolve thatthese dead shall not have died invain — that this nation, underGod, shall have a new birth of
freedom — and that governmentof the people, by the people, for thepeople, shall not perish from theearth.
On the Mississippi, Union control had been blocked at Vicksburg,where the Confederates had strongly fortified themselves on bluffs toohigh for naval attack. In early 1863
GETTYSBURG TO
Grant began to move below and
APPOMATTOX
around Vicksburg, subjecting it toa six-week siege. On July 4, he capet none of the Confederate vic- tured the town, together with thetories was decisive. The Union sim- strongest Confederate Army in theply mustered new armies and tried West. The river was now entirely inagain. Believing that the North’s Union hands. The Confederacy wascrushing defeat at Chancellorsville broken in two, and it became almostY

145

CHAPTER 7: THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION

impossible to bring supplies from
Texas and Arkansas.
The Northern victories at Vicksburg and Gettysburg in July 1863
marked the turning point of the war,
although the bloodshed continued
unabated for more than a year-anda-half.
Lincoln brought Grant east andmade him commander-in-chief ofall Union forces. In May 1864 Grant
advanced deep into Virginia andmet Lee’s Confederate Army in thethree-day Battle of the Wilderness.
Losses on both sides were heavy,
but unlike other Union commanders, Grant refused to retreat. Instead, he attempted to outflank Lee,
stretching the Confederate lines andpounding away with artillery andinfantry attacks. “I propose to fight it
out along this line if it takes all summer,” the Union commander said
at Spotsylvania, during five days ofbloody trench warfare that characterized fighting on the eastern front
for almost a year.
In the West, Union forces gained
control of Tennessee in the fall of
1863 with victories at Chattanooga and nearby Lookout Mountain,
opening the way for General William T. Sherman to invade Georgia.
Sherman outmaneuvered several
smaller Confederate armies, occupied the state capital of Atlanta, thenmarched to the Atlantic coast, systematically destroying railroads,
factories, warehouses, and otherfacilities in his path. His men, cut
off from their normal supply lines,
ravaged the countryside for food.

From the coast, Sherman marchednorthward; by February 1865, he
had taken Charleston, South Carolina, where the first shots of the Civil
War had been fired. Sherman, morethan any other Union general, understood that destroying the will andmorale of the South was as important as defeating its armies.
Grant, meanwhile, lay siege to Petersburg, Virginia, for nine months,
before Lee, in March 1865, knew that
he had to abandon both Petersburg
and the Confederate capital of Richmond in an attempt to retreat south.
But it was too late. On April 9, 1865,
surrounded by huge Union armies,
Lee surrendered to Grant at Appomattox Courthouse. Although scattered fighting continued elsewhere
for several months, the Civil War
was over.
The terms of surrender at Appomattox were magnanimous, andon his return from his meeting with
Lee, Grant quieted the noisy demonstrations of his soldiers by reminding them: “The rebels are ourcountrymen again.” The war forSouthern independence had become
the “lost cause,” whose hero, Robert E. Lee, had won wide admiration
through the brilliance of his leadership and his greatness in defeat.

WITH MALICE TOWARD NONE

F
or the North, the war produced
a still greater hero in Abraham Lincoln — a man eager, above all else,
to weld the Union together again,
not by force and repression but by146

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

warmth and generosity. In 1864 he
had been elected for a second term
as president, defeating his Democratic opponent, George McClellan,
the general he had dismissed after
Antietam. Lincoln’s second inaugural address closed with these words:
With malice toward none; withcharity for all; with firmness in
the right, as God gives us to see
the right, let us strive on to finish
the work we are in; to bind up thenation’s wounds; to care for him
who shall have borne the battle,
and for his widow, and his orphan— to do all which may achieve
and cherish a just, and a lasting
peace, among ourselves, and withall nations.
Three weeks later, two days after
Lee’s surrender, Lincoln delivered
his last public address, in which heunfolded a generous reconstruction
policy. On April 14, 1865, the president held what was to be his lastCabinet meeting. That evening —with his wife and a young couple
who were his guests — he attended
a performance at Ford’s Theater.
There, as he sat in the presidential
box, he was assassinated by John
Wilkes Booth, a Virginia actor embittered by the South’s defeat. Boothwas killed in a shootout some days
later in a barn in the Virginia countryside. His accomplices were captured and later executed.
Lincoln died in a downstairs bedroom of a house across the street
from Ford’s Theater on the morning of April 15. Poet James Russell
Lowell wrote:

Never before that startled April
morning did such multitudes ofmen shed tears for the death of
one they had never seen, as if withhim a friendly presence had beentaken from their lives, leaving
them colder and darker. Never
was funeral panegyric so eloquent
as the silent look of sympathy
which strangers exchanged when
they met that day. Their common
manhood had lost a kinsman.
The first great task confronting
the victorious North — now under
the leadership of Lincoln’s vice president, Andrew Johnson, a Southerner
who remained loyal to the Union —was to determine the status of thestates that had seceded. Lincoln had
already set the stage. In his view,
the people of the Southern states
had never legally seceded; they had
been misled by some disloyal citizens into a defiance of federal authority. And since the war was theact of individuals, the federal government would have to deal withthese individuals and not withthe states. Thus, in 1863 Lincoln
proclaimed that if in any state 10
percent of the voters of record in1860 would form a government loyal
to the U.S. Constitution and would
acknowledge obedience to the lawsof the Congress and the proclamations of the president, he would recognize the government so created as
the state’s legal government.
Congress rejected this plan. Many
Republicans feared it would simply
entrench former rebels in power;
they challenged Lincoln’s right147

CHAPTER 7: THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION

to deal with the rebel states without consultation. Some members ofCongress advocated severe punishment for all the seceded states; others simply felt the war would havebeen in vain if the old Southern establishment was restored to power.
Yet even before the war was wholly
over, new governments had been set
up in Virginia, Tennessee, Arkansas,
and Louisiana.
To deal with one of its major
concerns — the condition of former slaves — Congress established
the Freedmen’s Bureau in March
1865 to act as guardian over African
Americans and guide them toward
self-support. And in December ofthat year, Congress ratified the 13th
Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, which abolished slavery.
Throughout the summer of 1865
Johnson proceeded to carry out Lincoln’s reconstruction program, withminor modifications. By presidential
proclamation he appointed a governor for each of the former Confederate states and freely restored politicalrights to many Southerners throughuse of presidential pardons.
In due time conventions were
held in each of the former Confederate states to repeal the ordinancesof secession, repudiate the war debt,
and draft new state constitutions.
Eventually a native Unionist became
governor in each state with authority
to convoke a convention of loyal voters. Johnson called upon each convention to invalidate the secession,
abolish slavery, repudiate all debts
that went to aid the Confederacy,

and ratify the 13th Amendment.
By the end of 1865, this process wascompleted, with a few exceptions.

RADICAL RECONSTRUCTIONB
oth Lincoln and Johnson had
foreseen that the Congress would

have the right to deny Southern legislators seats in the U.S. Senate orHouse of Representatives, under theclause of the Constitution that says,“Each house shall be the judge ofthe ... qualifications of its own members.” This came to pass when, under
the leadership of Thaddeus Stevens,
those congressmen called “Radical
Republicans,” who were wary of aquick and easy “reconstruction,” refused to seat newly elected Southern
senators and representatives. Within
the next few months, Congress proceeded to work out a plan for thereconstruction of the South quite
different from the one Lincoln had
started and Johnson had continued.
Wide public support gradually developed for those members ofCongress who believed that African
Americans should be given full citizenship. By July 1866, Congress had
passed a civil rights bill and set up
a new Freedmen’s Bureau — bothdesigned to prevent racial discrimination by Southern legislatures. Following this, the Congress passed a
14th Amendment to the Constitution, stating that “all persons bornor naturalized in the United States,and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United Statesand of the State wherein they reside.”148

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYThis repudiated the Dred Scott ruling, which had denied slaves theirright of citizenship.
All the Southern state legislatures, with the exception of Tennessee, refused to ratify the amendment,
some voting against it unanimously.
In addition, Southern state legislatures passed “codes” to regulate theAfrican-American freedmen. The
codes differed from state to state,
but some provisions were common.
African Americans were required
to enter into annual labor contracts,with penalties imposed in case of
violation; dependent children were
subject to compulsory apprenticeship and corporal punishments bymasters; vagrants could be sold into
private service if they could not pay
severe fines.
Many Northerners interpreted
the Southern response as an attempt
to reestablish slavery and repudiate the hard-won Union victory in
the Civil War. It did not help thatJohnson, although a Unionist, wasa Southern Democrat with an addiction to intemperate rhetoric andan aversion to political compromise.
Republicans swept the congressional
elections of 1866. Firmly in power,
the Radicals imposed their own vision of Reconstruction.
In the Reconstruction Act ofMarch 1867, Congress, ignoring thegovernments that had been established in the Southern states, divided
the South into five military districts,
each administered by a Union general. Escape from permanent military
government was open to those statesthat established civil governments,
ratified the 14th Amendment, andadopted African-American suffrage.
Supporters of the Confederacy who
had not taken oaths of loyalty to theUnited States generally could not
vote. The 14th Amendment was ratified in 1868. The 15th Amendment,
passed by Congress the following
year and ratified in 1870 by state legislatures, provided that “The right ofcitizens of the United States to voteshall not be denied or abridged by
the United States or any state on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.”
The Radical Republicans inCongress were infuriated by President Johnson’s vetoes (even though
they were overridden) of legislation protecting newly freed African
Americans and punishing former
Confederate leaders by depriving
them of the right to hold office.
Congressional antipathy to Johnson
was so great that, for the first timein American history, impeachment
proceedings were instituted to remove the president from office.
Johnson’s main offense was his
opposition to punitive congressional
policies and the violent language heused in criticizing them. The mostserious legal charge his enemies
could level against him was that,
despite the Tenure of Office Act(which required Senate approval forthe removal of any officeholder the
Senate had previously confirmed),
he had removed from his Cabinet
the secretary of war, a staunch supporter of the Congress. When the149CHAPTER 7: THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION

impeachment trial was held in the
Senate, it was proved that Johnson
was technically within his rights inremoving the Cabinet member. Even
more important, it was pointed outthat a dangerous precedent would be
set if the Congress were to remove apresident because he disagreed withthe majority of its members. The final vote was one short of the twothirds required for conviction.
Johnson continued in office until
his term expired in 1869, but Congress had established an ascendancy
that would endure for the rest of the
century. The Republican victor in
the presidential election of 1868, former Union general Ulysses S. Grant,
would enforce the reconstruction
policies the Radicals had initiated.
By June 1868, Congress had readmitted the majority of the former Confederate states back into
the Union. In many of these reconstructed states, the majority of
the governors, representatives, andsenators were Northern men — socalled carpetbaggers — who hadgone South after the war to maketheir political fortunes, often inalliance with newly freed African
Americans. In the legislatures ofLouisiana and South Carolina, African Americans actually gained amajority of the seats.
Many Southern whites, their political and social dominance threatened, turned to illegal means toprevent African Americans fromgaining equality. Violence against
African Americans by such extralegal organizations as the Ku Klux

Klan became more and more frequent. Increasing disorder led tothe passage of Enforcement Acts in
1870 and 1871, severely punishingthose who attempted to deprive theAfrican-American freedmen of theircivil rights.

THE END OFRECONSTRUCTIONAs time passed, it became more
and more obvious that the problemsof the South were not being solved
by harsh laws and continuing rancor
against former Confederates. Moreover, some Southern Radical state
governments with prominent African-American officials appeared
corrupt and inefficient. The nation
was quickly tiring of the attempt toimpose racial democracy and liberalvalues on the South with Union bayonets. In May 1872, Congress passed
a general Amnesty Act, restoring fullpolitical rights to all but about 500
former rebels.
Gradually Southern states began
electing members of the Democratic
Party into office, ousting carpetbagger governments and intimidating African Americans from voting
or attempting to hold public office.
By 1876 the Republicans remainedin power in only three Southernstates. As part of the bargaining that
resolved the disputed presidential
elections that year in favor of Rutherford B. Hayes, the Republicans
promised to withdraw federal troops
that had propped up the remaining
Republican governments. In 1877

150

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Hayes kept his promise, tacitly abandoning federal responsibility for enforcing blacks’ civil rights.
The South was still a region devastated by war, burdened by debt
caused by misgovernment, and demoralized by a decade of racial warfare. Unfortunately, the pendulumof national racial policy swung fromone extreme to the other. A federal government that had supported
harsh penalties against Southernwhite leaders now tolerated new andhumiliating kinds of discrimination against African Americans. The
last quarter of the 19th century saw
a profusion of “Jim Crow” laws inSouthern states that segregated public schools, forbade or limited African-American access to many public
facilities such as parks, restaurants,
and hotels, and denied most blacks
the right to vote by imposing polltaxes and arbitrary literacy tests.
“Jim Crow” is a term derived froma song in an 1828 minstrel show
where a white man first performedin “blackface.”
Historians have tended to judge
Reconstruction harshly, as a murky
period of political conflict, corruption, and regression that failed toachieve its original high-mindedgoals and collapsed into a sinkholeof virulent racism. Slaves were granted freedom, but the North complete-ly failed to address their economic
needs. The Freedmen’s Bureau was
unable to provide former slaves
with political and economic opportunity. Union military occupiers
often could not even protect themfrom violence and intimidation.
Indeed, federal army officers andagents of the Freedmen’s Bureau
were often racists themselves. Without economic resources of their own,
many Southern African Americans
were forced to become tenant farmers on land owned by their former
masters, caught in a cycle of poverty
that would continue well into the20th century.
Reconstruction-era governments
did make genuine gains in rebuilding Southern states devastated by
the war, and in expanding public
services, notably in establishingtax-supported, free public schools
for African Americans and whites.
However, recalcitrant Southerners
seized upon instances of corruption(hardly unique to the South in thisera) and exploited them to bring
down radical regimes. The failureof Reconstruction meant that thestruggle of African Americans forequality and freedom was deferred
until the 20th century — when it
would become a national, not just a
Southern issue. 
9151

CHAPTER 7: THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION

THE CIVIL WAR AND NEW PATTERNSOF AMERICAN POLITICS

The controversies of the 1850s had destroyed the Whig Party, created theRepublican Party, and divided the Democratic Party along regional lines.
The Civil War demonstrated that the Whigs were gone beyond recall andthe Republicans on the scene to stay. It also laid the basis for a reunited
Democratic Party.
The Republicans could seamlessly replace the Whigs throughout theNorth and West because they were far more than a free-soil/antislavery force.
Most of their leaders had started as Whigs and continued the Whig interestin federally assisted national development. The need to manage a war did not
deter them from also enacting a protective tariff (1861) to foster American
manufacturing, the Homestead Act (1862) to encourage Western settlement,
the Morrill Act (1862) to establish “land grant” agricultural and technical colleges, and a series of Pacific Railway Acts (1862-64) to underwrite atranscontinental railway line. These measures rallied support throughout theUnion from groups to whom slavery was a secondary issue and ensured theparty’s continuance as the latest manifestation of a political creed that had
been advanced by Alexander Hamilton and Henry Clay.
The war also laid the basis for Democratic reunification because
Northern opposition to it centered in the Democratic Party. As might be
expected from the party of “popular sovereignty,” some Democrats believedthat full-scale war to reinstate the Union was unjustified. This group came tobe known as the Peace Democrats. Their more extreme elements were called“Copperheads.”
Moreover, few Democrats, whether of the “war” or “peace” faction,
believed the emancipation of the slaves was worth Northern blood. Opposition
to emancipation had long been party policy. In 1862, for example, virtually
every Democrat in Congress voted against eliminating slavery in the Districtof Columbia and prohibiting it in the territories.
Much of this opposition came from the working poor, particularly Irish
and German Catholic immigrants, who feared a massive migration of newly
freed African Americans to the North. They also resented the establishment of a military draft (March 1863) that disproportionately affected them.
Race riots erupted in several Northern cities. The worst of these occurred in
New York, July 13-16, 1863, precipitated by Democratic Governor Horatio
Seymour’s condemnation of military conscription. Federal troops, who justdays earlier had been engaged at Gettysburg, were sent to restore order.

152

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYThe Republicans prosecuted the war with little regard for civil
liberties. In September 1862, Lincoln suspended the writ of habeas corpus
and imposed martial law on those who interfered with recruitment or gave
aid and comfort to the rebels. This breech of civil law, although constitutionally justified during times of crisis, gave the Democrats another opportunity
to criticize Lincoln. Secretary of War Edwin Stanton enforced martial law
vigorously, and many thousands — most of them Southern sympathizers or
Democrats — were arrested.
Despite the Union victories at Vicksburg and Gettysburg in 1863,
Democratic “peace” candidates continued to play on the nation’s misfortunes
and racial sensitivities. Indeed, the mood of the North was such that Lincoln
was convinced he would lose his re-election bid in November 1864. Largely
for that reason, the Republican Party renamed itself the Union Party anddrafted the Tennessee Democrat Andrew Johnson to be Lincoln’s runningmate. Sherman’s victories in the South sealed the election for them.
Lincoln’s assassination, the rise of Radical Republicanism, and Johnson’s
blundering leadership all played into a postwar pattern of politics in which
the Republican Party suffered from overreaching in its efforts to remake theSouth, while the Democrats, through their criticism of Reconstruction, allied themselves with the neo-Confederate Southern white majority. Ulysses S.
Grant’s status as a national hero carried the Republicans through two presidential elections, but as the South emerged from Reconstruction, it became
apparent that the country was nearly evenly divided between the two parties.
The Republicans would be dominant in the industrial Northeast until
the 1930s and strong in most of the rest of the country outside the South.
However, their appeal as the party of strong government and national development increasingly would be perceived as one of allegiance to big businessand finance.
When President Hayes ended Reconstruction, he hoped it would be possible to build the Republican Party in the South, using the old Whigs as abase and the appeal of regional development as a primary issue. By then, however, Republicanism as the South’s white majority perceived it was
identified with a hated African-American supremacy. For the next threequarters of a century, the South would be solidly Democratic. For much ofthat time, the national Democratic Party would pay solemn deference to states’
rights while ignoring civil rights. The group that would suffer the most as alegacy of Reconstruction was the African Americans. 


153

154

8

CHAPTERGROWTHAND
TRANSFORMATION

Building thetranscontinental railroad,
1868.

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION“Upon thesacredness of property,
civilization
itself depends.”
Industrialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie, 1889

Between two great wars — the Civil
War and the First World War — theUnited States of America came ofage. In a period of less than 50 years
it was transformed from a rural republic to an urban nation. The frontier vanished. Great factories andsteel mills, transcontinental railroad
lines, flourishing cities, and vast
agricultural holdings marked theland. With this economic growth
and affluence came corresponding
problems. Nationwide, a few businesses came to dominate whole industries, either independently or in
combination with others. Working conditions were often poor.
Cities grew so quickly they could
not properly house or govern theirgrowing populations.

of the country; it dramatized in astroke the changes that had begun totake place during the preceding 20
or 30 years. ...” War needs had enormously stimulated manufacturing,
speeding an economic process basedon the exploitation of iron, steam,and electric power, as well as the forward march of science and invention. In the years before 1860, 36,000
patents were granted; in the next 30
years, 440,000 patents were issued,
and in the first quarter of the 20th
century, the number reached nearlya million.
As early as 1844, Samuel F.B.
Morse had perfected electrical telegraphy; soon afterward distantparts of the continent were linked
by a network of poles and wires. In
1876 Alexander Graham Bell exhibTECHNOLOGY AND CHANGE ited a telephone instrument; within
half a century, 16 million telephones“
he Civil War,” says one writer, would quicken the social and eco“cut a wide gash through the history nomic life of the nation. The growth

T

156

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

of business was hastened by the invention of the typewriter in 1867,
the adding machine in 1888, andthe cash register in 1897. The linotype composing machine, invented
in 1886, and rotary press and paperfolding machinery made it possible
to print 240,000 eight-page newspapers in an hour. Thomas Edison’s
incandescent lamp eventually lit
millions of homes. The talking machine, or phonograph, was perfectedby Edison, who, in conjunction with
George Eastman, also helped develop the motion picture. These andmany other applications of scienceand ingenuity resulted in a new levelof productivity in almost every field.
Concurrently, the nation’s basic
industry — iron and steel — forgedahead, protected by a high tariff. The
iron industry moved westward as geologists discovered new ore deposits, notably the great Mesabi range
at the head of Lake Superior, whichbecame one of the largest producers in the world. Easy and cheap tomine, remarkably free of chemical
impurities, Mesabi ore could be processed into steel of superior quality
at about one-tenth the previously
prevailing cost.

CARNEGIE AND THE
ERA OF STEEL

in a telegraph office, then to one on
the Pennsylvania Railroad. Before
he was 30 years old he had madeshrewd and farsighted investments,
which by 1865 were concentrated iniron. Within a few years, he had organized or had stock in companies
making iron bridges, rails, and locomotives. Ten years later, he built
the nation’s largest steel mill on theMonongahela River in Pennsylvania.
He acquired control not only of newmills, but also of coke and coal properties, iron ore from Lake Superior, afleet of steamers on the Great Lakes,
a port town on Lake Erie, and a connecting railroad. His business, alliedwith a dozen others, commandedfavorable terms from railroads andshipping lines. Nothing comparable
in industrial growth had ever been
seen in America before.
Though Carnegie long dominated the industry, he never achieved
a complete monopoly over the natural resources, transportation, andindustrial plants involved in themaking of steel. In the 1890s, newcompanies challenged his preeminence. He would be persuaded tomerge his holdings into a new corporation that would embrace most of
the important iron and steel properties in the nation.

CORPORATIONS AND CITIESA
ndrew Carnegie was largely responsible for the great advances in The United States Steel Corporasteel production. Carnegie, whocame to America from Scotland asa child of 12, progressed from bobbin boy in a cotton factory to a job

tion, which resulted from this merger in 1901, illustrated a process under
way for 30 years: the combination of
independent industrial enterprises

157

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

into federated or centralized companies. Started during the Civil War,the trend gathered momentum after
the 1870s, as businessmen began tofear that overproduction would leadto declining prices and falling profits. They realized that if they could
control both production and markets, they could bring competingfirms into a single organization. The“corporation” and the “trust” weredeveloped to achieve these ends.
Corporations, making available a
deep reservoir of capital and giving
business enterprises permanent lifeand continuity of control, attracted
investors both by their anticipatedprofits and by their limited liability
in case of business failure. The trusts
were in effect combinations of corporations whereby the stockholdersof each placed stocks in the handsof trustees. (The “trust” as a methodof corporate consolidation soon gave
way to the holding company, but theterm stuck.) Trusts made possible
large-scale combinations, centralized control and administration, andthe pooling of patents. Their larger
capital resources provided power
to expand, to compete with foreignbusiness organizations, and to drive
hard bargains with labor, which was
beginning to organize effectively. They could also exact favorable
terms from railroads and exercise
influence in politics.
The Standard Oil Company,
founded by John D. Rockefeller,
was one of the earliest and strongest corporations, and was followed
rapidly by other combinations — incottonseed oil, lead, sugar, tobacco,and rubber. Soon aggressive individual businessmen began to markout industrial domains for themselves. Four great meat packers, chief
among them Philip Armour andGustavus Swift, established a beeftrust. Cyrus McCormick achieved
preeminence in the reaper business.
A 1904 survey showed that morethan 5,000 previously independent
concerns had been consolidated intosome 300 industrial trusts.
The trend toward amalgamation
extended to other fields, particularly transportation and communications. Western Union, dominant intelegraphy, was followed by the Bell
Telephone System and eventually by
the American Telephone and Telegraph Company. In the 1860s, Cornelius Vanderbilt had consolidated
13 separate railroads into a single
800-kilometer line connecting New
York City and Buffalo. During thenext decade he acquired lines to Chicago, Illinois, and Detroit, Michigan,establishing the New York Central
Railroad. Soon the major railroadsof the nation were organized into
trunk lines and systems directed bya handful of men.
In this new industrial order, thecity was the nerve center, bringing
to a focus all the nation’s dynamic
economic forces: vast accumulationsof capital, business, and financial institutions, spreading railroad yards,
smoky factories, armies of manualand clerical workers. Villages, attracting people from the countrysideand from lands across the sea, grew

158

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

into towns and towns into cities almost overnight. In 1830 only one ofevery 15 Americans lived in communities of 8,000 or more; in 1860 theratio was nearly one in every six; andin 1890 three in every 10. No single
city had as many as a million inhabitants in 1860; but 30 years later
New York had a million and a half;
Chicago, Illinois, and Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, each had over a million. In these three decades, Philadelphia and Baltimore, Maryland,
doubled in population; Kansas City,
Missouri, and Detroit, Michigan,grew fourfold; Cleveland, Ohio, sixfold; Chicago, tenfold. Minneapolis,
Minnesota, and Omaha, Nebraska,
and many communities like them— hamlets when the Civil War began — increased 50 times or more in
population.

RAILROADS, REGULATIONS,AND THE TARIFF

R
ailroads were especially important to the expanding nation, andtheir practices were often criticized.
Rail lines extended cheaper freightrates to large shippers by rebating a
portion of the charge, thus disadvantaging small shippers. Freight rates
also frequently were not proportionate to distance traveled; competition
usually held down charges between
cities with several rail connections.
Rates tended to be high between
points served by only one line. Thus
it cost less to ship goods 1,280 kilometers from Chicago to New York
than to places a few hundred kilo-

meters from Chicago. Moreover, toavoid competition rival companies
sometimes divided (“pooled”) the
freight business according to a prearranged scheme that placed the total earnings in a common fund for
distribution.
Popular resentment at these practices stimulated state efforts at regulation, but the problem was national
in character. Shippers demanded
congressional action. In 1887 President Grover Cleveland signed theInterstate Commerce Act, which
forbade excessive charges, pools,
rebates, and rate discrimination.
It created an Interstate CommerceCommission (ICC) to oversee theact, but gave it little enforcement
power. In the first decades of its existence, virtually all the ICC’s efforts
at regulation and rate reductions
failed to pass judicial review.
President Cleveland also opposed
the protective tariff on foreign goods,
which had come to be accepted aspermanent national policy under theRepublican presidents who dominated the politics of the era. Cleveland,a conservative Democrat, regarded
tariff protection as an unwarranted
subsidy to big business, giving thetrusts pricing power to the disadvantage of ordinary Americans. Reflecting the interests of their Southernbase, the Democrats had reverted
to their pre-Civil War opposition toprotection and advocacy of a “tariff
for revenue only.”
Cleveland, narrowly elected in
1884, was unsuccessful in achieving
tariff reform during his first term.

159

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

He made the issue the keynote of his
campaign for reelection, but Republican candidate Benjamin Harrison,a defender of protectionism, won ina close race. In 1890, the Harrison
administration, fulfilling its campaign promises, achieved passage ofthe McKinley tariff, which increased
the already high rates. Blamed forhigh retail prices, the McKinley duties triggered widespread dissatisfaction, led to Republican losses in the1890 elections, and paved the way for
Cleveland’s return to the presidency
in the 1892 election.
During this period, public antipathy toward the trusts increased.
The nation’s gigantic corporations were subjected to bitter attack
through the 1880s by reformers suchas Henry George and Edward Bellamy. The Sherman Antitrust Act,
passed in 1890, forbade all combinations in restraint of interstate tradeand provided several methods ofenforcement with severe penalties.
Couched in vague generalities, thelaw accomplished little immediately
after its passage. But a decade later,
President Theodore Roosevelt would
use it vigorously.

sistence to commercial agriculture.
Between 1860 and 1910, the numberof farms in the United States tripled,increasing from two million to six
million, while the area farmed morethan doubled from 160 million to 352
million hectares.
Between 1860 and 1890, the production of such basic commodities
as wheat, corn, and cotton outstripped all previous figures in the
United States. In the same period,
the nation’s population more thandoubled, with the largest growth in
the cities. But the American farmer
grew enough grain and cotton,
raised enough beef and pork, andclipped enough wool not only tosupply American workers and theirfamilies but also to create ever-increasing surpluses.
Several factors accounted for thisextraordinary achievement. One was
the expansion into the West. Another was a technological revolution.
The farmer of 1800, using a handsickle, could hope to cut a fifth ofa hectare of wheat a day. With thecradle, 30 years later, he might cut
four-fifths. In 1840 Cyrus McCormick performed a miracle by cuttingfrom two to two-and-a-half hectares
REVOLUTION IN
a day with the reaper, a machine he
AGRICULTURE
had been developing for nearly 10
years. He headed west to the young
espite the great gains in industry, prairie town of Chicago, where heagriculture remained the nation’s set up a factory — and by 1860 sold abasic occupation. The revolution quarter of a million reapers.
in agriculture — paralleling that in
Other farm machines were demanufacturing after the Civil War veloped in rapid succession: the— involved a shift from hand labor automatic wire binder, the threshing
to machine farming, and from sub(Continued on page 177.)

D

160

The silhouette of one of the United States’ most revered Founding Fathers,
Thomas Jefferson, stands in the shrine dedicated to his memory.
“I have sworn upon the altar of God, eternal hostility against
every form of tyranny over the mind of man.”MON U M E NTSAN DMEMORIALSA PICTURE PROFILE

The monuments of American history span a continent in distance andcenturies in time. They range from a massive serpent-shaped moundcreated by a long-gone Native-American culture to memorials incontemporary Washington, D.C., and New York City.
161

The snow-covered Old Granary cemetery in Boston, Massachusetts, is burial ground for,among other leading American patriots, victims of the Boston Massacre, three signers of
the Declaration of Independence, and six governors of Massachusetts. Originally foundedby religious dissidents from England known as Puritans, Massachusetts was a leader in the
struggle for independence against England. It was the setting for the Boston Tea Party andthe first battles of the American Revolution — in Lexington and Concord.

163

The historic room in Independence Hall, Philadelphia, where delegates drafted
the Constitution of the United States in the summer of 1787. The Constitution is
the supreme law of the land. It prescribes the form and authority of the federal
government, and ensures the fundamental freedoms and rights of the citizens of thecountry through the Bill of Rights.

165

Statues guard the majestic façade of the U.S. Supreme Court, the highest courtin the land. The words engraved on the lintel over the Greek pillars embody oneof America’s founding principles: “Equal Justice Under Law.”
166

The Statue of Liberty, one of the United States’ most beloved monuments, stands 151
feet high at the entrance to New York harbor. A gift of friendship from the peopleof France to the United States, it was intended to be an impressive symbol of humanliberty. It was certainly that for the millions of immigrants who came to the UnitedStates in the 19th and early 20th centuries, seeking freedom and a better life.
167

Aerial view of the Great Serpent Mound in Adams County, Ohio. Carbon
tests of the effigy revealed that the creators of this 1,330-foot monument weremembers of the Native-American Fort Ancient Culture (A.D. 1000-1550).

The Liberty Bell in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, anenduring symbol of American
freedom. First rung on July8, 1776, to celebrate theadoption of the Declarationof Independence, it cracked
in 1836 during the funeral ofJohn Marshall, Chief Justiceof the U.S. Supreme Court.
168

Two monuments to the central role Spain played in the exploration of what is now
the United States. Top, the Castillo de San Marcos, built 1672-1695 to guard
St. Augustine, Florida, the first permanent European settlement in the continental
United States. Above, fountain and mission remains of the San Juan Capistrano
Mission, California, one of nine missions founded by Spanish Franciscan
missionaries led by Fray Junípero Serra in the 1770s. Serra led the Spanish
colonization of what is today the state of California.

170

The faces of four of the most admired American presidents werecarved by Gutzon Borglum into the southeast face of Mount
Rushmore in South Dakota, beginning in 1927. From left to right,
they are: George Washington, commander of the Revolutionary
Army and first president of the young nation; Thomas Jefferson,
author of the Declaration of Independence; Theodore Roosevelt,
who led the country toward progressive reforms and a strong
foreign policy; and Abraham Lincoln, who led the country throughthe Civil War and freed the slaves.

George Washington’s beloved home, Mount Vernon,
by the Potomac River in Virginia, where he died on
December 14, 1799, and is buried along with his wife
Martha. Among other treasured items owned by the
first president on display there, visitors can see one of
the keys to the Bastille, a gift to Washington from theMarquis de Lafayette.
171

Six-year-old Mary Zheng straightens a flower placed at the Vietnam Veterans
Memorial in Washington, D.C., April 30, 2000. The names of more than 58,000
servicemen who died in the war or remain missing are etched on the “wall” part of thememorial, pictured here. This portion of the monument was designed by Maya Lin,
then a student at Yale University.
172An autumnal view of Arlington Cemetery, Virginia, America’s largest and best-known
national burial grounds. More than 260,000 people are buried at Arlington Cemetery,
including veterans from all the nation’s wars.

A mother and daughter viewing documents in the Exhibition Hallof the National Archives. The U.S. Constitution, the Declaration of
Independence, and the Bill of Rights are on display in this Washington,
D.C., building.

Fireworks celebrating the arrival of the Millennium illuminate two major
monuments in Washington, D.C., the Lincoln Memorial on the left and theobelisk-shaped Washington Monument, center. The Lincoln Memorial’s north andsouth side chambers contain carved inscriptions of his Second Inaugural Addressand his Gettysburg Address. The tallest structure in the nation’s capital,
the Washington Monument was dedicated on February 21, 1885.
175

Top, the World War II Memorial, opened in 2004, is the most recent addition to
the many national monuments in Washington, D.C. It honors the 16 million who
served in the armed forces of the United States, the more than 400,000 who died,and all who supported the war effort from home. Above, the planned design for
the World Trade Center Memorial in New York City is depicted in this photographof a model unveiled in late 2004. “Reflecting Absence” will preserve not only thememory of those who died in the terrorist attack of September 11, 2001, but thevisible remnants of the buildings destroyed that morning, too.
176

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

machine, and the reaper-thresher or
combine. Mechanical planters, cutters, huskers, and shellers appeared,
as did cream separators, manure
spreaders, potato planters, hay driers, poultry incubators, and a hundred other inventions.
Scarcely less important thanmachinery in the agricultural revolution was science. In 1862 theMorrill Land Grant College Act allotted public land to each state forthe establishment of agriculturaland industrial colleges. These wereto serve both as educational institutions and as centers for research inscientific farming. Congress subsequently appropriated funds for thecreation of agricultural experimentstations throughout the country andgranted funds directly to the Department of Agriculture for research
purposes. By the beginning of the
new century, scientists throughout
the United States were at work on awide variety of agricultural projects.
One of these scientists, Mark
Carleton, traveled for the Department of Agriculture to Russia. There
he found and exported to his homeland the rust- and drought-resistantwinter wheat that now accounts
for more than half the U.S. wheat
crop. Another scientist, Marion
Dorset, conquered the dreaded hog
cholera, while still another, George
Mohler, helped prevent hoof-andmouth disease. From North Africa,
one researcher brought back Kaffir corn; from Turkestan, anotherimported the yellow-flowering alfalfa. Luther Burbank in California

produced scores of new fruits andvegetables; in Wisconsin, Stephen
Babcock devised a test for determining the butterfat content of milk; at
Tuskegee Institute in Alabama, theAfrican-American scientist George
Washington Carver found hundredsof new uses for the peanut, sweet potato, and soybean.
In varying degrees, the explosionin agricultural science and technology affected farmers all over theworld, raising yields, squeezing out
small producers, and driving migration to industrial cities. Railroads
and steamships, moreover, began topull regional markets into one large
world market with prices instantly
communicated by trans-Atlantic cable as well as ground wires. Good
news for urban consumers, falling
agricultural prices threatened thelivelihood of many American farmers and touched off a wave of agrarian discontent.

THE DIVIDED SOUTH

A
fter Reconstruction, Southernleaders pushed hard to attract indus-

try. States offered large inducements
and cheap labor to investors to develop the steel, lumber, tobacco, andtextile industries. Yet in 1900 the region’s percentage of the nation’s industrial base remained about what
it had been in 1860. Moreover, theprice of this drive for industrialization was high: Disease and childlabor proliferated in Southern mill
towns. Thirty years after the Civil
War, the South was still poor, over-177

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

whelmingly agrarian, and economically dependent. Moreover, its race
relations reflected not just the legacyof slavery, but what was emerging as
the central theme of its history — adetermination to enforce white supremacy at any cost.
Intransigent white Southerners
found ways to assert state control
to maintain white dominance. Several Supreme Court decisions alsobolstered their efforts by upholding
traditional Southern views of the appropriate balance between nationaland state power.
In 1873 the Supreme Court foundthat the 14th Amendment (citizenship rights not to be abridged)
conferred no new privileges or immunities to protect African Americans from state power. In 1883,
furthermore, it ruled that the 14th
Amendment did not prevent individuals, as opposed to states, frompracticing discrimination. And in
Plessy v. Ferguson (1896), the Court
found that “separate but equal”
public accommodations for African Americans, such as trains andrestaurants, did not violate theirrights. Soon the principle of segregation by race extended into every
area of Southern life, from railroads
to restaurants, hotels, hospitals, andschools. Moreover, any area of lifethat was not segregated by law wassegregated by custom and practice.
Further curtailment of the right tovote followed. Periodic lynchings
by mobs underscored the region’s
determination to subjugate its African-American population.

Faced with pervasive discrimination, many African Americans followed Booker T. Washington, whocounseled them to focus on modest
economic goals and to accept temporary social discrimination. Others, led by the African-American
intellectual W.E.B. DuBois, wanted
to challenge segregation throughpolitical action. But with both major parties uninterested in the issue and scientific theory of the time
generally accepting black inferiority, calls for racial justice attracted
little support.

THE LAST FRONTIER

Ifollowed
n 1865 the frontier line generally
the western limits of thestates bordering the Mississippi River, but bulged outward beyond theeastern sections of Texas, Kansas,
and Nebraska. Then, running northand south for nearly 1,600 kilometers, loomed huge mountain ranges,
many rich in silver, gold, and othermetals. To their west, plains and deserts stretched to the wooded coastal
ranges and the Pacific Ocean. Apartfrom the settled districts in California and scattered outposts, thevast inland region was populated
by Native Americans: among them
the Great Plains tribes — Sioux andBlackfoot, Pawnee and Cheyenne —and the Indian cultures of the Southwest, including Apache, Navajo, andHopi.
A mere quarter-century later,
virtually all this country had been
carved into states and territories.

178

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Miners had ranged over the wholeof the mountain country, tunneling into the earth, establishing little
communities in Nevada, Montana,and Colorado. Cattle ranchers, taking advantage of the enormous
grasslands, had laid claim to thehuge expanse stretching from Texas
to the upper Missouri River. Sheepherders had found their way to thevalleys and mountain slopes. Farmers sank their plows into the plainsand closed the gap between the Eastand West. By 1890 the frontier line
had disappeared.
Settlement was spurred by theHomestead Act of 1862, which
granted free farms of 64 hectares
to citizens who would occupy andimprove the land. Unfortunately for
the would-be farmers, much of theGreat Plains was suited more forcattle ranching than farming, andby 1880 nearly 22,400,000 hectaresof “free” land were in the hands ofcattlemen or the railroads.
In 1862 Congress also voted acharter to the Union Pacific Railroad, which pushed westward fromCouncil Bluffs, Iowa, using mostly
the labor of ex-soldiers and Irish immigrants. At the same time, the Central Pacific Railroad began to build
eastward from Sacramento, California, relying heavily on Chinese
immigrant labor. The whole country
was stirred as the two lines steadily
approached each other, finally meeting on May 10, 1869, at Promontory
Point in Utah. The months of laborious travel hitherto separating thetwo oceans was now cut to about six

days. The continental rail network
grew steadily; by 1884 four greatlines linked the central Mississippi
Valley area with the Pacific.
The first great rush of population
to the Far West was drawn to themountainous regions, where gold
was found in California in 1848, inColorado and Nevada 10 years later, in Montana and Wyoming in the1860s, and in the Black Hills of the
Dakota country in the 1870s. Miners
opened up the country, establishedcommunities, and laid the foundations for more permanent settlements. Eventually, however, thougha few communities continued to be
devoted almost exclusively to mining, the real wealth of Montana,Colorado, Wyoming, Idaho, andCalifornia proved to be in the grassand soil. Cattle-raising, long animportant industry in Texas, flourished after the Civil War, whenenterprising men began to drive
their Texas longhorn cattle northacross the open public land. Feeding as they went, the cattle arrived
at railway shipping points in Kansas, larger and fatter than when
they started. The annual cattle drive
became a regular event; for hundredsof kilometers, trails were dotted withherds moving northward.
Next, immense cattle ranches
appeared in Colorado, Wyoming,
Kansas, Nebraska, and the Dakota
territory. Western cities flourishedas centers for the slaughter of cattle and dressing of meat. The cattle boom peaked in the mid-1880s.
By then, not far behind the rancher

179

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

creaked the covered wagons of the
farmers bringing their families, theirdraft horses, cows, and pigs. Under
the Homestead Act they staked theirclaims and fenced them with a newinvention, barbed wire. Ranchers
were ousted from lands they hadroamed without legal title.
Ranching and the cattle drives
gave American mythology its lasticon of frontier culture — the cowboy. The reality of cowboy life wasone of grueling hardship. As depicted by writers like Zane Grey andmovie actors such as John Wayne,
the cowboy was a powerful mythological figure, a bold, virtuous manof action. Not until the late 20th century did a reaction set in. Historians and filmmakers alike began to
depict “the Wild West” as a sordid
place, peopled by characters more
apt to reflect the worst, rather thanthe best, in human nature.

THE PLIGHT OF
THE NATIVE AMERICANSAs in the East, expansion into theplains and mountains by miners,

ranchers, and settlers led to increasing conflicts with the Native Americans of the West. Many tribes of
Native Americans — from the Utesof the Great Basin to the Nez Percesof Idaho — fought the whites at one
time or another. But the Sioux of
the Northern Plains and the Apacheof the Southwest provided the mostsignificant opposition to frontier advance. Led by such resourceful leaders as Red Cloud and Crazy Horse,

the Sioux were particularly skilled
at high-speed mounted warfare.
The Apaches were equally adept andhighly elusive, fighting in their environs of desert and canyons.
Conflicts with the Plains Indiansworsened after an incident where the
Dakota (part of the Sioux nation),declaring war against the U.S. government because of long-standing
grievances, killed five white settlers.
Rebellions and attacks continued
through the Civil War. In 1876 thelast serious Sioux war erupted, when
the Dakota gold rush penetrated
the Black Hills. The Army was supposed to keep miners off Sioux hunting grounds, but did little to protect
the Sioux lands. When ordered totake action against bands of Siouxhunting on the range according totheir treaty rights, however, it moved
quickly and vigorously.
In 1876, after several indecisive
encounters, Colonel George Custer,
leading a small detachment of cavalry encountered a vastly superior
force of Sioux and their allies on the
Little Bighorn River. Custer and his
men were completely annihilated.
Nonetheless the Native-American
insurgency was soon suppressed.
Later, in 1890, a ghost dance ritualon the Northern Sioux reservation
at Wounded Knee, South Dakota,
led to an uprising and a last, tragic
encounter that ended in the deathof nearly 300 Sioux men, women,
and children.
Long before this, however, theway of life of the Plains Indians
had been destroyed by an expand-

180

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

ing white population, the comingof the railroads, and the slaughter ofthe buffalo, almost exterminated in
the decade after 1870 by the settlers’indiscriminate hunting.
The Apache wars in the Southwest dragged on until Geronimo, thelast important chief, was captured in
1886.
Government policy ever since theMonroe administration had been
to move the Native Americans beyond the reach of the white frontier.
But inevitably the reservations had
become smaller and more crowded. Some Americans began to protest the government’s treatment of
Native Americans. Helen Hunt Jackson, for example, an Easterner living in the West, wrote A Century of
Dishonor (1881), which dramatized
their plight and struck a chord in
the nation’s conscience. Most reformers believed the Native American should be assimilated into thedominant culture. The federal government even set up a school in Carlisle, Pennsylvania, in an attempt toimpose white values and beliefs on
Native-American youths. (It was at
this school that Jim Thorpe, often
considered the best athlete the United States has produced, gained famein the early 20th century.)
In 1887 the Dawes (General Allotment) Act reversed U.S. NativeAmerican policy, permitting thepresident to divide up tribal landand parcel out 65 hectares of landto each head of a family. Such allotments were to be held in trust by
the government for 25 years, after

which time the owner won full title
and citizenship. Lands not thus distributed, however, were offered forsale to settlers. This policy, however
well-intentioned, proved disastrous,
since it allowed more plundering of
Native-American lands. Moreover,
its assault on the communal organization of tribes caused further
disruption of traditional culture. In
1934 U.S. policy was reversed yet
again by the Indian Reorganization Act, which attempted to protect tribal and communal life on thereservations.

AMBIVALENT EMPIRE

T
he last decades of the 19th century
were a period of imperial expansion

for the United States. The American
story took a different course fromthat of its European rivals, however,
because of the U.S. history of struggle against European empires and its
unique democratic development.
The sources of American expansionism in the late 19th century
were varied. Internationally, the period was one of imperialist frenzy,as European powers raced to carve
up Africa and competed, along withJapan, for influence and trade inAsia. Many Americans, including
influential figures such as Theodore
Roosevelt, Henry Cabot Lodge, andElihu Root, felt that to safeguard its
own interests, the United States had
to stake out spheres of economic influence as well. That view was seconded by a powerful naval lobby,
which called for an expanded fleet
181

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

and network of overseas ports as essential to the economic and politicalsecurity of the nation. More generally, the doctrine of “manifest destiny,”
first used to justify America’s continental expansion, was now revived
to assert that the United States had
a right and duty to extend its influence and civilization in the Western
Hemisphere and the Caribbean, as
well as across the Pacific.
At the same time, voices of antiimperialism from diverse coalitionsof Northern Democrats and reformminded Republicans remained loudand constant. As a result, the acquisition of a U.S. empire was piecemeal
and ambivalent. Colonial-mindedadministrations were often moreconcerned with trade and economic
issues than political control.
The United States’ first venture
beyond its continental borders was
the purchase of Alaska — sparsely
populated by Inuit and other native
peoples — from Russia in 1867. Most
Americans were either indifferent toor indignant at this action by Secretary of State William Seward, whosecritics called Alaska “Seward’s Folly”
and “Seward’s Icebox.” But 30 years
later, when gold was discovered on
Alaska’s Klondike River, thousandsof Americans headed north, andmany of them settled in Alaska permanently. When Alaska became the49th state in 1959, it replaced Texas
as geographically the largest state in
the Union.
The Spanish-American War,fought in 1898, marked a turning point in U.S. history. It left theUnited States exercising control or
influence over islands in the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific.
By the 1890s, Cuba and Puerto Rico were the only remnants of
Spain’s once vast empire in the New
World, and the Philippine Islands
comprised the core of Spanish powerin the Pacific. The outbreak of war
had three principal sources: popular
hostility to autocratic Spanish rulein Cuba; U.S. sympathy with the Cuban fight for independence; and a
new spirit of national assertiveness,stimulated in part by a nationalistic
and sensationalist press.
By 1895 Cuba’s growing restiveness had become a guerrilla warof independence. Most Americans
were sympathetic with the Cubans,
but President Cleveland was determined to preserve neutrality. Three
years later, however, during the administration of William McKinley,the U.S. warship Maine, sent to Havana on a “courtesy visit” designed
to remind the Spanish of American
concern over the rough handling of
the insurrection, blew up in the harbor. More than 250 men were killed.
The Maine was probably destroyedby an accidental internal explosion,
but most Americans believed the
Spanish were responsible. Indignation, intensified by sensationalized
press coverage, swept across thecountry. McKinley tried to preserve
the peace, but within a few months,
believing delay futile, he recommended armed intervention.
The war with Spain was swift anddecisive. During the four months it

182

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

lasted, not a single American reverseof any importance occurred. A week
after the declaration of war, Commodore George Dewey, commanderof the six-warship Asiatic Squadron then at Hong Kong, steamed to
the Philippines. Catching the entire
Spanish fleet at anchor in Manila
Bay, he destroyed it without losing
an American life.
Meanwhile, in Cuba, troops landed near Santiago, where, after winning a rapid series of engagements,
they fired on the port. Four armoredSpanish cruisers steamed out of Santiago Bay to engage the American
navy and were reduced to ruined
hulks.
From Boston to San Francisco,whistles blew and flags waved whenword came that Santiago had fallen.
Newspapers dispatched correspondents to Cuba and the Philippines,
who trumpeted the renown of thenation’s new heroes. Chief among
them were Commodore Dewey andColonel Theodore Roosevelt, who
had resigned as assistant secretary of
the navy to lead his volunteer regiment, the “Rough Riders,” to service
in Cuba. Spain soon sued for an end
to the war. The peace treaty signedon December 10, 1898, transferredCuba to the United States for temporary occupation preliminary to
the island’s independence. In addition, Spain ceded Puerto Rico andGuam in lieu of war indemnity, and
the Philippines for a U.S. payment of$20 million.
Officially, U.S. policy encouraged
the new territories to move toward

democratic self-government, a political system with which none ofthem had any previous experience.
In fact, the United States found itself
in a colonial role. It maintained formal administrative control in Puerto Rico and Guam, gave Cuba only
nominal independence, and harshly
suppressed an armed independence
movement in the Philippines. (ThePhilippines gained the right to electboth houses of its legislature in
1916. In 1936 a largely autonomous
Philippine Commonwealth was established. In 1946, after World War
II, the islands finally attained fullindependence.)
U.S. involvement in the Pacificarea was not limited to the Philippines. The year of the Spanish-American War also saw the beginning of a
new relationship with the Hawaiian
Islands. Earlier contact with Hawaii
had been mainly through missionaries and traders. After 1865, however,American investors began to develop the islands’ resources — chiefly
sugarcane and pineapples.
When the government of Queen
Liliuokalani announced its intention to end foreign influence in 1893,
American businessmen joined with
influential Hawaiians to depose her.
Backed by the American ambassador to Hawaii and U.S. troops stationed there, the new government
then asked to be annexed to theUnited States. President Cleveland,
just beginning his second term, rejected annexation, leaving Hawaii
nominally independent until the
Spanish-American War, when, with183

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

the backing of President McKinley,
Congress ratified an annexation
treaty. In 1959 Hawaii would become the 50th state.
To some extent, in Hawaii especially, economic interests had a rolein American expansion, but to influential policy makers such as Roosevelt, Senator Henry Cabot Lodge,
and Secretary of State John Hay,
and to influential strategists such
as Admiral Alfred Thayer Mahan,
the main impetus was geostrategic.
For these people, the major dividendof acquiring Hawaii was Pearl Harbor, which would become the major
U.S. naval base in the central Pacific.
The Philippines and Guam complemented other Pacific bases — Wake
Island, Midway, and American Samoa. Puerto Rico was an importantfoothold in a Caribbean area thatwas becoming increasingly important as the United States contemplated a Central American canal.
U.S. colonial policy tended toward democratic self-government.
As it had done with the Philippines,
in 1917 the U.S. Congress granted
Puerto Ricans the right to elect allof their legislators. The same law
also made the island officially a U.S.
territory and gave its people American citizenship. In 1950 Congress
granted Puerto Rico complete freedom to decide its future. In 1952,
the citizens voted to reject either
statehood or total independence,and chose instead a commonwealthstatus that has endured despite theefforts of a vocal separatist movement. Large numbers of Puerto Ri-cans have settled on the mainland,
to which they have free access andwhere they enjoy all the political andcivil rights of any other citizen of theUnited States.

THE CANAL AND THE
AMERICAST
he war with Spain revived U.S.
interest in building a canal acrossthe isthmus of Panama, uniting thetwo great oceans. The usefulness ofsuch a canal for sea trade had long
been recognized by the major commercial nations of the world; theFrench had begun digging one in
the late 19th century but had been
unable to overcome the engineering
difficulties. Having become a powerin both the Caribbean Sea and thePacific Ocean, the United States saw
a canal as both economically beneficial and a way of providing speediertransfer of warships from one ocean
to the other.
At the turn of the century, what
is now Panama was the rebellious
northern province of Colombia.
When the Colombian legislature in
1903 refused to ratify a treaty giving the United States the right tobuild and manage a canal, a groupof impatient Panamanians, with thesupport of U.S. Marines, rose in rebellion and declared Panamanian
independence. The breakaway country was immediately recognized byPresident Theodore Roosevelt. Under the terms of a treaty signed that
November, Panama granted theUnited States a perpetual lease to a184

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

16-kilometer-wide strip of land (thePanama Canal Zone) between the
Atlantic and the Pacific, in returnfor $10 million and a yearly fee of$250,000. Colombia later received$25 million as partial compensation.
Seventy-five years later, Panama andthe United States negotiated a newtreaty. It provided for Panamaniansovereignty in the Canal Zone andtransfer of the canal to Panama on
December 31, 1999.
The completion of the Panama
Canal in 1914, directed by Colonel
George W. Goethals, was a major
triumph of engineering. The simultaneous conquest of malaria and yellow fever made it possible and was
one of the 20th century’s great featsin preventive medicine.
Elsewhere in Latin America, theUnited States fell into a pattern offitful intervention. Between 1900
and 1920, the United States carriedout sustained interventions in six
Western Hemispheric nations —most notably Haiti, the Dominican
Republic, and Nicaragua. Washington offered a variety of justifications
for these interventions: to establish
political stability and democratic
government, to provide a favorable
environment for U.S. investment(often called dollar diplomacy), tosecure the sea lanes leading to the
Panama Canal, and even to prevent
European countries from forciblycollecting debts. The United States
had pressured the French into removing troops from Mexico in 1867.
Half a century later, however, as partof an ill-starred campaign to influ-

ence the Mexican revolution andstop raids into American territory,
President Woodrow Wilson sent
11,000 troops into the northern partof the country in a futile effort tocapture the elusive rebel and outlaw
Francisco “Pancho” Villa.
Exercising its role as the mostpowerful — and most liberal — ofWestern Hemisphere nations, theUnited States also worked to establish an institutional basis for cooperation among the nations of theAmericas. In 1889 Secretary of StateJames G. Blaine proposed that the 21
independent nations of the Western
Hemisphere join in an organization
dedicated to the peaceful settlementof disputes and to closer economic bonds. The result was the PanAmerican Union, founded in 1890and known today as the Organization of American States (OAS).
The later administrations ofHerbert Hoover (1929-33) andFranklin D. Roosevelt (1933-45) repudiated the right of U.S. intervention in Latin America. In particular,
Roosevelt’s Good Neighbor Policyof the 1930s, while not ending all
tensions between the United Statesand Latin America, helped dissipate
much of the ill-will engendered byearlier U.S. intervention and unilateral actions.

UNITED STATES AND ASIA

N
ewly established in the Philippines and firmly entrenched in Hawaii at the turn of the century, theUnited States had high hopes for a185

CHAPTER 8: GROWTH AND TRANSFORMATION

vigorous trade with China. However,Japan and various European nations
had acquired established spheres ofinfluence there in the form of naval
bases, leased territories, monopolistic trade rights, and exclusive concessions for investing in railway
construction and mining.
Idealism in American foreign
policy existed alongside the desire
to compete with Europe’s imperial powers in the Far East. The U.S.
government thus insisted as a matterof principle upon equality of commercial privileges for all nations.
In September 1899, Secretary ofState John Hay advocated an “OpenDoor” for all nations in China —that is, equality of trading opportunities (including equal tariffs, harbor duties, and railway rates) in theareas Europeans controlled. Despite
its idealistic component, the Open
Door, in essence, was a diplomaticmaneuver that sought the advantages of colonialism while avoiding thestigma of its frank practice. It had
limited success.
With the Boxer Rebellion of 1900,
the Chinese struck out against foreigners. In June, insurgents seized
Beijing and attacked the foreign
legations there. Hay promptly announced to the European powers andJapan that the United States would
oppose any disturbance of Chinese

territorial or administrative rights
and restated the Open Door policy.
Once the rebellion was quelled, Hay
protected China from crushing indemnities. Primarily for the sake ofAmerican goodwill, Great Britain,
Germany, and lesser colonial powers
formally affirmed the Open Door
policy and Chinese independence.
In practice, they consolidated theirprivileged positions in the country.
A few years later, President
Theodore Roosevelt mediated thedeadlocked Russo-Japanese War of
1904-05, in many respects a struggle for power and influence in thenorthern Chinese province of Manchuria. Roosevelt hoped the settlement would provide open-door
opportunities for American business, but the former enemies andother imperial powers succeeded in
shutting the Americans out. Hereas elsewhere, the United States was
unwilling to deploy military force
in the service of economic imperialism. The president could at least
content himself with the award of
the Nobel Peace Prize (1906). Despite gains for Japan, moreover, U.S.
relations with the proud and newly assertive island nation would beintermittently difficult through theearly decades of the 20th century. 9186

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

J.P. MORGAN AND FINANCE CAPITALISM

The rise of American industry required more than great industrialists. Big

industry required big amounts of capital; headlong economic growth required
foreign investors. John Pierpont (J.P.) Morgan was the most important of theAmerican financiers who underwrote both requirements.
During the late 19th and early 20th centuries, Morgan headed thenation’s largest investment banking firm. It brokered American securities to
wealthy elites at home and abroad. Since foreigners needed assurance that
their investments were in a stable currency, Morgan had a strong interest in
keeping the dollar tied to its legal value in gold. In the absence of an official
U.S. central bank, he became the de facto manager of the task.
From the 1880s through the early 20th century, Morgan and Company
not only managed the securities that underwrote many important corporate
consolidations, it actually originated some of them. The most stunning of these
was the U.S. Steel Corporation, which combined Carnegie Steel with several
other companies. Its corporate stock and bonds were sold to investors at thethen-unprecedented sum of $1.4 billion.
Morgan originated, and made large profits from, numerous other mergers. Acting as primary banker to numerous railroads, moreover, he effectively
muted competition among them. His organizational efforts brought stability to
American industry by ending price wars to the disadvantage of farmers andsmall manufacturers, who saw him as an oppressor. In 1901, when he established the Northern Securities Company to control a group of major railroads,
President Theodore Roosevelt authorized a successful Sherman Antitrust Act
suit to break up the merger.
Acting as an unofficial central banker, Morgan took the lead in supporting the dollar during the economic depression of the mid-1890s by marketinga large government bond issue that raised funds to replenish Treasury gold
supplies. At the same time, his firm undertook a short-term guarantee of thenation’s gold reserves. In 1907, he took the lead in organizing the New Yorkfinancial community to prevent a potentially ruinous string of bankruptcies. In
the process, his own firm acquired a large independent steel company, which
it amalgamated with U.S. Steel. President Roosevelt personally approved theaction in order to avert a serious depression.
By then, Morgan’s power was so great that most Americans instinctively
distrusted and disliked him. With some exaggeration, reformers depicted him
as the director of a “money trust” that controlled America. By the time of hisdeath in 1913, the country was in the final stages of at last reestablishing acentral bank, the Federal Reserve System, that would assume much of the responsibility he had exercised unofficially. 

187

188

9

CHAPTERDISCONTENTAND
REFORM

Suffragists march on
Pennsylvania Avenue,
Washington, D.C.,
March 3, 1913.

CHAPTER 9: DISCONTENT AND REFORM“A great democracy will beneither great nor a democracy
if it is not progressive.”
Former President Theodore Roosevelt, circa 1910

AGRARIAN DISTRESS AND
THE RISE OF POPULISM

Iress,n spitelate-19thof their remarkable progcentury American

farmers experienced recurring periods of hardship. Mechanical improvements greatly increased yield
per hectare. The amount of land under cultivation grew rapidly throughout the second half of the century,as the railroads and the gradualdisplacement of the Plains Indians
opened up new areas for western
settlement. A similar expansion ofagricultural lands in countries suchas Canada, Argentina, and Australia
compounded these problems in theinternational market, where muchof U.S. agricultural production was
now sold. Everywhere, heavy supply pushed the price of agriculturalcommodities downward.

Midwestern farmers were increasingly restive over what they
considered
excessive
railroadfreight rates to move their goods
to market. They believed that theprotective tariff, a subsidy to big
business, drove up the price of theirincreasingly expensive equipment.
Squeezed by low market prices
and high costs, they resented everheavier debt loads and the banks
that held their mortgages. Even theweather was hostile. During the late
1880s droughts devastated the western Great Plains and bankrupted
thousands of settlers.
In the South, the end of slavery
brought major changes. Much agricultural land was now worked bysharecroppers, tenants who gave
up to half of their crop to a landowner for rent, seed, and essential
supplies. An estimated 80 percent

190

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYof the South’s African-American
farmers and 40 percent of its whiteones lived under this debilitating
system. Most were locked in a cycleof debt, from which the only hope ofescape was increased planting. This
led to the over-production of cotton
and tobacco, and thus to declining
prices and the further exhaustionof the soil.
The first organized effort to address general agricultural problems
was by the Patrons of Husbandry,a farmer’s group popularly known
as the Grange Movement. Launchedin 1867 by employees of the U.S.
Department of Agriculture, theGranges focused initially on social
activities to counter the isolation
most farm families encountered.
Women’s participation was actively
encouraged. Spurred by the Panicof 1873, the Grange soon grew to
20,000 chapters and one-and-a-halfmillion members.
The Granges set up their own
marketing systems, stores, processing plants, factories, and cooperatives, but most ultimately failed. The
movement also enjoyed some political success. During the 1870s, a few
states passed “Granger laws,” limiting railroad and warehouse fees.
By 1880 the Grange was in decline
and being replaced by the Farmers’
Alliances, which were similar inmany respects but more overtly political. By 1890 the alliances, initiallyautonomous state organizations,
had about 1.5 million members
from New York to California. A parallel African-American group, theColored Farmers National Alliance,
claimed over a million members.
Federating into two large Northern and Southern blocs, the alliances promoted elaborate economic
programs to “unite the farmers ofAmerica for their protection against
class legislation and the encroachments of concentrated capital.”
By 1890 the level of agrarian distress, fueled by years of hardship andhostility toward the McKinley tariff, was at an all-time high. Working
with sympathetic Democrats in theSouth or small third parties in theWest, the Farmers’ Alliances madea push for political power. A third
political party, the People’s (or Populist) Party, emerged. Never before
in American politics had there been
anything like the Populist fervorthat swept the prairies and cotton
lands. The elections of 1890 brought
the new party into power in a dozen
Southern and Western states, andsent a score of Populist senators andrepresentatives to Congress.
The first Populist convention
was in 1892. Delegates from farm,labor, and reform organizations met
in Omaha, Nebraska, determined tooverturn a U.S. political system they
viewed as hopelessly corrupted by
the industrial and financial trusts.
Their platform stated:
We are met, in the midst of anation brought to the verge ofmoral, political, and material ruin.
Corruption dominates the ballotbox, the legislatures, the Congress,
and touches even the ermine of thebench [courts]. ... From the same191

CHAPTER 9: DISCONTENT AND REFORM

prolific womb of governmental
injustice we breed the two greatclasses — tramps and millionaires.
The pragmatic portion of theirplatform called for the nationalization of the railroads; a low tariff; loans secured by non-perishable
crops stored in government-owned
warehouses; and, most explosively,
currency inflation through Treasury
purchase and the unlimited coinage of silver at the “traditional” ratioof 16 ounces of silver to one ounceof gold.
The Populists showed impressive strength in the West and South,
and their candidate for president
polled more than a million votes.
But the currency question soon overshadowed all other issues. Agrarian spokesmen, convinced that their
troubles stemmed from a shortageof money in circulation, argued
that increasing the volume of money would indirectly raise prices forfarm products and drive up industrial wages, thus allowing debts to
be paid with inflated currency. Conservative groups and the financialclasses, on the other hand, responded that the 16:1 price ratio was nearly
twice the market price for silver. A
policy of unlimited purchase would
denude the U.S. Treasury of all its
gold holdings, sharply devalue thedollar, and destroy the purchasing
power of the working and middle
classes. Only the gold standard, theysaid, offered stability.

The financial panic of 1893heightened the tension of this debate. Bank failures abounded in theSouth and Midwest; unemploymentsoared and crop prices fell badly.
The crisis and President Grover
Cleveland’s defense of the gold standard sharply divided the Democratic Party. Democrats who were silver
supporters went over to the Populists as the presidential elections of1896 neared.
The Democratic convention thatyear was swayed by one of the most
famous speeches in U.S. political
history. Pleading with the convention not to “crucify mankind on across of gold,” William Jennings
Bryan, the young Nebraskan champion of silver, won the Democrats’presidential nomination. The Populists also endorsed Bryan.
In the epic contest that followed,
Bryan carried almost all the Southern and Western states. But he lostthe more populated, industrial
North and East — and the election— to Republican candidate William
McKinley.
The following year the country’s
finances began to improve, in partowing to the discovery of gold in
Alaska and the Yukon. This provided a basis for a conservative
expansion of the money supply. In
1898 the Spanish-American War
drew the nation’s attention further
from Populist issues. Populism andthe silver issue were dead. Many ofthe movement’s other reform ideas,
however, lived on.

192

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYTHE STRUGGLES OF LABORT
he life of a 19th-century American industrial worker was hard.

Even in good times wages were low,
hours long, and working conditions
hazardous. Little of the wealth thatthe growth of the nation had generated went to its workers. Moreover,
women and children made up a highpercentage of the work force in someindustries and often received but afraction of the wages a man could
earn. Periodic economic crises swept
the nation, further eroding industrial wages and producing high levelsof unemployment.
At the same time, technological improvements, which added somuch to the nation’s productivity,
continually reduced the demand forskilled labor. Yet the unskilled laborpool was constantly growing, as unprecedented numbers of immigrants— 18 million between 1880 and 1910
— entered the country, eager for
work.
Before 1874, when Massachusettspassed the nation’s first legislation
limiting the number of hours women and child factory workers could
perform to 10 hours a day, virtuallyno labor legislation existed in the
country. It was not until the 1930s
that the federal government would
become actively involved. Until
then, the field was left to the stateand local authorities, few of whomwere as responsive to the workers as
they were to wealthy industrialists.
The laissez-faire capitalism that
dominated the second half of the

19th century and fostered huge concentrations of wealth and power was
backed by a judiciary that time andagain ruled against those who challenged the system. In this, they weremerely following the prevailing philosophy of the times. Drawing on asimplified understanding of Darwinian science, many social thinkers believed that both the growth oflarge business at the expense of small
enterprise and the wealth of a few
alongside the poverty of many was“survival of the fittest,” and an unavoidable by-product of progress.
American workers, especially theskilled among them, appear to have
lived at least as well as their counterparts in industrial Europe. Still,
the social costs were high. As lateas the year 1900, the United States
had the highest job-related fatality
rate of any industrialized nation in
the world. Most industrial workers
still worked a 10-hour day (12 hours
in the steel industry), yet earned lessthan the minimum deemed necessary for a decent life. The number ofchildren in the work force doubled
between 1870 and 1900.
The first major effort to organize workers’ groups on a nationwide basis appeared with the Noble
Order of the Knights of Labor in
1869. Originally a secret, ritualistic
society organized by Philadelphia
garment workers and advocating acooperative program, it was open
to all workers, including African
Americans, women, and farmers.
The Knights grew slowly until its
railway workers’ unit won a strike

193

CHAPTER 9: DISCONTENT AND REFORM

against the great railroad baron, Jay
Gould, in 1885. Within a year theyadded 500,000 workers to their rolls,
but, not attuned to pragmatic tradeunionism and unable to repeat thissuccess, the Knights soon fell into
a decline.
Their place in the labor movement was gradually taken by theAmerican Federation of Labor(AFL). Rather than open membership to all, the AFL, under former cigar union official Samuel Gompers,
was a group of unions focused on
skilled workers. Its objectives were“pure and simple” and apolitical: increasing wages, reducing hours, andimproving working conditions. It
did much to turn the labor movement away from the socialist viewsof most European labor movements.
Nonetheless, both before thefounding of the AFL and after,
American labor history was violent.
In the Great Rail Strike of 1877, rail
workers across the nation went out
in response to a 10-percent pay cut.
Attempts to break the strike led to rioting and wide-scale destruction inseveral cities: Baltimore, Maryland;
Chicago, Illinois; Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Buffalo, New York; and San
Francisco, California. Federal troops
had to be sent to several locations
before the strike was ended.
Nine years later, in Chicago’s
Haymarket Square incident, someone threw a bomb at police about
to break up an anarchist rally insupport of an ongoing strike at the
McCormick Harvester Company in
Chicago. In the ensuing melee, sevenpolicemen and at least four workers
were reported killed. Some 60 police
officers were injured.
In 1892, at Carnegie’s steel works
in Homestead, Pennsylvania, agroup of 300 Pinkerton detectives
the company had hired to break abitter strike by the Amalgamated
Association of Iron, Steel, and Tin
Workers fought a fierce and losing
gun battle with strikers. The National Guard was called in to protect
non-union workers and the strike
was broken. Unions were not let backinto the plant until 1937.
In 1894, wage cuts at the Pullman
Company just outside Chicago led toa strike, which, with the support of
the American Railway Union, soontied up much of the country’s railsystem. As the situation deteriorated, U.S. Attorney General Richard
Olney, himself a former railroad
lawyer, deputized over 3,000 men in
an attempt to keep the rails open.
This was followed by a federal court
injunction against union interference with the trains. When rioting
ensued, President Cleveland sent infederal troops, and the strike was
eventually broken.
The most militant of the strikefavoring unions was the Industrial Workers of the World (IWW).
Formed from an amalgam of unions
fighting for better conditions in theWest’s mining industry, the IWW,
or “Wobblies” as they were commonly known, gained particularprominence from the Colorado mineclashes of 1903 and the singularly
brutal fashion in which they were194

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

put down. Influenced by militantanarchism and openly calling forclass warfare, the Wobblies gained
many adherents after they won a difficult strike battle in the textile millsof Lawrence, Massachusetts, in 1912.
Their call for work stoppages in the
midst of World War I, however, led
to a government crackdown in 1917
that virtually destroyed them.

THE REFORM IMPULSET
he presidential election of 1900
gave the American people a chance

to pass judgment on the Republicanadministration of President McKinley, especially its foreign policy.
Meeting at Philadelphia, the Republicans expressed jubilation over the
successful outcome of the war with
Spain, the restoration of prosperity,and the effort to obtain new markets through the Open Door policy.
McKinley easily defeated his opponent, once again William Jennings
Bryan. But the president did notlive to enjoy his victory. In September 1901, while attending an exposition in Buffalo, New York, he wasshot down by an assassin, the thirdpresident to be assassinated since the
Civil War.
Theodore Roosevelt, McKinley’s
vice president, assumed the presidency. Roosevelt’s accession coincided with a new epoch in American
political life and international relations. The continent was peopled;the frontier was disappearing. A
small, formerly struggling republic had become a world power. The

country’s political foundations had
endured the vicissitudes of foreign
and civil war, the tides of prosperity and depression. Immense strides
had been made in agriculture andindustry. Free public education had
been largely realized and a free press
maintained. The ideal of religious
freedom had been sustained. The
influence of big business was now
more firmly entrenched than ever,
however, and local and municipal
government often was in the handsof corrupt politicians.
In response to the excesses of
19th-century capitalism and political corruption, a reform movement
called “progressivism” arose, whichgave American politics and thought
its special character from approximately 1890 until the American entry into World War I in 1917. The
Progressives had diverse objectives. In general, however, they saw
themselves as engaged in a democratic crusade against the abuses ofurban political bosses and the corrupt “robber barons” of big business.
Their goals were greater democracy
and social justice, honest government, more effective regulation ofbusiness, and a revived commitment
to public service. They believed that
expanding the scope of government
would ensure the progress of U.S. society and the welfare of its citizens.
The years 1902 to 1908 marked
the era of greatest reform activity,
as writers and journalists strongly
protested practices and principles
inherited from the 18th-century
rural republic that were proving

195CHAPTER 9: DISCONTENT AND REFORM

inadequate for a 20th-century urban state. Years before, in 1873, thecelebrated author Mark Twain had
exposed American society to critical scrutiny in The Gilded Age. Now,
trenchant articles dealing withtrusts, high finance, impure foods,
and abusive railroad practices began to appear in the daily newspapers and in such popular magazinesas McClure’s and Collier’s. Their authors, such as the journalist Ida M.
Tarbell, who crusaded against theStandard Oil Trust, became known
as “muckrakers.”
In his sensational novel, The
Jungle, Upton Sinclair exposed unsanitary conditions in the great
Chicago meat-packing houses andcondemned the grip of the beeftrust on the nation’s meat supply.
Theodore Dreiser, in his novels The
Financier and The Titan, made iteasy for laymen to understand themachinations of big business. Frank
Norris’s The Octopus assailed amoral railroad management; his The Pit
depicted secret manipulations on
the Chicago grain market. Lincoln
Steffens’s The Shame of the Cities
bared local political corruption.
This “literature of exposure” roused
people to action.
The hammering impact of uncompromising writers and an increasingly aroused public spurred
political leaders to take practicalmeasures. Many states enacted laws
to improve the conditions underwhich people lived and worked. At
the urging of such prominent social critics as Jane Addams, childlabor laws were strengthened andnew ones adopted, raising age
limits, shortening work hours, restricting night work, and requiring
school attendance.

ROOSEVELT’S REFORMSB
y the early 20th century, mostof the larger cities and more thanhalf the states had established aneight-hour day on public works.
Equally important were the workman’s compensation laws, which
made employers legally responsiblefor injuries sustained by employees
at work. New revenue laws were also
enacted, which, by taxing inheritances, incomes, and the property
or earnings of corporations, sought
to place the burden of governmenton those best able to pay.
It was clear to many people— notably President Theodore
Roosevelt and Progressive leaders in
the Congress (foremost among them
Wisconsin Senator Robert La Follette) — that most of the problems
reformers were concerned about
could be solved only if dealt with ona national scale. Roosevelt declared
his determination to give all the
American people a “Square Deal.”
During his first term, he initiateda policy of increased government supervision through the enforcementof antitrust laws. With his backing, Congress passed the Elkins Act(1903), which greatly restricted therailroad practice of giving rebates
to favored shippers. The act madepublished rates the lawful standard,

196

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

and shippers equally liable withrailroads for rebates. Meanwhile,
Congress had created a new Cabinet Department of Commerce andLabor, which included a Bureau of
Corporations empowered to investigate the affairs of large business aggregations.
Roosevelt won acclaim as a“trust-buster,” but his actual attitude toward big business was complex. Economic concentration, hebelieved, was inevitable. Some trusts
were “good,” some “bad.” The task ofgovernment was to make reasonabledistinctions. When, for example, theBureau of Corporations discoveredin 1907 that the American Sugar Refining Company had evaded importduties, subsequent legal actions recovered more than $4 million andconvicted several company officials.
The Standard Oil Company was indicted for receiving secret rebatesfrom the Chicago and Alton Railroad, convicted, and fined a staggering $29 million.
Roosevelt’s striking personality
and his trust-busting activities captured the imagination of the ordinary
individual; approval of his progressive measures cut across party lines.
In addition, the abounding prosperity of the country at this time led
people to feel satisfied with the party
in office. He won an easy victory in
the 1904 presidential election.
Emboldened by a sweeping electoral triumph, Roosevelt called forstronger railroad regulation. In June
1906 Congress passed the HepburnAct. It gave the Interstate CommerceCommission real authority in regulating rates, extended the commission’s jurisdiction, and forced therailroads to surrender their interlocking interests in steamship lines
and coal companies.
Other congressional measurescarried the principle of federal control still further. The Pure Food andDrug Act of 1906 prohibited the useof any “deleterious drug, chemical,
or preservative” in prepared medicines and foods. The Meat Inspection Act of the same year mandated
federal inspection of all meat-packing establishments engaged in interstate commerce.
Conservation of the nation’s natural resources, managed development of the public domain, and thereclamation of wide stretches of neglected land were among the othermajor achievements of the Roosevelt
era. Roosevelt and his aides weremore than conservationists, but given the helter-skelter exploitation of
public resources that had preceded
them, conservation loomed large on
their agenda. Whereas his predecessors had set aside 18,800,000 hectares of timberland for preservationand parks, Roosevelt increased thearea to 59,200,000 hectares. They
also began systematic efforts to prevent forest fires and to re-timber denuded tracts.

TAFT AND WILSON

R
oosevelt’s popularity was at its
peak as the campaign of 1908 neared,
but he was unwilling to break the197CHAPTER 9: DISCONTENT AND REFORM

tradition by which no president had
held office for more than two terms.
Instead, he supported William Howard Taft, who had served under him
as governor of the Philippines andsecretary of war. Taft, pledging tocontinue Roosevelt’s programs, defeated Bryan, who was running forthe third and last time.
The new president continued theprosecution of trusts with less discrimination than Roosevelt, further
strengthened the Interstate Commerce Commission, established apostal savings bank and a parcel post
system, expanded the civil service,and sponsored the enactment of two
amendments to the Constitution,
both adopted in 1913.
The 16th Amendment, ratified just before Taft left office, authorized a federal income tax; the17th Amendment, approved a few
months later, mandated the directelection of senators by the people,
instead of state legislatures. Yet balanced against these progressive measures was Taft’s acceptance of a new
tariff with higher protective schedules; his opposition to the entry of
the state of Arizona into the Union
because of its liberal constitution;and his growing reliance on the conservative wing of his party.
By 1910 Taft’s party was bitterly
divided. Democrats gained control
of Congress in the midterm elections. Two years later, Woodrow
Wilson, the Democratic, progressive
governor of the state of New Jersey,
campaigned against Taft, the Republican candidate — and also against

Roosevelt who ran as the candidateof a new Progressive Party. Wilson,
in a spirited campaign, defeated both
rivals.
During his first term, Wilson
secured one of the most notable legislative programs in American history. The first task was tariff revision.
“The tariff duties must be altered,”
Wilson said. “We must abolish everything that bears any semblanceof privilege.” The Underwood Tariff,
signed on October 3, 1913, provided
substantial rate reductions on imported raw materials and foodstuffs,
cotton and woolen goods, iron andsteel; it removed the duties from
more than a hundred other items.
Although the act retained many protective features, it was a genuine attempt to lower the cost of living. To
compensate for lost revenues, it established a modest income tax.
The second item on the Democratic program was a long overdue,
thorough reorganization of the ramshackle banking and currency system. “Control,” said Wilson, “mustbe public, not private, must be vested
in the government itself, so that thebanks may be the instruments, notthe masters, of business and of individual enterprise and initiative.”
The Federal Reserve Act of December 23, 1913, was Wilson’s mostenduring legislative accomplishment. Conservatives had favored
establishment of one powerful central bank. The new act, in line with
the Democratic Party’s Jeffersonian
sentiments, divided the country into
12 districts, with a Federal Reserve

198

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYBank in each, all supervised by a national Federal Reserve Board withlimited authority to set interest rates.
The act assured greater flexibility inthe money supply and made provision for issuing federal-reserve notes
to meet business demands. Greater
centralization of the system would
come in the 1930s.
The next important task wastrust regulation and investigation of
corporate abuses. Congress authorized a Federal Trade Commission
to issue orders prohibiting “unfair
methods of competition” by business concerns in interstate trade.
The Clayton Antitrust Act forbade
many corporate practices that had
thus far escaped specific condemnation: interlocking directorates,
price discrimination among purchasers, use of the injunction inlabor disputes, and ownership by
one corporation of stock in similar
enterprises.
Farmers and other workers were
not forgotten. The Smith-Lever Act

of 1914 established an “extension
system” of county agents to assist
farming throughout the country.
Subsequent acts made credit available to farmers at low rates of interest. The Seamen’s Act of 1915
improved living and working conditions on board ships. The Federal Workingman’s Compensation
Act in 1916 authorized allowances
to civil service employees for disabilities incurred at work and established a model for private enterprise.
The Adamson Act of the same year
established an eight-hour day forrailroad labor.
This record of achievement won
Wilson a firm place in American
history as one of the nation’s foremost progressive reformers. However, his domestic reputation would
soon be overshadowed by his record
as a wartime president who led his
country to victory but could not
hold the support of his people forthe peace that followed. 
9199

CHAPTER 9: DISCONTENT AND REFORM

A NATION OF NATIONS

No country’s history has been more closely bound to immigration than thatof the United States. During the first 15 years of the 20th century alone, over
13 million people came to the United States, many passing through Ellis
Island, the federal immigration center that opened in New York harbor in
1892. (Though no longer in service, Ellis Island reopened in 1992 as amonument to the millions who crossed the nation’s threshold there.)
The first official census in 1790 had numbered Americans at 3,929,214.
Approximately half of the population of the original 13 states was of English
origin; the rest were Scots-Irish, German, Dutch, French, Swedish, Welsh,
and Finnish. These white Europeans were mostly Protestants. A fifth of the
population was enslaved Africans.
From early on, Americans viewed immigrants as a necessary resource foran expanding country. As a result, few official restrictions were placed upon
immigration into the United States until the 1920s. As more and more immigrants arrived, however, some Americans became fearful that their culture
was threatened.
The Founding Fathers, especially Thomas Jefferson, had been ambivalentover whether or not the United States ought to welcome arrivals from every
corner of the globe. Jefferson wondered whether democracy could ever rest
safely in the hands of men from countries that revered monarchs or replacedroyalty with mob rule. However, few supported closing the gates to newcomers
in a country desperate for labor.
Immigration lagged in the late 18th and early 19th centuries as wars disrupted trans-Atlantic travel and European governments restricted movement
to retain young men of military age. Still, as European populations increased,
more people on the same land constricted the size of farming lots to a point
where families could barely survive. Moreover, cottage industries were falling
victim to an Industrial Revolution that was mechanizing production. Thousands of artisans unwilling or unable to find jobs in factories were out of workin Europe.
In the mid-1840s millions more made their way to the United States asa result of a potato blight in Ireland and continual revolution in the German
homelands. Meanwhile, a trickle of Chinese immigrants, most from impoverished Southeastern China, began to make their way to the American West
Coast.
Almost 19 million people arrived in the United States between 1890 and
1921, the year Congress first passed severe restrictions. Most of these immi200

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

grants were from Italy, Russia, Poland, Greece, and the Balkans. Non-Europeans came, too: east from Japan, south from Canada, and north from Mexico.
By the early 1920s, an alliance was forged between wage-conscious
organized labor and those who called for restricted immigration on racial or
religious grounds, such as the Ku Klux Klan and the Immigration Restriction
League. The Johnson-Reed Immigration Act of 1924 permanently curtailed
the influx of newcomers with quotas calculated on nation of origin.
The Great Depression of the 1930s dramatically slowed immigration still
further. With public opinion generally opposed to immigration, even for persecuted European minorities, relatively few refugees found sanctuary in the
United States after Adolf Hitler’s ascent to power in 1933.
Throughout the postwar decades, the United States continued to cling
to nationally based quotas. Supporters of the McCarran-Walter Act of 1952
argued that quota relaxation might inundate the United States with Marxist
subversives from Eastern Europe.
In 1965 Congress replaced national quotas with hemispheric ones. Relatives of U.S. citizens received preference, as did immigrants with job skills
in short supply in the United States. In 1978 the hemispheric quotas were
replaced by a worldwide ceiling of 290,000, a limit reduced to 270,000 after
passage of the Refugee Act of 1980.
Since the mid-1970s, the United States has experienced a fresh wave ofimmigration, with arrivals from Asia, Africa, and Latin America transforming
communities throughout the country. Current estimates suggest a total annual
arrival of approximately 600,000 legal newcomers to the United States.
Because immigrant and refugee quotas remain well under demand, however, illegal immigration is still a major problem. Mexicans and other Latin
Americans daily cross the Southwestern U.S. borders to find work, higher
wages, and improved education and health care for their families. Likewise,
there is a substantial illegal migration from countries like China and other
Asian nations. Estimates vary, but some suggest that as many as 600,000
illegals per year arrive in the United States.
Large surges of immigration have historically created social strains alongwith economic and cultural dividends. Deeply ingrained in most Americans,however, is the conviction that the Statue of Liberty does, indeed, stand as asymbol for the United States as she lifts her lamp before the “golden door,”
welcoming those “yearning to breathe free.” This belief, and the sure knowledge that their forebears were once immigrants, has kept the United States anation of nations. 

201

202

10
CHAPTERWAR,
PROSPERITY,AND
DEPRESSION

Depression era soup line,
1930s.

CHAPTER 10: WAR, PROSPERITY, AND DEPRESSION“The chief businessof the American people
is business.”
President Calvin Coolidge, 1925

WAR AND NEUTRAL RIGHTS

T
o the American public of 1914,
the outbreak of war in Europe —with Germany and Austria-Hungary fighting Britain, France, andRussia — came as a shock. At firstthe encounter seemed remote, but
its economic and political effects
were swift and deep. By 1915 U.S.
industry, which had been mildly depressed, was prospering again withmunitions orders from the Western Allies. Both sides used propaganda to arouse the public passionsof Americans — a third of whomwere either foreign-born or had one
or two foreign-born parents. Moreover, Britain and Germany both acted against U.S. shipping on the highseas, bringing sharp protests fromPresident Woodrow Wilson.
Britain, which controlled theseas, stopped and searched Ameri-can carriers, confiscating “contraband” bound for Germany. Germany employed its major naval weapon,
the submarine, to sink shipping
bound for Britain or France. President Wilson warned that the UnitedStates would not forsake its traditional right as a neutral to trade withbelligerent nations. He also declaredthat the nation would hold Germany to “strict accountability” for theloss of American vessels or lives. On
May 7, 1915, a German submarine
sunk the British liner Lusitania, killing 1,198 people, 128 of them Americans. Wilson, reflecting American
outrage, demanded an immediate
halt to attacks on liners and merchant ships.
Anxious to avoid war with theUnited States, Germany agreed togive warning to commercial vessels — even if they flew the enemy
flag — before firing on them. But

204

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

after two more attacks — the sinking of the British steamer Arabic in
August 1915, and the torpedoing of
the French liner Sussex in March
1916 — Wilson issued an ultimatum
threatening to break diplomatic relations unless Germany abandoned
submarine warfare. Germany agreed
and refrained from further attacks
through the end of the year.
Wilson won reelection in 1916,
partly on the slogan: “He kept us outof war.” Feeling he had a mandate
to act as a peacemaker, he delivereda speech to the Senate, January 22,
1917, urging the warring nations to
accept a “peace without victory.”

UNITED STATES ENTERS
WORLD WAR IOn January 31, 1917, however, theGerman government resumed un-

restricted submarine warfare. After
five U.S. vessels were sunk, Wilson
on April 2, 1917, asked for a declaration of war. Congress quickly approved. The government rapidly
mobilized military resources, industry, labor, and agriculture. By October 1918, on the eve of Allied victory,
a U.S. army of over 1,750,000 had
been deployed in France.
In the summer of 1918, freshAmerican troops under the command of General John J. Pershingplayed a decisive role in stopping alast-ditch German offensive. Thatfall, Americans were key participants in the Meuse-Argonne offensive, which cracked Germany’svaunted Hindenburg Line.

President Wilson contributed
greatly to an early end to the war
by defining American war aims thatcharacterized the struggle as being waged not against the German
people but against their autocratic
government. His Fourteen Points,
submitted to the Senate in January
1918, called for: abandonment of secret international agreements; freedom of the seas; free trade between
nations; reductions in national armaments; an adjustment of colonialclaims in the interests of the inhabitants affected; self-rule for subjugatedEuropean nationalities; and, mostimportantly, the establishment ofan association of nations to afford“mutual guarantees of political independence and territorial integrity togreat and small states alike.”
In October 1918, the German government, facing certain defeat, appealed to Wilson to negotiate on thebasis of the Fourteen Points. Aftera month of secret negotiations thatgave Germany no firm guarantees,
an armistice (technically a truce, but
actually a surrender) was concludedon November 11.

THE LEAGUE OF NATIONS

Itreaty,t was Wilson’s hope that the final
drafted by the victors, would

be even-handed, but the passion andmaterial sacrifice of more than four
years of war caused the European
Allies to make severe demands. Persuaded that his greatest hope forpeace, a League of Nations, would
never be realized unless he made205

CHAPTER 10: WAR, PROSPERITY, AND DEPRESSION

concessions, Wilson compromised
somewhat on the issues of self-determination, open diplomacy, andother specifics. He successfully resisted French demands for the entire
Rhineland, and somewhat moderated that country’s insistence uponcharging Germany the whole cost of
the war. The final agreement (theTreaty of Versailles), however, provided for French occupation of thecoal- and iron-rich Saar Basin, anda very heavy burden of reparations
upon Germany.
In the end, there was little left ofWilson’s proposals for a generous
and lasting peace but the League of
Nations itself, which he had madean integral part of the treaty. Displaying poor judgment, however, thepresident had failed to involve leading Republicans in the treaty negotiations. Returning with a partisan
document, he then refused to makeconcessions necessary to satisfy Republican concerns about protecting
American sovereignty.
With the treaty stalled in a Senate
committee, Wilson began a national
tour to appeal for support. On September 25, 1919, physically ravagedby the rigors of peacemaking andthe pressures of the wartime presidency, he suffered a crippling stroke.
Critically ill for weeks, he never fully
recovered. In two separate votes —November 1919 and March 1920 —the Senate once again rejected the
Versailles Treaty and with it the
League of Nations.
The League of Nations would
never be capable of maintaining

world order. Wilson’s defeat showedthat the American people were notyet ready to play a commanding role
in world affairs. His utopian vision
had briefly inspired the nation, but
its collision with reality quickly led
to widespread disillusion with world
affairs. America reverted to its instinctive isolationism.

POSTWAR UNRESTT
he transition from war to peace
was tumultuous. A postwar eco-nomic boom coexisted with rapid
increases in consumer prices. Labor unions that had refrained fromstriking during the war engaged inseveral major job actions. During thesummer of 1919, several race riots occurred, reflecting apprehension overthe emergence of a “New Negro”
who had seen military service or gone
north to work in the war industry.
Reaction to these events mergedwith a widespread national fear of
a new international revolutionary
movement. In 1917, the Bolsheviks
had seized power in Russia; after thewar, they attempted revolutions inGermany and Hungary. By 1919, it
seemed they had come to America.
Excited by the Bolshevik example,
large numbers of militants split
from the Socialist Party to found
what would become the Communist Party of the United States. In
April 1919, the postal service intercepted nearly 40 bombs addressed toprominent citizens. Attorney General A. Mitchell Palmer’s residencein Washington was bombed. Palmer,

206

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

in turn, authorized federal roundupsof radicals and deported many whowere not citizens. Strikes were often
blamed on radicals and depicted as
the opening shots of a revolution.
Palmer’s dire warnings fueled a“Red Scare” that subsided by mid1920. Even a murderous bombing in
Wall Street in September failed to reawaken it. From 1919 on, however, acurrent of militant hostility toward
revolutionary communism would
simmer not far beneath the surfaceof American life.

THE BOOMING 1920s

W
ilson, distracted by the war,
then laid low by his stroke, had mis-handled almost every postwar issue. The booming economy began
to collapse in mid-1920. The Republican candidates for president andvice president, Warren G. Harding
and Calvin Coolidge, easily defeatedtheir Democratic opponents, James
M. Cox and Franklin D. Roosevelt.
Following ratification of the 19th
Amendment to the Constitution,
women voted in a presidential election for the first time.
The first two years of Harding’s
administration saw a continuanceof the economic recession that had
begun under Wilson. By 1923, however, prosperity was back. For the
next six years the country enjoyed
the strongest economy in its history,
at least in urban areas. Governmental economic policy during the 1920s
was eminently conservative. It was
based upon the belief that if govern-

ment fostered private business, benefits would radiate out to most of therest of the population.
Accordingly, the Republicans
tried to create the most favorable
conditions for U.S. industry. The
Fordney-McCumber Tariff of 1922
and the Hawley-Smoot Tariff of1930 brought American trade barriers to new heights, guaranteeing U.S.
manufacturers in one field after
another a monopoly of the domestic market, but blocking a healthy
trade with Europe that would havereinvigorated the international
economy. Occurring at the beginning of the Great Depression, Hawley-Smoot triggered retaliation fromother manufacturing nations andcontributed greatly to a collapsing
cycle of world trade that intensified
world economic misery.
The federal government also started a program of tax cuts, reflecting
Treasury Secretary Andrew Mellon’s
belief that high taxes on individual
incomes and corporations discouraged investment in new industrial
enterprises. Congress, in laws passed
between 1921 and 1929, responded
favorably to his proposals.
“The chief business of the American people is business,” declared
Calvin Coolidge, the Vermont-born
vice president who succeeded to thepresidency in 1923 after Harding’s
death, and was elected in his own
right in 1924. Coolidge hewed to theconservative economic policies of
the Republican Party, but he was amuch abler administrator than thehapless Harding, whose administra-

207

CHAPTER 10: WAR, PROSPERITY, AND DEPRESSION

tion was mired in charges of corruption in the months before his death.
Throughout the 1920s, private
business received substantial encouragement, including construction loans, profitable mail-carrying
contracts, and other indirect subsidies. The Transportation Act of 1920,
for example, had already restored to
private management the nation’s
railways, which had been under government control during the war. The
Merchant Marine, which had been
owned and largely operated by thegovernment, was sold to private operators.
Republican policies in agriculture, however, faced mounting
criticism, for farmers shared leastin the prosperity of the 1920s. The
period since 1900 had been one ofrising farm prices. The unprecedented wartime demand for U.S.
farm products had provided a strong
stimulus to expansion. But by theclose of 1920, with the abrupt endof wartime demand, the commercial
agriculture of staple crops such as
wheat and corn fell into sharp decline. Many factors accounted forthe depression in American agriculture, but foremost was the loss offoreign markets. This was partly inreaction to American tariff policy,
but also because excess farm production was a worldwide phenomenon.
When the Great Depression struckin the 1930s, it devastated an alreadyfragile farm economy.
The distress of agriculture aside,
the Twenties brought the best life
ever to most Americans. It was thedecade in which the ordinary family purchased its first automobile,obtained refrigerators and vacuum
cleaners, listened to the radio for entertainment, and went regularly tomotion pictures. Prosperity was real
and broadly distributed. The Republicans profited politically, as a result,by claiming credit for it.

TENSIONS OVER
IMMIGRATION

D
uring the 1920s, the UnitedStates sharply restricted foreign im-

migration for the first time in its
history. Large inflows of foreigners
long had created a certain amountof social tension, but most had beenof Northern European stock and, if
not quickly assimilated, at least possessed a certain commonality withmost Americans. By the end of the
19th century, however, the flow was
predominantly from southern andEastern Europe. According to thecensus of 1900, the population of theUnited States was just over 76 million. Over the next 15 years, morethan 15 million immigrants entered
the country.
Around two-thirds of the inflow
consisted of “newer” nationalities
and ethnic groups — Russian Jews,
Poles, Slavic peoples, Greeks, southern Italians. They were non-Protestant, non-“Nordic,” and, many
Americans feared, nonassimilable.
They did hard, often dangerous,
low-pay work — but were accusedof driving down the wages of nativeborn Americans. Settling in squalid

208

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

urban ethnic enclaves, the new immigrants were seen as maintaining
Old World customs, getting alongwith very little English, and supporting unsavory political machinesthat catered to their needs. Nativists
wanted to send them back to Europe;social workers wanted to Americanize them. Both agreed that they werea threat to American identity.
Halted by World War I, mass
immigration resumed in 1919, butquickly ran into determined opposition from groups as varied as theAmerican Federation of Labor andthe reorganized Ku Klux Klan. Millions of old-stock Americans who
belonged to neither organization accepted commonly held assumptions
about the inferiority of non-Nordics
and backed restrictions. Of course,
there were also practical arguments
in favor of a maturing nation puttingsome limits on new arrivals.
In 1921, Congress passed a sharply restrictive emergency immigration act. It was supplanted in 1924 by
the Johnson-Reed National Origins
Act, which established an immigration quota for each nationality. Those
quotas were pointedly based on thecensus of 1890, a year in which thenewer immigration had not yet left
its mark. Bitterly resented by southern and Eastern European ethnic
groups, the new law reduced immigration to a trickle. After 1929, theeconomic impact of the Great Depression would reduce the trickle toa reverse flow — until refugees from
European fascism began to press foradmission to the country.

CLASH OF CULTURESS
ome Americans expressed theirdiscontent with the character ofmodern life in the 1920s by focusing on family and religion, as anincreasingly urban, secular society
came into conflict with older rural
traditions. Fundamentalist preachers such as Billy Sunday provided anoutlet for many who yearned for a
return to a simpler past.
Perhaps the most dramatic demonstration of this yearning was thereligious fundamentalist crusadethat pitted Biblical texts against the
Darwinian theory of biological evolution. In the 1920s, bills to prohibit
the teaching of evolution began appearing in Midwestern and Southern state legislatures. Leading thiscrusade was the aging William Jennings Bryan, long a spokesman for
the values of the countryside as well
as a progressive politician. Bryanskillfully reconciled his anti-evolutionary activism with his earlier
economic radicalism, declaring thatevolution “by denying the need or
possibility of spiritual regeneration,
discourages all reforms.”
The issue came to a head in 1925,
when a young high school teacher,John Scopes, was prosecuted for violating a Tennessee law that forbade
the teaching of evolution in the public schools. The case became a national spectacle, drawing intense news
coverage. The American Civil Liberties Union retained the renowned
attorney Clarence Darrow to defend
Scopes. Bryan wrangled an appoint-209

CHAPTER 10: WAR, PROSPERITY, AND DEPRESSION

ment as special prosecutor, then foolishly allowed Darrow to call him asa hostile witness. Bryan’s confused
defense of Biblical passages as literalrather than metaphorical truth drewwidespread criticism. Scopes, nearly
forgotten in the fuss, was convicted,
but his fine was reversed on a technicality. Bryan died shortly after thetrial ended. The state wisely declined
to retry Scopes. Urban sophisticatesridiculed fundamentalism, but it
continued to be a powerful force inrural, small-town America.
Another example of a powerful clash of cultures — one with
far greater national consequences— was Prohibition. In 1919, afteralmost a century of agitation, the18th Amendment to the Constitution was enacted, prohibiting the
manufacture, sale, or transportationof alcoholic beverages. Intended toeliminate the saloon and the drunkard from American society, Prohibition created thousands of illegal
drinking places called “speakeasies,”
made intoxication fashionable, andcreated a new form of criminal activity — the transportation of illegal liquor, or “bootlegging.” Widely
observed in rural America, openly
evaded in urban America, Prohibition was an emotional issue in theprosperous Twenties. When the Depression hit, it seemed increasingly
irrelevant. The 18th Amendment
would be repealed in 1933.
Fundamentalism and Prohibition
were aspects of a larger reaction toa modernist social and intellectual
revolution most visible in changing

manners and morals that caused
the decade to be called the Jazz Age,the Roaring Twenties, or the era of“flaming youth.” World War I had
overturned the Victorian social andmoral order. Mass prosperity enabled an open and hedonistic life
style for the young middle classes.
The leading intellectuals were
supportive. H.L. Mencken, the decade’s most important social critic,
was unsparing in denouncing shamand venality in American life. He
usually found these qualities in rural areas and among businessmen.
His counterparts of the progressive
movement had believed in “the people” and sought to extend democracy. Mencken, an elitist and admirerof Nietzsche, bluntly called democratic man a boob and characterized
the American middle class as the“booboisie.”
Novelist F. Scott Fitzgerald captured the energy, turmoil, and disillusion of the decade in such works
as The Beautiful and the Damned(1922) and The Great Gatsby (1925).
Sinclair Lewis, the first American to
win a Nobel Prize for literature, satirized mainstream America in Main
Street (1920) and Babbitt (1922). Ernest Hemingway vividly portrayed
the malaise wrought by the war in
The Sun Also Rises (1926) and A
Farewell to Arms (1929). Fitzgerald,
Hemingway, and many other writers dramatized their alienation from
America by spending much of thedecade in Paris.
African-American culture flowered. Between 1910 and 1930, huge210

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

numbers of African Americans
moved from the South to the Northin search of jobs and personal freedom. Most settled in urban areas,
especially New York City’s Harlem, Detroit, and Chicago. In 1910
W.E.B. DuBois and other intellectuals had founded the National
Association for the Advancementof Colored People (NAACP), which
helped African Americans gain a national voice that would grow in importance with the passing years.
An African-American literary
and artistic movement, called the“Harlem Renaissance,” emerged.
Like the “Lost Generation,” its
writers, such as the poets Langston Hughes and Countee Cullen,
rejected middle-class values andconventional literary forms, evenas they addressed the realities ofAfrican-American experience. African-American musicians — Duke
Ellington, King Oliver, Louis Armstrong — first made jazz a staple ofAmerican culture in the 1920s.

initial American recession became
part of a worldwide depression.
Business houses closed their doors,
factories shut down, banks failed
with the loss of depositors’ savings.
Farm income fell some 50 percent. By
November 1932, approximately oneof every five American workers was
unemployed.
The presidential campaign of1932 was chiefly a debate over thecauses and possible remedies of theGreat Depression. President Herbert Hoover, unlucky in entering
the White House only eight months
before the stock market crash, had
tried harder than any other president
before him to deal with economic
hard times. He had attempted to organize business, had sped up public
works schedules, established the Reconstruction Finance Corporation
to support businesses and financial
institutions, and had secured from areluctant Congress an agency to underwrite home mortgages. Nonetheless, his efforts had little impact, andhe was a picture of defeat.
THE GREAT DEPRESSION
His Democratic opponent, Franklin D. Roosevelt, already popular asn October 1929 the booming stock the governor of New York duringmarket crashed, wiping out many the developing crisis, radiated infecinvestors. The collapse did not in tious optimism. Prepared to use theitself cause the Great Depression, federal government’s authority foralthough it reflected excessively easy even bolder experimental remedies,credit policies that had allowed the he scored a smashing victory — remarket to get out of hand. It also ag- ceiving 22,800,000 popular votes
gravated fragile economies in Europe to Hoover’s 15,700,000. The Unitedthat had relied heavily on American States was about to enter a new era
loans. Over the next three years, an of economic and political change.9

I

211

212

11
CHAPTERTHE
NEW DEALANDWORLD
WAR II

U.S. battleships West
Virginia and Tennessee,
following the Japanese
attack on Pearl Harbor,
December 7, 1941.

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II“We must be
the great arsenalof democracy.”
President Franklin D. Roosevelt, 1941

ROOSEVELT AND THE
NEW DEAL

ID.nRoosevelt,
1933 the new president, Franklin
brought an air of confidence and optimism that quickly
rallied the people to the banner ofhis program, known as the New
Deal. “The only thing we have tofear is fear itself,” the president declared in his inaugural address tothe nation.
In one sense, the New Deal
merely introduced social and economic reforms familiar to many
Europeans for more than a generation. Moreover, the New Deal
represented the culmination of along-range trend toward abandonment of “laissez-faire” capitalism,
going back to the regulation of
the railroads in the 1880s, and theflood of state and national reform
legislation introduced in the Pro-

gressive era of Theodore Roosevelt
and Woodrow Wilson.
What was truly novel about the
New Deal, however, was the speedwith which it accomplished what
previously had taken generations.
Many of its reforms were hastily
drawn and weakly administered;some actually contradicted others.
Moreover, it never succeeded in restoring prosperity. Yet its actions
provided tangible help for millionsof Americans, laid the basis for a
powerful new political coalition,and brought to the individual citizen a sharp revival of interest in
government.

THE FIRST NEW DEAL
Banking and Finance. When Roosevelt took the presidential oath, thebanking and credit system of the nation was in a state of paralysis. With214

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

astonishing rapidity the nation’sbanks were first closed — and thenreopened only if they were solvent.
The administration adopted a policyof moderate currency inflation tostart an upward movement in commodity prices and to afford somerelief to debtors. New governmental agencies brought generous credit
facilities to industry and agriculture. The Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) insured savings-bank deposits up to $5,000.
Federal regulations were imposed
upon the sale of securities on thestock exchange.
Unemployment. Roosevelt faced
unprecedented mass unemployment.
By the time he took office, as manyas 13 million Americans — morethan a quarter of the labor force— were out of work. Bread lines
were a common sight in most cities. Hundreds of thousands roamed
the country in search of food, work,and shelter. “Brother, can you sparea dime?” was the refrain of a popular song.
An early step for the unemployedcame in the form of the Civilian
Conservation Corps (CCC), a program that brought relief to young
men between 18 and 25 years of age.
CCC enrollees worked in camps administered by the army. About two
million took part during the decade.
They participated in a variety ofconservation projects: planting trees
to combat soil erosion and maintainnational forests; eliminating stream
pollution; creating fish, game, andbird sanctuaries; and conserving
coal, petroleum, shale, gas, sodium,and helium deposits.
A Public Works Administration (PWA) provided employment
for skilled construction workers on
a wide variety of mostly mediumto large-sized projects. Among themost memorable of its many accomplishments were the Bonneville andGrand Coulee Dams in the PacificNorthwest, a new Chicago sewer system, the Triborough Bridge in New
York City, and two aircraft carriers(Yorktown and Enterprise) for the
U.S. Navy.
The Tennessee Valley Authority(TVA), both a work relief programand an exercise in public planning,developed the impoverished Tennessee River valley area through a series of dams built for flood control
and hydroelectric power generation.
Its provision of cheap electricity forthe area stimulated some economic
progress, but won it the enmity ofprivate electric companies. New
Dealers hailed it as an example of“grassroots democracy.”
The Federal Emergency Relief
Administration (FERA), in operation from 1933 to 1935, distributed
direct relief to hundreds of thousands of people, usually in the formof direct payments. Sometimes, it
assumed the salaries of schoolteachers and other local public service
workers. It also developed numerous
small-scale public works projects, as
did the Civil Works Administration (CWA) from late 1933 into thespring of 1934. Criticized as “make215

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

work,” the jobs funded ranged fromditch digging to highway repairs
to teaching. Roosevelt and his key
officials worried about costs but
continued to favor unemployment
programs based on work relief rather than welfare.
Agriculture. In the spring of 1933,
the agricultural sector of the economy was in a state of collapse. It thereby provided a laboratory for the New
Dealers’ belief that greater regulation
would solve many of the country’s
problems. In 1933, Congress passed
the Agricultural Adjustment Act(AAA) to provide economic relief
to farmers. The AAA proposed toraise crop prices by paying farmers
a subsidy to compensate for voluntary cutbacks in production. Funds
for the payments would be generated by a tax levied on industries thatprocessed crops. By the time the act
had become law, however, the growing season was well under way, and
the AAA paid farmers to plow under
their abundant crops. Crop reduction and further subsidies throughthe Commodity Credit Corporation,
which purchased commodities to be
kept in storage, drove output down
and farm prices up.
Between 1932 and 1935, farmincome increased by more than 50
percent, but only partly because offederal programs. During the same
years that farmers were being encouraged to take land out of production — displacing tenants andsharecroppers — a severe drought
hit the Plains states. Violent windand dust storms during the 1930s
created what became known as the“Dust Bowl.” Crops were destroyed
and farms ruined.
By 1940, 2.5 million people had
moved out of the Plains states, thelargest migration in American history. Of those, 200,000 moved to California. The migrants were not only
farmers, but also professionals, retailers, and others whose livelihoods
were connected to the health of the
farm communities. Many ended upcompeting for seasonal jobs picking
crops at extremely low wages.
The government provided aid
in the form of the Soil Conservation Service, established in 1935.
Farm practices that damaged thesoil had intensified the impact of thedrought. The service taught farmers
measures to reduce erosion. In addition, almost 30,000 kilometers oftrees were planted to break the forceof winds.
Although the AAA had beenmostly successful, it was abandonedin 1936, when its tax on food processors was ruled unconstitutionalby the Supreme Court. Congress
quickly passed a farm-relief act,
which authorized the government tomake payments to farmers who took
land out of production for the purpose of soil conservation. In 1938,
with a pro-New Deal majority on theSupreme Court, Congress reinstated
the AAA.
By 1940 nearly six million farmers were receiving federal subsidies.
New Deal programs also providedloans on surplus crops, insurance for216

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

wheat, and a system of planned storage to ensure a stable food supply.
Economic stability for the farmer
was substantially achieved, albeit atgreat expense and with extraordinary government oversight.
Industry and Labor. The National
Recovery Administration (NRA),
established in 1933 with the National Industrial Recovery Act (NIRA),
attempted to end cutthroat competition by setting codes of fair competitive practice to generate more jobs
and thus more buying. Althoughwelcomed initially, the NRA wassoon criticized for over-regulation
and was unable to achieve industrial
recovery. It was declared unconstitutional in 1935.
The NIRA had guaranteed tolabor the right of collective bargaining through labor unions representing individual workers, but the
NRA had failed to overcome strong
business opposition to independent
unionism. After its demise in 1935,
Congress passed the National Labor
Relations Act, which restated thatguarantee and prohibited employers
from unfairly interfering with union
activities. It also created the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB)
to supervise collective bargaining,
administer elections, and ensure
workers the right to choose the organization that should represent themin dealing with employers.
The great progress made in labororganization brought working people a growing sense of common interests, and labor’s power increased

not only in industry but also in politics. Roosevelt’s Democratic Party
benefited enormously from thesedevelopments.

THE SECOND NEW DEAL

Isponsoredn its early years, the New Deala remarkable series oflegislative initiatives and achieved
significant increases in production
and prices — but it did not bringan end to the Depression. As thesense of immediate crisis eased, newdemands emerged. Businessmenmourned the end of “laissez-faire”
and chafed under the regulationsof the NIRA. Vocal attacks also
mounted from the political left
and right as dreamers, schemers,
and politicians alike emerged witheconomic panaceas that drew wide
audiences. Dr. Francis E. Townsend
advocated generous old-age pensions.
Father Charles Coughlin, the “radio
priest,” called for inflationary policies
and blamed international bankers
in speeches increasingly pepperedwith anti-Semitic imagery. Most
formidably, Senator Huey P. Longof Louisiana, an eloquent and ruthless spokesman for the displaced,advocated a radical redistributionof wealth. (If he had not beenassassinated in September 1935, Long
very likely would have launched apresidential challenge to Franklin
Roosevelt in 1936.)
In the face of these pressures,
President Roosevelt backed a new
set of economic and social measures. Prominent among them were217

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

measures to fight poverty, create
more work for the unemployed, andprovide a social safety net.
The Works Progress Administration (WPA), the principal relief
agency of the so-called second New
Deal, was the biggest public works
agency yet. It pursued small-scale
projects throughout the country,
constructing buildings, roads, airports, and schools. Actors, painters,
musicians, and writers were employed through the Federal Theater
Project, the Federal Art Project,
and the Federal Writers Project.
The National Youth Administration gave part-time employment
to students, established training
programs, and provided aid to unemployed youth. The WPA only included about three million joblessat a time; when it was abandonedin 1943, it had helped a total of ninemillion people.
The New Deal’s cornerstone, according to Roosevelt, was the Social
Security Act of 1935. Social Security
created a system of state-administered welfare payments for the poor,
unemployed, and disabled based onmatching state and federal contributions. It also established a national
system of retirement benefits drawing on a “trust fund” created by employer and employee contributions.
Many other industrialized nations
had already enacted such programs,
but calls for such an initiative in the
United States had gone unheeded.
Social Security today is the largest
domestic program administered by
the U.S. government.

To these, Roosevelt added the
National Labor Relations Act, the“Wealth Tax Act” that increased
taxes on the wealthy, the Public Utility Holding Company Act to breakup large electrical utility conglomerates, and a Banking Act that greatly
expanded the power of the Federal
Reserve Board over the large private banks. Also notable was theestablishment of the Rural Electrification Administration, which extended electricity into farming areas
throughout the country.

A NEW COALITION

Iwonn athedecisive
1936 election, Roosevelt
victory over his Re-

publican opponent, Alf Landon of
Kansas. He was personally popular,
and the economy seemed near recovery. He took 60 percent of thevote and carried all but two states.
A broad new coalition aligned with
the Democratic Party emerged, consisting of labor, most farmers, mosturban ethnic groups, African Americans, and the traditionally Democratic South. The Republican Party
received the support of business aswell as middle-class members ofsmall towns and suburbs. This political alliance, with some variationand shifting, remained intact forseveral decades.
Roosevelt’s second term was atime of consolidation. The president made two serious political
missteps: an ill-advised, unsuccessful attempt to enlarge the Supreme
Court and a failed effort to “purge”

218

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

increasingly recalcitrant Southernconservatives from the Democratic
Party. When he cut high government spending, moreover, the economy collapsed. These events led to
the rise of a conservative coalition
in Congress that was unreceptive to
new initiatives.
From 1932 to 1938 there waswidespread public debate on themeaning of New Deal policies tothe nation’s political and economic
life. Americans clearly wanted thegovernment to take greater responsibility for the welfare of ordinary
people, however uneasy they might
be about big government in general.
The New Deal established the foundations of the modern welfare statein the United States. Roosevelt, perhaps the most imposing of the 20thcentury presidents, had establisheda new standard of mass leadership.
No American leader, then or
since, used the radio so effectively.
In a radio address in 1938, Roosevelt declared: “Democracy has
disappeared in several other great
nations, not because the people ofthose nations disliked democracy,
but because they had grown tiredof unemployment and insecurity, of
seeing their children hungry while
they sat helpless in the face of government confusion and government
weakness through lack of leadership.” Americans, he concluded,
wanted to defend their liberties atany cost and understood that “thefirst line of the defense lies in theprotection of economic security.”

WAR AND UNEASY
NEUTRALITY

B
efore Roosevelt’s second term
was well under way, his domestic

program was overshadowed by the
expansionist designs of totalitarianregimes in Japan, Italy, and Germany. In 1931 Japan had invaded
Manchuria, crushed Chinese resistance, and set up the puppet stateof Manchukuo. Italy, under Benito
Mussolini, enlarged its boundaries in Libya and in 1935 conquered
Ethiopia. Germany, under Nazi
leader Adolf Hitler, militarized its
economy and reoccupied the Rhineland (demilitarized by the Treaty of
Versailles) in 1936. In 1938, Hitler
incorporated Austria into the German Reich and demanded cession of
the German-speaking Sudetenlandfrom Czechoslovakia. By then, war
seemed imminent.
The United States, disillusionedby the failure of the crusade fordemocracy in World War I, announced that in no circumstances
could any country involved in theconflict look to it for aid. Neutrality legislation, enacted piecemeal
from 1935 to 1937, prohibited tradein arms with any warring nations,required cash for all other commodities, and forbade American
flag merchant ships from carrying
those goods. The objective was toprevent, at almost any cost, the involvement of the United States in aforeign war.
With the Nazi conquest of Poland in 1939 and the outbreak of219

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

World War II, isolationist sentiment
increased, even though Americans
clearly favored the victims of Hitler’saggression and supported the Allied
democracies, Britain and France.
Roosevelt could only wait until public opinion regarding U.S. involvement was altered by events.
After the fall of France and the
beginning of the German air war
against Britain in mid-1940, the debate intensified between those in the
United States who favored aiding the
democracies and the antiwar faction
known as the isolationists. Roosevelt did what he could to nudge
public opinion toward intervention.
The United States joined Canada
in a Mutual Board of Defense, andaligned with the Latin American republics in extending collective protection to the nations in the Western
Hemisphere.
Congress, confronted with themounting crisis, voted immensesums for rearmament, and in September 1940 passed the first peacetime conscription bill ever enacted
in the United States. In that monthalso, Roosevelt concluded a daring
executive agreement with British
Prime Minister Winston Churchill.
The United States gave the British
Navy 50 “overage” destroyers in return for British air and naval basesin Newfoundland and the North
Atlantic.
The 1940 presidential election
campaign demonstrated that theisolationists, while vocal, were aminority. Roosevelt’s Republican
opponent, Wendell Wilkie, leaned

toward intervention. Thus the November election yielded anothermajority for the president, making
Roosevelt the first, and last, U.S.
chief executive to be elected to athird term.
In early 1941, Roosevelt got Congress to approve the Lend-Lease
Program, which enabled him totransfer arms and equipment toany nation (notably Great Britain,
later the Soviet Union and China)
deemed vital to the defense of theUnited States. Total Lend-Lease aid
by war’s end would amount to morethan $50,000 million.
Most remarkably, in August, he
met with Prime Minister Churchill
off the coast of Newfoundland. The
two leaders issued a “joint statement of war aims,” which theycalled the Atlantic Charter. Bearing
a remarkable resemblance to Woodrow Wilson’s Fourteen Points, itcalled for these objectives: no territorial aggrandizement; no territorial changes without the consent of
the people concerned; the right ofall people to choose their own formof government; the restoration ofself-government to those deprivedof it; economic collaboration between all nations; freedom fromwar, from fear, and from want for
all peoples; freedom of the seas;
and the abandonment of the useof force as an instrument of international policy.
America was now neutral inname only.

220

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYJAPAN, PEARL HARBOR,
AND WARW
hile most Americans anxiously
watched the course of the Europeanwar, tension mounted in Asia. Taking advantage of an opportunity to
improve its strategic position, Japanboldly announced a “new order” inwhich it would exercise hegemony
over all of the Pacific. Battling forsurvival against Nazi Germany, Britain was unable to resist, abandoning its concession in Shanghai andtemporarily closing the Chinese supply route from Burma. In the summer of 1940, Japan won permission
from the weak Vichy government
in France to use airfields in northern Indochina (North Vietnam).
That September the Japanese formally joined the Rome-Berlin Axis.
The United States countered with anembargo on the export of scrap ironto Japan.
In July 1941 the Japanese occupied southern Indochina (South
Vietnam), signaling a probablemove southward toward the oil, tin,
and rubber of British Malaya andthe Dutch East Indies. The UnitedStates, in response, froze Japanese
assets and initiated an embargo on
the one commodity Japan needed
above all others — oil.
General Hideki Tojo became
prime minister of Japan that October. In mid-November, he sent a
special envoy to the United States
to meet with Secretary of State
Cordell Hull. Among other things,
Japan demanded that the UnitedStates release Japanese assets andstop U.S. naval expansion in the
Pacific. Hull countered with a proposal for Japanese withdrawal fromall its conquests. The swift Japaneserejection on December 1 left the
talks stalemated.
On the morning of December 7,
Japanese carrier-based planes executed a devastating surprise attack
against the U.S. Pacific Fleet at Pearl
Harbor, Hawaii.
Twenty-one ships were destroyedor temporarily disabled; 323 aircraft
were destroyed or damaged; 2,388
soldiers, sailors, and civilians were
killed. However, the U.S. aircraft
carriers that would play such a critical role in the ensuing naval war in
the Pacific were at sea and not anchored at Pearl Harbor.
American opinion, still divided about the war in Europe, wasunified overnight by what President Roosevelt called “a day thatwill live in infamy.” On December
8, Congress declared a state of war
with Japan; three days later Germany and Italy declared war on the
United States.

MOBILIZATION FORTOTAL WART
he nation rapidly geared itself
for mobilization of its people and its

entire industrial capacity. Over the
next three-and-a-half years, war industry achieved staggering production goals — 300,000 aircraft, 5,000
cargo ships, 60,000 landing craft,
86,000 tanks. Women workers, ex-

221CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

emplified by “Rosie the Riveter,”played a bigger part in industrial
production than ever before. Total
strength of the U.S. armed forces atthe end of the war was more than
12 million. All the nation’s activities — farming, manufacturing,mining, trade, labor, investment,
communications, even educationand cultural undertakings — werein some fashion brought under new
and enlarged controls.
As a result of Pearl Harbor andthe fear of Asian espionage, Americans also committed what was later
recognized as an act of intolerance:
the internment of Japanese Americans. In February 1942, nearly
120,000 Japanese Americans residing in California were removed fromtheir homes and interned behindbarbed wire in 10 wretched temporary camps, later to be moved to“relocation centers” outside isolatedSouthwestern towns.
Nearly 63 percent of these Japanese Americans were American-born
U.S. citizens. A few were Japanese
sympathizers, but no evidence of espionage ever surfaced. Others volunteered for the U.S. Army and foughtwith distinction and valor in two infantry units on the Italian front. Some
served as interpreters and translatorsin the Pacific.
In 1983 the U.S. government acknowledged the injustice of internment with limited payments to thoseJapanese-Americans of that era who
were still living.

THE WAR IN NORTH AFRICA
AND EUROPE

S
oon after the United States entered the war, the United States,

Britain, and the Soviet Union (atwar with Germany since June 22,1941) decided that their primary
military effort was to be concentrated in Europe.
Throughout 1942, British andGerman forces fought inconclusive
back-and-forth battles across Libya
and Egypt for control of the Suez
Canal. But on October 23, British forces commanded by General
Sir Bernard Montgomery struckat the Germans from El Alamein.
Equipped with a thousand tanks,
many made in America, they defeated General Erwin Rommel’s army
in a grinding two-week campaign.
On November 7, American and British armed forces landed in French
North Africa. Squeezed between
forces advancing from east and west,
the Germans were pushed back and,after fierce resistance, surrenderedin May 1943.
The year 1942 was also the turning point on the Eastern Front. The
Soviet Union, suffering immense
losses, stopped the Nazi invasion at
the gates of Leningrad and Moscow.
In the winter of 1942-43, the Red
Army defeated the Germans at Stalingrad (Volgograd) and began thelong offensive that would take themto Berlin in 1945.
In July 1943 British and American forces invaded Sicily and won
control of the island in a month.

222

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

During that time, Benito Mussolini
fell from power in Italy. His successors began negotiations with
the Allies and surrendered immediately after the invasion of the
Italian mainland in September.
However, the German Army had bythen taken control of the peninsula.
The fight against Nazi forces in Italy was bitter and protracted. Rome
was not liberated until June 4, 1944.
As the Allies slowly moved north,they built airfields from which they
made devastating air raids against
railroads, factories, and weapon emplacements in southern Germany
and central Europe, including the oil
installations at Ploesti, Romania.
Late in 1943 the Allies, after muchdebate over strategy, decided to open
a front in France to compel the Germans to divert far larger forces fromthe Soviet Union.
U.S. General Dwight D. Eisenhower was appointed Supreme
Commander of the Allied Forcesin Europe. After immense preparations, on June 6, 1944, a U.S., British,
and Canadian invasion army, protected by a greatly superior air force,
landed on five beaches in Normandy. With the beachheads establishedafter heavy fighting, more troops
poured in, and pushed the Germans
back in one bloody engagement after another. On August 25 Paris wasliberated.
The Allied offensive stalled that
fall, then suffered a setback in eastern Belgium during the winter, but
in March, the Americans and British
were across the Rhine and the Rus-

sians advancing irresistibly from theEast. On May 7, Germany surrendered unconditionally.

THE WAR IN THE PACIFICU.S. troops were forced to surrender in the Philippines in early 1942,

but the Americans rallied in thefollowing months. General James“Jimmy” Doolittle led U.S. Armybombers on a raid over Tokyo in
April; it had little actual military
significance, but gave Americans animmense psychological boost.
In May, at the Battle of the Coral
Sea — the first naval engagementin history in which all the fighting
was done by carrier-based planes —a Japanese naval invasion fleet sent
to strike at southern New Guinea
and Australia was turned back by a
U.S. task force in a close battle. A few
weeks later, the naval Battle of Midway in the central Pacific resulted in
the first major defeat of the JapaneseNavy, which lost four aircraft carriers. Ending the Japanese advanceacross the central Pacific, Midway
was the turning point.
Other battles also contributed
to Allied success. The six-monthland and sea battle for the islandof Guadalcanal (August 1942-February 1943) was the first major U.S.
ground victory in the Pacific. For
most of the next two years, American and Australian troops fought
their way northward from theSouth Pacific and westward fromthe Central Pacific, capturing theSolomons, the Gilberts, the Mar-223

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

shalls, and the Marianas in a seriesof amphibious assaults.

THE POLITICS OF WAR

Allied military efforts were accompanied by a series of importantinternational meetings on the political objectives of the war. In January 1943 at Casablanca, Morocco,
an Anglo-American conference decided that no peace would be concluded with the Axis and its Balkan
satellites except on the basis of “unconditional surrender.” This term,
insisted upon by Roosevelt, sought
to assure the people of all the fighting nations that no separate peace
negotiations would be carried onwith representatives of Fascism andNazism and there would be no compromise of the war’s idealistic objectives. Axis propagandists, of course,
used it to assert that the Allies were
engaged in a war of extermination.
At Cairo, in November 1943,
Roosevelt and Churchill met with
Nationalist Chinese leader ChiangKai-shek to agree on terms for Japan, including the relinquishmentof gains from past aggression. At
Tehran, shortly afterward, Roosevelt, Churchill, and Soviet leader
Joseph Stalin made basic agreements on the postwar occupation ofGermany and the establishment of a
new international organization, theUnited Nations.
In February 1945, the three Allied leaders met again at Yalta (nowin Ukraine), with victory seemingly
secure. There, the Soviet Union se-

cretly agreed to enter the war against
Japan three months after the surrender of Germany. In return, the USSR
would gain effective control of Manchuria and receive the Japanese Kurile Islands as well as the southernhalf of Sakhalin Island. The easternboundary of Poland was set roughly
at the Curzon line of 1919, thus giving the USSR half its prewar territory. Discussion of reparations to becollected from Germany — payment
demanded by Stalin and opposedby Roosevelt and Churchill — wasinconclusive. Specific arrangements
were made concerning Allied occupation in Germany and the trial andpunishment of war criminals. Also
at Yalta it was agreed that the great
powers in the Security Council ofthe proposed United Nations shouldhave the right of veto in matters affecting their security.
Two months after his returnfrom Yalta, Franklin Roosevelt diedof a cerebral hemorrhage while vacationing in Georgia. Few figures
in U.S. history have been so deeply
mourned, and for a time the American people suffered from a numbing
sense of irreparable loss. Vice President Harry Truman, former senatorfrom Missouri, succeeded him.

WAR, VICTORY, AND
THE BOMBT
he final battles in the Pacific wereamong the war’s bloodiest. In June

1944, the Battle of the Philippine Sea
effectively destroyed Japanese naval
air power, forcing the resignation of224

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYJapanese Prime Minister Tojo. General Douglas MacArthur — who
had reluctantly left the Philippines
two years before to escape Japanese
capture — returned to the islands in
October. The accompanying Battleof Leyte Gulf, the largest naval engagement ever fought, was the final
decisive defeat of the Japanese Navy.
By February 1945, U.S. forces hadtaken Manila.
Next, the United States set its
sight on the strategic island of Iwo
Jima in the Bonin Islands, about
halfway between the Marianas andJapan. The Japanese, trained to die
fighting for the Emperor, madesuicidal use of natural caves androcky terrain. U.S. forces took theisland by mid-March, but not before
losing the lives of some 6,000 U.S.
Marines. Nearly all the Japanese defenders perished. By now the UnitedStates was undertaking extensive air
attacks on Japanese shipping andairfields and wave after wave of incendiary bombing attacks against
Japanese cities.
At Okinawa (April 1-June 21,1945), the Americans met even fiercer resistance. With few of the defenders surrendering, the U.S. Armyand Marines were forced to wage awar of annihilation. Waves of Kamikaze suicide planes pounded theoffshore Allied fleet, inflicting moredamage than at Leyte Gulf. Japan
lost 90-100,000 troops and probably
as many Okinawan civilians. U.S.
losses were more than 11,000 killed
and nearly 34,000 wounded. Most
Americans saw the fighting as a pre-view of what they would face in aplanned invasion of Japan.
The heads of the U.S., British,
and Soviet governments met at Potsdam, a suburb outside Berlin, from
July 17 to August 2, 1945, to discuss
operations against Japan, the peace
settlement in Europe, and a policy
for the future of Germany. Perhaps
presaging the coming end of the alliance, they had no trouble on vague
matters of principle or the practical issues of military occupation, butreached no agreement on many tangible issues, including reparations.
The day before the Potsdam
Conference began, U.S. nuclear scientists engaged in the secret Manhattan Project exploded an atomic
bomb near Alamogordo, New Mexico. The test was the culmination of
three years of intensive research inlaboratories across the United States.
It lay behind the Potsdam Declaration, issued on July 26 by the UnitedStates and Britain, promising thatJapan would neither be destroyed
nor enslaved if it surrendered. If
Japan continued the war, however, it would meet “prompt and utter destruction.” President Truman,calculating that an atomic bomb
might be used to gain Japan’s surrender more quickly and with fewer
casualties than an invasion of themainland, ordered that the bomb beused if the Japanese did not surrender by August 3.
A committee of U.S. military andpolitical officials and scientists had
considered the question of targets
for the new weapon. Secretary of225

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

War Henry L. Stimson argued successfully that Kyoto, Japan’s ancient
capital and a repository of manynational and religious treasures, betaken out of consideration. Hiroshima, a center of war industries andmilitary operations, became the firstobjective.
On August 6, a U.S. plane, theEnola Gay, dropped an atomic bombon the city of Hiroshima. On August 9, a second atomic bomb was
dropped, this time on Nagasaki.
The bombs destroyed large sectionsof both cities, with massive loss oflife. On August 8, the USSR declared
war on Japan and attacked Japaneseforces in Manchuria. On August 14,
Japan agreed to the terms set at Potsdam. On September 2, 1945, Japan
formally surrendered. Americans
were relieved that the bomb hastened the end of the war. The realization of the full implications of
nuclear weapons’ awesome destructiveness would come later.
Within a month, on October 24,
the United Nations came into existence following the meeting of representatives of 50 nations in San
Francisco, California. The constitu-

tion they drafted outlined a worldorganization in which international differences could be discussed
peacefully and common cause madeagainst hunger and disease. In contrast to its rejection of U.S. membership in the League of Nations
after World War I, the U.S. Senate
promptly ratified the U.N. Charterby an 89 to 2 vote. This action confirmed the end of the spirit of isolationism as a dominating element in
American foreign policy.
In November 1945 at Nuremberg, Germany, the criminal trialsof 22 Nazi leaders, provided for at
Potsdam, took place. Before a groupof distinguished jurists from Britain, France, the Soviet Union, andthe United States, the Nazis wereaccused not only of plotting andwaging aggressive war but also of
violating the laws of war and of humanity in the systematic genocide,
known as the Holocaust, of European Jews and other peoples. The trials
lasted more than 10 months. Twentytwo defendants were convicted, 12of them sentenced to death. Similar
proceedings would be held against
Japanese war leaders. 
9226

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

THE RISE OF INDUSTRIAL UNIONS

While the 1920s were years of relative prosperity in the United States, theworkers in industries such as steel, automobiles, rubber, and textiles benefitedless than they would later in the years after World War II. Working conditions
in many of these industries did improve. Some companies in the 1920s began
to institute “welfare capitalism” by offering workers various pension, profitsharing, stock option, and health plans to ensure their loyalty. Still, shop floor
environments were often hard and authoritarian.
The 1920s saw the mass production industries redouble their efforts toprevent the growth of unions, which under the American Federation of Labor(AFL) had enjoyed some success during World War I. They did so by using
spies and armed strikebreakers and by firing those suspected of union sympathies. Independent unions were often accused of being Communist. At thesame time, many companies formed their own compliant employee organizations, often called “company unions.”
Traditionally, state legislatures, reflecting the views of the American middle class, supported the concept of the “open shop,” which prevented a union
from being the exclusive representative of all workers. This made it easier forcompanies to deny unions the right to collective bargaining and block unionization through court enforcement.
Between 1920 and 1929, union membership in the United States
dropped from about five million to three-and-a-half million. The large unskilled or semi-skilled industries remained unorganized.
The onset of the Great Depression led to widespread unemployment. By
1933 there were over 12 million Americans out of work. In the automobile industry, for example, the work force was cut in half between 1929 and 1933. At
the same time, wages dropped by two-thirds.
The election of Franklin Roosevelt, however, was to change the status of
the American industrial worker forever. The first indication that Roosevelt wasinterested in the well-being of workers came with the appointment of Frances
Perkins, a prominent social welfare advocate, to be his secretary of labor.
(Perkins was also the first woman to hold a Cabinet-level position.) The farreaching National Industrial Recovery Act sought to raise industrial wages,
limit the hours in a work week, and eliminate child labor. Most importantly,
the law recognized the right of employees “to organize and bargain collectively
through representatives of their own choosing.”
John L. Lewis, the feisty and articulate head of the United Mine Workers(UMW), understood more than any other labor leader what the New Deal
meant for workers. Stressing Roosevelt’s support, Lewis engineered a major
227

CHAPTER 11: THE NEW DEAL AND WORLD WAR II

unionizing campaign, rebuilding the UMW’s declining membership from
150,000 to over 500,000 within a year.
Lewis was eager to get the AFL, where he was a member of the Executive Council, to launch a similar drive in the mass production industries. But
the AFL, with its historic focus on the skilled trade worker, was unwilling to
do so. After a bitter internal feud, Lewis and a few others broke with the AFL
to set up the Committee for Industrial Organization (CIO), later the Congressof Industrial Organizations. The passage of the National Labor Relations Act(NLRA) in 1935 and the friendly attitude of the National Labor Relations
Board put the power and authority of the federal government behind the CIO.
Its first targets were the notoriously anti-union auto and steel industries.
In late 1936 a series of sit-down strikes, orchestrated by the fledgling United
Auto Workers union under Walter Reuther, erupted at General Motors plants
in Cleveland, Ohio, and Flint, Michigan. Soon 135,000 workers were involved
and GM production ground to a halt.
With the sympathetic governor of Michigan refusing to evict the strikers,
a settlement was reached in early 1937. By September of that year, the United
Auto Workers had contracts with 400 companies involved in the automobile
industry, assuring workers a minimum wage of 75 cents per hour and a 40hour work week.
In the first six months of its existence, the Steel Workers Organizing
Committee (SWOC), headed by Lewis lieutenant Philip Murray, picked up
125,000 members. The major American steel company, U.S. Steel, realizingthat times had changed, also came to terms in 1937. That same year the Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the NLRA. Subsequently, smaller
companies, traditionally even more anti-union than the large corporations,gave in. One by one, other industries — rubber, oil, electronics, and textiles— also followed suit.
The rise of big labor had two major long-term impacts. It became theorganizational core of the national Democratic Party, and it gained material
benefits for its members that all but erased the economic distinction between
working-class and middle-class America. 228

In the depths of the Great Depression, March 1933, anxious depositors line up
outside of a New York bank. The new president, Franklin D. Roosevelt,
had just temporarily closed the nation’s banks to end the drain on thebanks’ reserves. Only those banks that were still solvent were permitted
to reopen after a four-day “bank holiday.”

TU R MO I L

AN DCHANGEA PICTURE PROFILE

For the United States, the 20th century was a period of extraordinary
turmoil and change. In these decades, the nation endured the worst
economic depression in its history; emerged triumphant, with theAllies, in World War II; assumed a role of global leadership in the
century’s twilight conflict known as the Cold War; and underwent a
remarkable social, economic, and political transition at home. Where
once the United States transformed itself over the slow march of
centuries, it now seemed to reinvent itself almost by decades.

229

Men and women strikers dance the time away on March 11, 1937, during a strikeat the Chevrolet Fisher Body Plants in St. Louis, Missouri. Strikes such as thesesucceeded in winning union recognition for industrial workers throughout
the country in the 1930s.

President Franklin D. Roosevelt signs perhaps the most far-reaching legislationof the New Deal: the Social Security Act of 1935. Today, Social Security, one of
the largest government programs in the United States, provides retirement anddisability income to millions of Americans.

230

World War II in the Pacific was characterized by large-scale naval and air battles.
Here, a Japanese plane plunges in flames during an attack on a U.S. carrier fleet in the
Mariana Islands, June 1944. U.S. Army and Marine forces’ “island hopping” campaignbegan at Guadalcanal in August 1942 and ended with the assault on
Okinawa in April 1945.
231

Top, General Dwight Eisenhower, Supreme Commander in Europe, talks withparatroopers shortly before the Normandy invasion, June 6, 1944.
Above, General Douglas MacArthur (center) had declared, “I shall return,”
when he escaped from advancing Japanese forces in the Philippines in 1942.
Two years later, he made good on his promise and waded ashore at Leyte as
American forces began the liberation of the Philippines.

232

Assembly line of P-38 Lightning
fighter planes during World War II.
With its massive output of war
materiel, the United States became,in the words of President Roosevelt,“the arsenal of democracy.”

Japanese Americans await
relocation to internment
camps in the worst violationof human rights that occurred
inside the United States
during World War II.
233

Meeting of British Prime
Minister Winston Churchill,
President Roosevelt, andSoviet leader Josef Stalin
at Yalta in February 1945.
Disagreements over the
future of Europe anticipatedthe division of the European
continent that remained a
fixture of the Cold War.

U.S. troops witness anuclear test in the Nevada
desert in 1951. The threat ofnuclear weapons remained
a constant and ominous factof life throughout theCold War era.
234

In perhaps the most
famous photographin American political
history, President Harry
Truman holds aloft a
newspaper wrongly
announcing his defeat
by Republican nominee
Thomas Dewey inthe 1948 presidential
election. Truman’scome-from-behind
victory surprised allpolitical expertsthat day.

U.S. infantry fire against North Korean forces invading South Korea in 1951,
in a conflict that lasted three painful years.

At a congressional hearing in 1954, Senator Joseph McCarthy points to a map
purportedly showing Communist Party influence in the United States in 1950.
His chief antagonist at the hearing, lawyer Joseph Welch, sits at left. Welch
successfully discredited McCarthy at these hearings, which were among thefirst to be televised across the country.

Portrait of President Dwight
Eisenhower, whose genial,
reassuring personality
dominated the decade of
the 1950s.
236

Jackie Robinson, sliding home in a 1948 baseball game. Robinson broke thecolor barrier against black professional baseball players when he joined the
Brooklyn Dodgers and became one of the stars of the game.

237

America’s first star of rock and roll, Elvis Presley, performing on television’s “Ed
Sullivan Show,” September 9, 1956. Today, years after his death, he is still
revered by legions of his fans as “The King.”

238

Lucille Ball (second from left) with her supporting cast, including husband
Desi Arnaz (standing), on one of the most popular television comedy shows of the
1950s, I Love Lucy. The show established many of the techniques and conventions
shared by hundreds of the televised “situation comedies” that followed.

239

Above, Rosa Parks sits in one of the front seats of a city bus following
the successful boycott of the bus system in 1955-56 by AfricanAmerican citizens of Montgomery, Alabama. The boycott wasorganized to protest the practice of segregation in which African
Americans were forced to sit in the back of the bus. The Supreme
Court agreed that this practice was a constitutional violation ayear after the boycott began. The great leader of the civil rights
movement in America, Martin Luther King Jr., gained national
prominence through the Montgomery bus boycott.
Opposite page, right, Martin Luther King Jr. escorts children to apreviously all-white public school in Grenada, Mississippi, in 1966.
Although school segregation was outlawed in the landmark Brown
v. Board of Education decision of the Supreme Court in 1954, it took
decades of protest, political pressure, and additional court decisions
to enforce school desegregation across the country.

240

241

President John F. Kennedy addresses nearly a quarter of a million Germans inWest Berlin in June 1963. Honoring the courage of those living in one of the
flash points of the Cold War, he said, “All free men, wherever they may live, arecitizens of Berlin, and therefore, as a free man, I take pride in the words, ‘Ich bin ein
Berliner’ (I am a Berliner).”242

Ratification document forthe 1963 Limited Nuclear
Test Ban Treaty, one of
the first arms control
agreements between theWest and the Soviet bloc,
which ended atmosphericnuclear testing.

Thurgood Marshall, one of the champions of equal rights for all Americans. Asa counsel for the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People(NAACP), Marshall successfully argued the landmark 1954 Brown v. Board of
Education case before the Supreme Court, which outlawed segregation in publicschools. He later served a distinguished career as a justice of the Supreme Court.

244

President Lyndon B. Johnson, born in Texas, was Senate majority leader in the
Eisenhower years and vice president under John F. Kennedy before becoming
president. One of the most powerful political personalities to serve in Washington,
Johnson engineered the most ambitious domestic legislative agenda throughCongress since Roosevelt’s New Deal. The Vietnam War ended his presidency,
however, since it divided the nation.

245

A U.S. Army unit searches for snipers while onpatrol in South Vietnam in 1965. From 60,000
troops in 1965, U.S. forces grew to more than
540,000 by 1969, in a conflict that divided
the nation more bitterly than any other in the20th century. The last U.S. combat forces left
Vietnam in 1973.

247

Antiwar demonstrators and police clash during violent protests at the 1968
Democratic National Convention in Chicago, Illinois. Antiwar candidates atthe convention lost the presidential nomination to Lyndon Johnson’s vicepresident, Hubert Humphrey.

Two of the leaders of the women’s movement in the 1960s: Kate Millett (left),
author of a controversial book of the time, Sexual Politics, and journalist andactivist Gloria Steinem.

248

The crest of the counterculture wave in the UnitedStates: the three-day 1969 outdoor rock concert
and gathering known as Woodstock.

249

Mexican-American labor activist César
Chávez (center) talking with grape
pickers in the field in 1968. Head of theUnited Farm Workers Union in California,
Chávez was a leading voice for therights of migrant farm workers, focusing
national attention on their terrible
working conditions.

250

President Richard M. Nixon, with his wife Pat Nixon
and Secretary of State William Rogers (far right),
walks along a portion of the Great Wall of China.
Nixon’s 1972 opening to the People’s Republic ofChina was a major diplomatic triumph at a time
when U.S. forces were slowly withdrawing fromSouth Vietnam.

251

Participant in a demonstration by Native
Americans in Washington, D.C., in 1978.
They also have sought to assert their rights
and identity in recent decades.

Oil fires burn behind a destroyed Iraqi
tank at the conclusion of the Gulf
War in February 1991. The UnitedStates led a coalition of more than 30
nations in an air and ground campaign
called Desert Storm that ended Iraq’s
occupation of Kuwait.
252

Civil rights leader and political activist Jesse Jackson at a politicalrally in 1984. For more than four decades, Jackson has remained
among the most prominent, politically active, and eloquent
representatives of what he has termed a “Rainbow Coalition”
of the poor, African Americans, and other minorities.

253

A launch of a space shuttle, the first reusable space vehicle. The versatile shuttle,
which has been used to place satellites in orbit and conduct wide-ranging experiments,
is indispensable in the assemblage (beginning June 1998) and running of theInternational Space Station.
254

President George
H.W. Bush with
Poland’s Lech Walesa(center) and First
Lady Barbara Bushin Warsaw, July 1989.
That remarkable year
saw the end of theCold War, as wellas the end to the
40-year division ofEurope into hostile
East and West blocs.

President William (Bill)
J. Clinton, delivering
his inaugural address
to the nation, January
21, 1993. During his
administration, theUnited States enjoyedmore peace andeconomic well-being
than at any time in its
history. He was thesecond U.S. president
to be impeached andfound not guilty.
255

256

12
CHAPTERPOSTWARAMERICA

Moving day in a newly
opened suburban
community, 1953.

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA“We must build a new world,a far better world —one in which theeternal dignity of man
is respected.”
President Harry S. Truman, 1945

CONSENSUS AND CHANGE

The United States dominated global affairs in the years immediately
after World War II. Victorious inthat great struggle, its homeland
undamaged from the ravages ofwar, the nation was confident of its
mission at home and abroad. U.S.
leaders wanted to maintain the democratic structure they had defended
at tremendous cost and to share thebenefits of prosperity as widely as
possible. For them, as for publisher
Henry Luce of Time magazine, thiswas the “American Century.”
For 20 years most Americans remained sure of this confident approach. They accepted the needfor a strong stance against the Soviet Union in the Cold War that
unfolded after 1945. They endorsed

the growth of government authority and accepted the outlines of therudimentary welfare state first formulated during the New Deal. They
enjoyed a postwar prosperity thatcreated new levels of affluence.
But gradually some began toquestion dominant assumptions.
Challenges on a variety of fronts
shattered the consensus. In the
1950s, African Americans launcheda crusade, joined later by other minority groups and women, for a larger share of the American dream. In
the 1960s, politically active students
protested the nation’s role abroad,particularly in the corrosive war in
Vietnam. A youth counterculture
emerged to challenge the status quo.
Americans from many walks of life
sought to establish a new social andpolitical equilibrium.

258

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYCOLD WAR AIMSThe Cold War was the most important political and diplomatic is-sue of the early postwar period. It
grew out of longstanding disagreements between the Soviet Union andthe United States that developed after the Russian Revolution of 1917.
The Soviet Communist Party under V.I. Lenin considered itself thespearhead of an international movement that would replace the existing political orders in the West, andindeed throughout the world. In
1918 American troops participatedin the Allied intervention in Russia
on behalf of anti-Bolshevik forces.
American diplomatic recognition of
the Soviet Union did not come until
1933. Even then, suspicions persisted. During World War II, however,
the two countries found themselves
allied and downplayed their differences to counter the Nazi threat.
At the war’s end, antagonisms
surfaced again. The United States
hoped to share with other countries
its conception of liberty, equality,and democracy. It sought also tolearn from the perceived mistakes ofthe post-WWI era, when American
political disengagement and economic protectionism were thought
to have contributed to the rise of dictatorships in Europe and elsewhere.
Faced again with a postwar worldof civil wars and disintegrating
empires, the nation hoped to provide the stability to make peacefulreconstruction possible. Recallingthe specter of the Great Depression(1929-40), America now advocatedopen trade for two reasons: to create markets for American agricultural and industrial products, andto ensure the ability of Western European nations to export as a meansof rebuilding their economies. Reduced trade barriers, American
policy makers believed, would promote economic growth at home andabroad, bolstering U.S. friends andallies in the process.
The Soviet Union had its own
agenda. The Russian historical tradition of centralized, autocratic
government contrasted with theAmerican emphasis on democracy.
Marxist-Leninist ideology had been
downplayed during the war but still
guided Soviet policy. Devastated by
the struggle in which 20 million
Soviet citizens had died, the Soviet
Union was intent on rebuilding andon protecting itself from anothersuch terrible conflict. The Soviets
were particularly concerned aboutanother invasion of their territory from the west. Having repelled
Hitler’s thrust, they were determined
to preclude another such attack.
They demanded “defensible” borders and “friendly” regimes in Eastern Europe and seemingly equatedboth with the spread of Communism, regardless of the wishes ofnative populations. However, theUnited States had declared that oneof its war aims was the restorationof independence and self-government to Poland, Czechoslovakia,
and the other countries of Central
and Eastern Europe.

259

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICAHARRY TRUMAN’SLEADERSHIPT
he nation’s new chief executive,
Harry S. Truman, succeeded Frank-

lin D. Roosevelt as president before
the end of the war. An unpretentious
man who had previously served as
Democratic senator from Missouri,
then as vice president, Truman initially felt ill-prepared to govern.
Roosevelt had not discussed complex postwar issues with him, and he
had little experience in international
affairs. “I’m not big enough for thisjob,” he told a former colleague.
Still, Truman responded quickly
to new challenges. Sometimes impulsive on small matters, he proved
willing to make hard and carefully
considered decisions on large ones.
A small sign on his White House
desk declared, “The Buck Stops
Here.” His judgments about how
to respond to the Soviet Union ultimately determined the shape of theearly Cold War.

ORIGINS OF THE COLD WAR

T
he Cold War developed as differences about the shape of the

postwar world created suspicion anddistrust between the United States
and the Soviet Union. The first —and most difficult — test case was
Poland, the eastern half of which had
been invaded and occupied by the
USSR in 1939. Moscow demanded
a government subject to Soviet influence; Washington wanted a more
independent, representative govern-

ment following the Western model.
The Yalta Conference of February1945 had produced an agreement on
Eastern Europe open to different interpretations. It included a promiseof “free and unfettered” elections.
Meeting with Soviet Ministerof Foreign Affairs Vyacheslav Molotov less than two weeks after becoming president, Truman stoodfirm on Polish self-determination,lecturing the Soviet diplomat about
the need to implement the Yalta accords. When Molotov protested, “I
have never been talked to like thatin my life,” Truman retorted, “Carryout your agreements and you won’t
get talked to like that.” Relations deteriorated from that point onward.
During the closing months ofWorld War II, Soviet military forces
occupied all of Central and Eastern
Europe. Moscow used its military
power to support the efforts of theCommunist parties in Eastern Europe and crush the democratic parties. Communists took over one
nation after another. The processconcluded with a shocking coupd’etat in Czechoslovakia in 1948.
Public statements defined the beginning of the Cold War. In 1946
Stalin declared that international
peace was impossible “under thepresent capitalist development of
the world economy.” Former British
Prime Minister Winston Churchill
delivered a dramatic speech in Fulton, Missouri, with Truman sitting
on the platform. “From Stettin in
the Baltic to Trieste in the Adriatic,”
Churchill said, “an iron curtain has

260

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

descended across the Continent.”
Britain and the United States, he declared, had to work together to counter the Soviet threat.

CONTAINMENTC
ontainment of the Soviet Union
became American policy in the

postwar years. George Kennan, a
top official at the U.S. embassy in
Moscow, defined the new approachin the Long Telegram he sent to
the State Department in 1946. He
extended his analysis in an article under the signature “X” in theprestigious journal Foreign Affairs.
Pointing to Russia’s traditional senseof insecurity, Kennan argued that
the Soviet Union would not soften
its stance under any circumstances.
Moscow, he wrote, was “committed
fanatically to the belief that with theUnited States there can be no permanent modus vivendi, that it is desirable and necessary that the internal
harmony of our society be disrupted.” Moscow’s pressure to expand
its power had to be stopped through“firm and vigilant containment of
Russian expansive tendencies. ...”
The first significant applicationof the containment doctrine came in
the Middle East and eastern Mediterranean. In early 1946, the United States demanded, and obtained,a full Soviet withdrawal from Iran,the northern half of which it had occupied during the war. That summer, the United States pointedly
supported Turkey against Sovietdemands for control of the Turkish

straits between the Black Sea and theMediterranean. In early 1947, American policy crystallized when Britain
told the United States that it could
no longer afford to support the government of Greece against a strong
Communist insurgency.
In a strongly worded speech toCongress, Truman declared, “I believe that it must be the policy of theUnited States to support free peoples
who are resisting attempted subjugation by armed minorities or by outside pressures.” Journalists quickly
dubbed this statement the “Truman
Doctrine.” The president asked
Congress to provide $400 million foreconomic and military aid, mostly to
Greece but also to Turkey. After anemotional debate that resembled theone between interventionists andisolationists before World War II, themoney was appropriated.
Critics from the left later charged
that to whip up American support
for the policy of containment, Truman overstated the Soviet threat to
the United States. In turn, his statements inspired a wave of hystericalanti-Communism throughout thecountry. Perhaps so. Others, however, would counter that this argument ignores the backlash that likely
would have occurred if Greece, Turkey, and other countries had fallen
within the Soviet orbit with no opposition from the United States.
Containment also called for extensive economic aid to assist the recovery of war-torn Western Europe.
With many of the region’s nations
economically and politically unsta-

261

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA

ble, the United States feared that local Communist parties, directed by
Moscow, would capitalize on their
wartime record of resistance to the
Nazis and come to power. “The patient is sinking while the doctors deliberate,” declared Secretary of State
George C. Marshall. In mid-1947
Marshall asked troubled European
nations to draw up a program “directed not against any country or
doctrine but against hunger, poverty,
desperation, and chaos.”The Soviets participated in thefirst planning meeting, then departed rather than share economic dataand submit to Western controls on
the expenditure of the aid. The remaining 16 nations hammered out arequest that finally came to $17,000
million for a four-year period. In
early 1948 Congress voted to fundthe “Marshall Plan,” which helped
underwrite the economic resurgence of Western Europe. It is generally regarded as one of the mostsuccessful foreign policy initiatives
in U.S. history.
Postwar Germany was a special
problem. It had been divided into
U.S., Soviet, British, and Frenchzones of occupation, with the former German capital of Berlin (itself divided into four zones), near
the center of the Soviet zone. When
the Western powers announced
their intention to create a consolidated federal state from their zones,
Stalin responded. On June 24, 1948,
Soviet forces blockaded Berlin, cutting off all road and rail access fromthe West.

American leaders feared thatlosing Berlin would be a prelude tolosing Germany and subsequently allof Europe. Therefore, in a successful
demonstration of Western resolve
known as the Berlin Airlift, Allied airforces took to the sky, flying supplies
into Berlin. U.S., French, and British
planes delivered nearly 2,250,000
tons of goods, including food andcoal. Stalin lifted the blockade after
231 days and 277,264 flights.
By then, Soviet domination ofEastern Europe, and especially the
Czech coup, had alarmed the Western Europeans. The result, initiatedby the Europeans, was a military alliance to complement economic efforts at containment. The Norwegianhistorian Geir Lundestad has called
it “empire by invitation.” In 1949 theUnited States and 11 other countries
established the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO). An attack
against one was to be considered anattack against all, to be met by appropriate force. NATO was the firstpeacetime “entangling alliance” withpowers outside the Western hemisphere in American history.
The next year, the United States
defined its defense aims clearly. The
National Security Council (NSC)— the forum where the President,
Cabinet officers, and other executive branch members consider national security and foreign affairs
issues — undertook a full-fledged
review of American foreign anddefense policy. The resulting document, known as NSC-68, signaled a
new direction in American security

262

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

policy. Based on the assumption that“the Soviet Union was engaged ina fanatical effort to seize control of
all governments wherever possible,”the document committed America
to assist allied nations anywhere in
the world that seemed threatened by
Soviet aggression. After the start of
the Korean War, a reluctant Truman
approved the document. The UnitedStates proceeded to increase defense
spending dramatically.

THE COLD WAR IN ASIA AND
THE MIDDLE EAST

W
hile seeking to prevent Communist ideology from gaining fur-ther adherents in Europe, the UnitedStates also responded to challenges
elsewhere. In China, Americans
worried about the advances of Mao
Zedong and his Communist Party.
During World War II, the Nationalist government under Chiang Kaishek and the Communist forces
waged a civil war even as they fought
the Japanese. Chiang had been a
war-time ally, but his government
was hopelessly inefficient and corrupt. American policy makers had
little hope of saving his regime andconsidered Europe vastly more important. With most American aid
moving across the Atlantic, Mao’s
forces seized power in 1949. Chiang’s
government fled to the island of Taiwan. When China’s new ruler announced that he would support theSoviet Union against the “imperialist” United States, it appeared that
Communism was spreading out ofcontrol, at least in Asia.
The Korean War brought armed
conflict between the United States
and China. The United States andthe Soviet Union had divided Korea along the 38th parallel after liberating it from Japan at the end ofWorld War II. Originally a matterof military convenience, the dividing line became more rigid as bothmajor powers set up governmentsin their respective occupation zones
and continued to support them evenafter departing.
In June 1950, after consultations
with and having obtained the assentof the Soviet Union, North Koreanleader Kim Il-sung dispatched his
Soviet-supplied army across the 38th
parallel and attacked southward,
overrunning Seoul. Truman, perceiving the North Koreans as Soviet
pawns in the global struggle, readied American forces and orderedWorld War II hero General Douglas
MacArthur to Korea. Meanwhile,
the United States was able to securea U.N. resolution branding North
Korea as an aggressor. (The Soviet
Union, which could have vetoed any
action had it been occupying its seaton the Security Council, was boycotting the United Nations to protest
a decision not to admit Mao’s new
Chinese regime.)
The war seesawed back and forth.
U.S. and Korean forces were initially pushed into an enclave far to thesouth around the city of Pusan. A
daring amphibious landing at Inchon, the port for the city of Seoul,drove the North Koreans back and263

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA

threatened to occupy the entire
peninsula. In November, China
entered the war, sending massive
forces across the Yalu River. U.N.
forces, largely American, retreatedonce again in bitter fighting. Commanded by General Matthew B.
Ridgway, they stopped the overextended Chinese, and slowly fought
their way back to the 38th parallel.
MacArthur meanwhile challenged
Truman’s authority by attempting
to orchestrate public support for
bombing China and assisting aninvasion of the mainland by Chiang Kai-shek’s forces. In April 1951,
Truman relieved him of his duties
and replaced him with Ridgway.
The Cold War stakes were high.
Mindful of the European priority, the U.S. government decided
against sending more troops to Korea and was ready to settle for the
prewar status quo. The result was
frustration among many Americans
who could not understand the needfor restraint. Truman’s popularity plunged to a 24-percent approval
rating, the lowest to that time of any
president since pollsters had begun
to measure presidential popularity.
Truce talks began in July 1951. The
two sides finally reached an agreement in July 1953, during the firstterm of Truman’s successor, Dwight
Eisenhower.
Cold War struggles also occurredin the Middle East. The region’s strategic importance as a supplier of oil
had provided much of the impetus
for pushing the Soviets out of Iran in
1946. But two years later, the UnitedStates officially recognized the newstate of Israel 15 minutes after it was
proclaimed — a decision Truman
made over strong resistance fromMarshall and the State Department.
The result was an enduring dilemma— how to maintain ties with Israel
while keeping good relations with
bitterly anti-Israeli (and oil-rich)
Arab states.

EISENHOWER AND THE
COLD WAR

Icame
n 1953, Dwight D. Eisenhower bethe first Republican president

in 20 years. A war hero rather thana career politician, he had a natural, common touch that made him
widely popular. “I like Ike” was thecampaign slogan of the time. After
serving as Supreme Commander
of Allied Forces in Western Europe
during World War II, Eisenhower
had been army chief of staff, president of Columbia University, andmilitary head of NATO before seeking the Republican presidential
nomination. Skillful at getting people to work together, he functioned
as a strong public spokesman andan executive manager somewhat removed from detailed policy making.
Despite disagreements on detail,he shared Truman’s basic view ofAmerican foreign policy. He, too,
perceived Communism as a monolithic force struggling for world
supremacy. In his first inaugural address, he declared, “Forces of goodand evil are massed and armed andopposed as rarely before in history.

264

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Freedom is pitted against slavery,
lightness against dark.”
The new president and his secretary of state, John Foster Dulles, hadargued that containment did not go
far enough to stop Soviet expansion.
Rather, a more aggressive policyof liberation was necessary, to free
those subjugated by Communism.
But when a democratic rebellion
broke out in Hungary in 1956, theUnited States stood back as Soviet
forces suppressed it.
Eisenhower’s basic commitment
to contain Communism remained,
and to that end he increased American reliance on a nuclear shield. The
United States had created the firstatomic bombs. In 1950 Truman had
authorized the development of a newand more powerful hydrogen bomb.
Eisenhower, fearful that defense
spending was out of control, reversed Truman’s NSC-68 policy of alarge conventional military buildup.
Relying on what Dulles called “massive retaliation,” the administration
signaled it would use nuclear weapons if the nation or its vital interests
were attacked.
In practice, however, the nuclear
option could be used only against
extremely critical attacks. Real
Communist threats were generally
peripheral. Eisenhower rejected theuse of nuclear weapons in Indochina, when the French were ousted by
Vietnamese Communist forces in
1954. In 1956, British and French
forces attacked Egypt following
Egyptian nationalization of the Suez
Canal and Israel invaded the Egyp-tian Sinai. The president exerted
heavy pressure on all three countries
to withdraw. Still, the nuclear threat
may have been taken seriously by
Communist China, which refrained
not only from attacking Taiwan, butfrom occupying small islands heldby Nationalist Chinese just off themainland. It may also have deterred
Soviet occupation of Berlin, which
reemerged as a festering problem
during Eisenhower’s last two years
in office.

THE COLD WAR AT HOMEN
ot only did the Cold War shape
U.S. foreign policy, it also had a pro-found effect on domestic affairs.
Americans had long feared radical subversion. These fears could attimes be overdrawn, and used to justify otherwise unacceptable political restrictions, but it also was truethat individuals under Communist
Party discipline and many “fellow
traveler” hangers-on gave their political allegiance not to the UnitedStates, but to the international Communist movement, or, practicallyspeaking, to Moscow. During the
Red Scare of 1919-1920, the government had attempted to remove perceived threats to American society.
After World War II, it made strong
efforts against Communism within
the United States. Foreign events,
espionage scandals, and politics created an anti-Communist hysteria.
When Republicans were victorious in the midterm congressional elections of 1946 and appeared265

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA

ready to investigate subversive activity, President Truman established aFederal Employee Loyalty Program.
It had little impact on the lives ofmost civil servants, but a few hundred were dismissed, some unfairly.
In 1947 the House Committee
on Un-American Activities investigated the motion-picture industry
to determine whether Communist
sentiments were being reflected in
popular films. When some writers(who happened to be secret members of the Communist Party) refused to testify, they were cited forcontempt and sent to prison. After
that, the film companies refused tohire anyone with a marginally questionable past.
In 1948, Alger Hiss, who had
been an assistant secretary of state
and an adviser to Roosevelt at Yalta, was publicly accused of beinga Communist spy by Whittaker
Chambers, a former Soviet agent.
Hiss denied the accusation, but in
1950 he was convicted of perjury.
Subsequent evidence indicates that
he was indeed guilty.
In 1949 the Soviet Union shocked
Americans by testing its own atomic
bomb. In 1950, the government uncovered a British-American spy network that transferred to the Soviet
Union materials about the development of the atomic bomb. Two of
its operatives, Julius Rosenberg andhis wife Ethel, were sentenced todeath. Attorney General J. Howard
McGrath declared there were many
American Communists, each bearing “the germ of death for society.”

The most vigorous anti-Communist warrior was Senator Joseph R.
McCarthy, a Republican from Wisconsin. He gained national attention
in 1950 by claiming that he had a listof 205 known Communists in theState Department. Though McCarthy subsequently changed this figure
several times and failed to substantiate any of his charges, he struck a
responsive public chord.
McCarthy gained power when
the Republican Party won controlof the Senate in 1952. As a committee chairman, he now had a forum
for his crusade. Relying on extensive press and television coverage,
he continued to search for treacheryamong second-level officials in the
Eisenhower administration. Enjoying the role of a tough guy doing
dirty but necessary work, he pursued
presumed Communists with vigor.
McCarthy overstepped himself
by challenging the U.S. Army when
one of his assistants was drafted.
Television brought the hearings into
millions of homes. Many Americans saw McCarthy’s savage tactics
for the first time, and public support began to wane. The Republican
Party, which had found McCarthy
useful in challenging a Democratic
administration when Truman waspresident, began to see him as anembarrassment. The Senate finallycondemned him for his conduct.
McCarthy in many ways represented the worst domestic excessesof the Cold War. As Americans repudiated him, it became naturalfor many to assume that the Com-

266

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

munist threat at home and abroad
had been grossly overblown. As thecountry moved into the 1960s, antiCommunism became increasingly
suspect, especially among intellectuals and opinion-shapers.

THE POSTWAR ECONOMY:
1945-1960

IWorldn the decade and a half after
War II, the United States ex-perienced phenomenal economic
growth and consolidated its position
as the world’s richest country. Gross
national product (GNP), a measureof all goods and services producedin the United States, jumped fromabout $200,000-million in 1940 to$300,000-million in 1950 to morethan $500,000-million in 1960.
More and more Americans now
considered themselves part of the
middle class.
The growth had different sources. The economic stimulus provided
by large-scale public spending forWorld War II helped get it started.
Two basic middle-class needs did
much to keep it going. The numberof automobiles produced annuallyquadrupled between 1946 and 1955.
A housing boom, stimulated in partby easily affordable mortgages for
returning servicemen, fueled the
expansion. The rise in defense
spending as the Cold War escalated
also played a part.
After 1945 the major corporationsin America grew even larger. There
had been earlier waves of mergers in
the 1890s and in the 1920s; in the

1950s another wave occurred. Franchise operations like McDonald’s
fast-food restaurants allowed small
entrepreneurs to make themselves
part of large, efficient enterprises.
Big American corporations also developed holdings overseas, where labor costs were often lower.
Workers found their own lives
changing as industrial Americachanged. Fewer workers produced
goods; more provided services. As
early as 1956 a majority of employees held white-collar jobs, working
as managers, teachers, salespersons, and office operatives. Somefirms granted a guaranteed annual
wage, long-term employment contracts, and other benefits. With suchchanges, labor militancy was undermined and some class distinctions
began to fade.
Farmers — at least those withsmall operations — faced toughtimes. Gains in productivity led
to agricultural consolidation, andfarming became a big business.
More and more family farmers left
the land.
Other Americans moved too.
The West and the Southwest grewwith increasing rapidity, a trend thatwould continue through the endof the century. Sun Belt cities like
Houston, Texas; Miami, Florida; Albuquerque, New Mexico; and Phoenix, Arizona, expanded rapidly. Los
Angeles, California, moved ahead ofPhiladelphia, Pennsylvania, as thethird largest U.S. city and then surpassed Chicago, metropolis of theMidwest. The 1970 census showed267

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA

that California had displaced New
York as the nation’s largest state.
By 2000, Texas had moved ahead of
New York into second place.
An even more important form of
movement led Americans out of inner cities into new suburbs, where
they hoped to find affordable housing for the larger families spawnedby the postwar baby boom. Developers like William J. Levitt built newcommunities — with homes that
all looked alike — using the techniques of mass production. Levitt’shouses were prefabricated — partly
assembled in a factory rather thanon the final location — and modest,but Levitt’s methods cut costs andallowed new owners to possess a partof the American dream.
As suburbs grew, businesses
moved into the new areas. Large
shopping centers containing a great
variety of stores changed consumer
patterns. The number of these centers rose from eight at the end ofWorld War II to 3,840 in 1960. Witheasy parking and convenient evening hours, customers could avoid
city shopping entirely. An unfortunate by-product was the “hollowingout” of formerly busy urban cores.
New highways created better access to the suburbs and its shops.
The Highway Act of 1956 provided$26,000-million, the largest public
works expenditure in U.S. history, tobuild more than 64,000 kilometersof limited access interstate highways
to link the country together.
Television, too, had a powerful
impact on social and economic pat-terns. Developed in the 1930s, it was
not widely marketed until after thewar. In 1946 the country had fewer
than 17,000 television sets. Three
years later consumers were buying
250,000 sets a month, and by 1960
three-quarters of all families owned
at least one set. In the middle of thedecade, the average family watched
television four to five hours a day.
Popular shows for children included
Howdy Doody Time and The Mickey
Mouse Club; older viewers preferredsituation comedies like I Love Lucyand Father Knows Best. Americans of all ages became exposed toincreasingly sophisticated advertisements for products said to be necessary for the good life.

THE FAIR DEALT
he Fair Deal was the name given
to President Harry Truman’s domes-

tic program. Building on Roosevelt’s
New Deal, Truman believed that thefederal government should guarantee economic opportunity and social
stability. He struggled to achieve thoseends in the face of fierce political opposition from legislators determined
to reduce the role of government.
Truman’s first priority in theimmediate postwar period was tomake the transition to a peacetime
economy. Servicemen wanted tocome home quickly, but once they
arrived they faced competition for
housing and employment. The G.I.
Bill, passed before the end of the war,
helped ease servicemen back into civilian life by providing benefits such

268

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

as guaranteed loans for home-buying and financial aid for industrial
training and university education.
More troubling was labor unrest.
As war production ceased, many
workers found themselves without
jobs. Others wanted pay increases
they felt were long overdue. In 1946,
4.6 million workers went on strike,more than ever before in American
history. They challenged the automobile, steel, and electrical industries.
When they took on the railroads andsoft-coal mines, Truman intervened
to stop union excesses, but in so doing he alienated many workers.
While dealing with immediatelypressing issues, Truman also provided a broader agenda for action. Less
than a week after the war ended, hepresented Congress with a 21-point
program, which provided for protection against unfair employment
practices, a higher minimum wage,
greater unemployment compensation, and housing assistance. In
the next several months, he added
proposals for health insurance andatomic energy legislation. But thisscattershot approach often left Truman’s priorities unclear.
Republicans were quick to attack.
In the 1946 congressional elections
they asked, “Had enough?” and voters responded that they had. Republicans, with majorities in bothhouses of Congress for the first timesince 1928, were determined to reverse the liberal direction of the
Roosevelt years.
Truman fought with the Congress
as it cut spending and reduced taxes.

In 1948 he sought reelection, despite
polls indicating that he had little
chance. After a vigorous campaign,
Truman scored one of the great upsets in American politics, defeating
the Republican nominee, Thomas
Dewey, governor of New York. Reviving the old New Deal coalition,
Truman held on to labor, farmers,
and African-American voters.
When Truman finally left office in 1953, his Fair Deal was but
a mixed success. In July 1948 hebanned racial discrimination in federal government hiring practices andordered an end to segregation in the
military. The minimum wage hadrisen, and social security programs
had expanded. A housing program
brought some gains but left manyneeds unmet. National health insurance, aid-to-education measures,reformed agricultural subsidies, andhis legislative civil rights agenda
never made it through Congress.
The president’s pursuit of the Cold
War, ultimately his most important
objective, made it especially difficult
to develop support for social reformin the face of intense opposition.

EISENHOWER’S APPROACHW
hen Dwight Eisenhower succeeded Truman as president, he
accepted the basic framework of government responsibility establishedby the New Deal, but sought to holdthe line on programs and expenditures. He termed his approach “dynamic conservatism” or “modern
Republicanism,” which meant, he ex-

269

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA

plained, “conservative when it comesto money, liberal when it comes tohuman beings.” A critic counteredthat Eisenhower appeared to argue
that he would “strongly recommend
the building of a great many schools... but not provide the money.”
Eisenhower’s first priority was
to balance the budget after years ofdeficits. He wanted to cut spending
and taxes and maintain the value ofthe dollar. Republicans were willingto risk unemployment to keep inflation in check. Reluctant to stimulate
the economy too much, they saw
the country suffer three economic
recessions in the eight years of theEisenhower presidency, but none
was very severe.
In other areas, the administration transferred control of offshore
oil lands from the federal government to the states. It also favored private development of electrical power
rather than the public approach the
Democrats had initiated. In general,its orientation was sympathetic tobusiness.
Compared to Truman, Eisenhower had only a modest domestic program. When he was active
in promoting a bill, it likely was totrim the New Deal legacy a bit — asin reducing agricultural subsidies
or placing mild restrictions on labor unions. His disinclination topush fundamental change in either
direction was in keeping with thespirit of the generally prosperous
Fifties. He was one of the few presidents who left office as popular as
when he entered it.

THE CULTURE OF THE 1950sDuring the 1950s, many cultural commentators pointed outthat a sense of uniformity pervaded
American society. Conformity, theyasserted, was numbingly common.
Though men and women had been
forced into new employment patterns during World War II, once thewar was over, traditional roles werereaffirmed. Men expected to be thebreadwinners in each family; women, even when they worked, assumed
their proper place was at home. In his
influential book, The Lonely Crowd,sociologist David Riesman called
this new society “other-directed,”
characterized by conformity, butalso by stability. Television, still very
limited in the choices it gave its viewers, contributed to the homogenizing
cultural trend by providing young
and old with a shared experience reflecting accepted social patterns.
Yet beneath this seemingly
bland surface, important segmentsof American society seethed withrebellion. A number of writers,
collectively known as the “Beat Generation,” went out of their way tochallenge the patterns of respectability and shock the rest of theculture. Stressing spontaneity andspirituality, they preferred intuition
over reason, Eastern mysticism overWestern institutionalized religion.
The literary work of the beatsdisplayed their sense of alienationand quest for self-realization. Jack
Kerouac typed his best-selling novel
On the Road on a 75-meter roll of270

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

paper. Lacking traditional punctuation and paragraph structure, thebook glorified the possibilities of thefree life. Poet Allen Ginsberg gained
similar notoriety for his poem
“Howl,” a scathing critique of modern, mechanized civilization. When
police charged that it was obscene
and seized the published version,
Ginsberg successfully challenged
the ruling in court.
Musicians and artists rebelled aswell. Tennessee singer Elvis Presley
was the most successful of several
white performers who popularized
a sensual and pulsating style of African-American music, which began
to be called “rock and roll.” At first,
he outraged middle-class Americans with his ducktail haircut andundulating hips. But in a few years
his performances would seem relatively tame alongside the antics oflater performers such as the British
Rolling Stones. Similarly, it was in
the 1950s that painters like Jackson
Pollock discarded easels and laid out
gigantic canvases on the floor, thenapplied paint, sand, and other materials in wild splashes of color. All ofthese artists and authors, whatever
the medium, provided models forthe wider and more deeply felt social
revolution of the 1960s.

ORIGINS OF THE CIVIL
RIGHTS MOVEMENT

A
frican Americans became increasingly restive in the postwar
years. During the war they had challenged discrimination in the mili-tary services and in the work force,and they had made limited gains.
Millions of African Americans had
left Southern farms for Northern cities, where they hoped to find betterjobs. They found instead crowded
conditions in urban slums. Now,
African-American servicemen returned home, many intent on rejecting second-class citizenship.
Jackie Robinson dramatized the
racial question in 1947 when hebroke baseball’s color line and began playing in the major leagues. A
member of the Brooklyn Dodgers,
he often faced trouble with opponents and teammates as well. But an
outstanding first season led to his
acceptance and eased the way forother African-American players,
who now left the Negro leagues towhich they had been confined.
Government officials, and manyother Americans, discovered theconnection between racial problems
and Cold War politics. As the leaderof the free world, the United Statessought support in Africa and Asia.
Discrimination at home impeded
the effort to win friends in otherparts of the world.
Harry Truman supported theearly civil rights movement. He personally believed in political equality,
though not in social equality, andrecognized the growing importanceof the African-American urban vote.
When apprised in 1946 of a spateof lynchings and anti-black violencein the South, he appointed a committee on civil rights to investigate
discrimination. Its report, To Secure271

CHAPTER 12: POSTWAR AMERICA

These Rights, issued the next year,
documented African Americans’second-class status in American lifeand recommended numerous federal measures to secure the rights
guaranteed to all citizens.
Truman responded by sending
a 10-point civil rights program toCongress. Southern Democrats inCongress were able to block its enactment. A number of the angriest,
led by Governor Strom Thurmondof South Carolina, formed a States
Rights Party to oppose the president
in 1948. Truman thereupon issued
an executive order barring discrimination in federal employment, ordered equal treatment in the armed
forces, and appointed a committee
to work toward an end to military
segregation, which was largely ended
during the Korean War.
African Americans in the Southin the 1950s still enjoyed few, if any,
civil and political rights. In general, they could not vote. Those who
tried to register faced the likelihoodof beatings, loss of job, loss of credit,
or eviction from their land. Occasional lynchings still occurred. Jim
Crow laws enforced segregation of
the races in streetcars, trains, hotels,
restaurants, hospitals, recreational
facilities, and employment.

Plessy v. Ferguson in 1896, that segregation of African-American andwhite students was constitutional if
facilities were “separate but equal.”That decree had been used for decades to sanction rigid segregationin all aspects of Southern life, where
facilities were seldom, if ever, equal.
African Americans achieved theirgoal of overturning Plessy in 1954
when the Supreme Court — presided over by an Eisenhower appointee, Chief Justice Earl Warren— handed down its Brown v. Boardof Education ruling. The Court declared unanimously that “separate
facilities are inherently unequal,”and decreed that the “separate but
equal” doctrine could no longer beused in public schools. A year later,
the Supreme Court demanded that
local school boards move “with alldeliberate speed” to implement thedecision.
Eisenhower, although sympathetic to the needs of the South as it faced
a major transition, nonetheless acted to see that the law was upheld in
the face of massive resistance frommuch of the South. He faced a major crisis in Little Rock, Arkansas, in
1957, when Governor Orval Faubus
attempted to block a desegregation
plan calling for the admission of nine
black students to the city’s previDESEGREGATION
ously all-white Central High School.
After futile efforts at negotiation, thehe National Association for the president sent federal troops to Little
Advancement of Colored People Rock to enforce the plan.
(NAACP) took the lead in efforts toGovernor Faubus responded byoverturn the judicial doctrine, es- ordering the Little Rock high schools
tablished in the Supreme Court case closed down for the 1958-59 school

T

272

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

year. However, a federal court
ordered them reopened the following year. They did so in a tense atmosphere with a tiny number ofAfrican-American students. Thus,
school desegregation proceeded at aslow and uncertain pace throughout
much of the South.
Another milestone in the civilrights movement occurred in 1955 in
Montgomery, Alabama. Rosa Parks,a 42-year-old African-American
seamstress who was also secretaryof the state chapter of the NAACP,
sat down in the front of a bus in asection reserved by law and custom
for whites. Ordered to move to theback, she refused. Police came andarrested her for violating the segregation statutes. African-American
leaders, who had been waiting forjust such a case, organized a boycottof the bus system.
Martin Luther King Jr., a young
minister of the Baptist church
where the African Americans met,
became a spokesman for the protest. “There comes a time,” he said,“when people get tired ... of being
kicked about by the brutal feet of oppression.” King was arrested, as hewould be again and again; a bomb
damaged the front of his house. But
African Americans in Montgomery
sustained the boycott. About a year
later, the Supreme Court affirmedthat bus segregation, like school
segregation, was unconstitutional.
The boycott ended. The civil rights
movement had won an important
victory — and discovered its mostpowerful, thoughtful, and eloquentleader in Martin Luther King Jr.
African Americans also sought tosecure their voting rights. Although
the 15th Amendment to the U.S.
Constitution guaranteed the right tovote, many states had found ways tocircumvent the law. The states would
impose a poll (“head”) tax or a literacy test — typically much more
stringently interpreted for African
Americans — to prevent poor African Americans with little educationfrom voting. Eisenhower, working
with Senate majority leader Lyndon B. Johnson, lent his support toa congressional effort to guarantee
the vote. The Civil Rights Act of1957, the first such measure in 82
years, marked a step forward, as it
authorized federal intervention incases where African Americans
were denied the chance to vote. Yetloopholes remained, and so activists pushed successfully for the Civil
Rights Act of 1960, which provided
stiffer penalties for interfering withvoting, but still stopped short of authorizing federal officials to register
African Americans.
Relying on the efforts of African
Americans themselves, the civilrights movement gained momentum in the postwar years. Working
through the Supreme Court andthrough Congress, civil rights supporters had created the groundwork
for a dramatic yet peaceful “revolution” in American race relations in
the 1960s. 
9

273

274

13
CHAPTERDECADESOFCHANGE:
1960-1980

Module Pilot Edwin Aldrin Jr.
on the moon, July 20, 1969.

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980“I have a dream that one dayon the red hills of Georgia,
sons of former slaves andthe sons of former slave
owners will be able to sit
down together at the tableof brotherhood.”
Martin Luther King Jr., 1963

By 1960, the United States was on
the verge of a major social change.
American society had always been
more open and fluid than that of
the nations in most of the rest of theworld. Still, it had been dominatedprimarily by old-stock, white males.
During the 1960s, groups that previously had been submerged or subordinate began more forcefully andsuccessfully to assert themselves: African Americans, Native Americans,
women, the white ethnic offspring of
the “new immigration,” and Latinos.
Much of the support they received
came from a young population larger than ever, making its way througha college and university system thatwas expanding at an unprecedented
pace. Frequently embracing “countercultural” lifestyles and radical

politics, many of the offspring of theWorld War II generation emerged as
advocates of a new America characterized by a cultural and ethnic
pluralism that their parents often
viewed with unease.

THE CIVIL RIGHTS
MOVEMENT 1960-1980The struggle of African Americans
for equality reached its peak in the

mid-1960s. After progressive victories in the 1950s, African Americans became even more committed
to nonviolent direct action. Groups
like the Southern Christian Leadership Conference (SCLC), made up
of African-American clergy, andthe Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), composed

276

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

of younger activists, sought reform
through peaceful confrontation.
In 1960 African-American college students sat down at a segregated Woolworth’s lunch counter inNorth Carolina and refused to leave.
Their sit-in captured media attention and led to similar demonstrations throughout the South. The nextyear, civil rights workers organized“freedom rides,” in which African
Americans and whites boarded buses heading south toward segregatedterminals, where confrontations
might capture media attention andlead to change.
They also organized rallies, thelargest of which was the “March on
Washington” in 1963. More than
200,000 people gathered in the nation’s capital to demonstrate theircommitment to equality for all. The
high point of a day of songs andspeeches came with the address ofMartin Luther King Jr., who had
emerged as the preeminent spokesman for civil rights. “I have a dreamthat one day on the red hills of Georgia the sons of former slaves and thesons of former slave owners will beable to sit down together at the tableof brotherhood,” King proclaimed.
Each time he used the refrain “I havea dream,” the crowd roared.
The level of progress initiallyachieved did not match the rhetoricof the civil rights movement. President Kennedy was initially reluctant to press white Southerners forsupport on civil rights because heneeded their votes on other issues.
Events, driven by African Americans

themselves, forced his hand. WhenJames Meredith was denied admission to the University of Mississippi
in 1962 because of his race, Kennedy
sent federal troops to uphold the law.
After protests aimed at the desegregation of Birmingham, Alabama,prompted a violent response by thepolice, he sent Congress a new civilrights bill mandating the integrationof public places. Not even the Marchon Washington, however, could extricate the measure from a congressional committee, where it was stillbottled up when Kennedy was assassinated in 1963.
President Lyndon B. Johnson
was more successful. Displaying
negotiating skills he had so frequently employed during his years
as Senate majority leader, Johnson
persuaded the Senate to limit delaying tactics preventing a final voteon the sweeping Civil Rights Act of1964, which outlawed discrimination in all public accommodations.
The next year’s Voting Rights Act
of 1965 authorized the federal government to register voters where
local officials had prevented African Americans from doing so. By
1968 a million African Americans
were registered in the deep South.
Nationwide, the number of AfricanAmerican elected officials increased
substantially. In 1968, the Congress
passed legislation banning discrimination in housing.
Once unleashed, however, thecivil rights revolution produced
leaders impatient with both the paceof change and the goal of channel-277

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

ing African Americans into mainstream white society. Malcolm X,
an eloquent activist, was the mostprominent figure arguing for African-American separation from thewhite race. Stokely Carmichael, astudent leader, became similarly disillusioned by the notions of nonviolence and interracial cooperation.
He popularized the slogan “black
power,” to be achieved by “whatevermeans necessary,” in the words of
Malcolm X.
Violence accompanied militantcalls for reform. Riots broke out inseveral big cities in 1966 and 1967.
In the spring of 1968, Martin Luther King Jr. fell before an assassin’sbullet. Several months later, Senator
Robert Kennedy, a spokesman forthe disadvantaged, an opponent of
the Vietnam War, and the brotherof the slain president, met the same
fate. To many these two assassinations marked the end of an era of innocence and idealism. The growing
militancy on the left, coupled withan inevitable conservative backlash,opened a rift in the nation’s psychethat took years to heal.
By then, however, a civil rights
movement supported by court decisions, congressional enactments,and federal administrative regulations was irreversibly woven into thefabric of American life. The major
issues were about implementationof equality and access, not about thelegality of segregation or disenfranchisement. The arguments of the
1970s and thereafter were over matters such as busing children out of

their neighborhoods to achieve racial balance in metropolitan schoolsor about the use of “affirmative action.” These policies and programs
were viewed by some as active measures to ensure equal opportunity, as
in education and employment, andby others as reverse discrimination.
The courts worked their way
through these problems with decisions that were often inconsistent. In
the meantime, the steady march of
African Americans into the ranksof the middle class and once largely white suburbs quietly reflected a
profound demographic change.

THE WOMEN’S MOVEMENT

D
uring the 1950s and 1960s, increasing numbers of married wom-en entered the labor force, but in
1963 the average working woman
earned only 63 percent of what aman made. That year Betty Friedan
published The Feminine Mystique,an explosive critique of middleclass living patterns that articulated
a pervasive sense of discontent thatFriedan contended was felt by many
women. Arguing that women often
had no outlets for expression otherthan “finding a husband and bearing children,” Friedan encouraged
her readers to seek new roles and responsibilities and to find their own
personal and professional identities,
rather than have them defined by amale-dominated society.
The women’s movement of the
1960s and 1970s drew inspirationfrom the civil rights movement. It

278

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

was made up mainly of members ofthe middle class, and thus partookof the spirit of rebellion that affectedlarge segments of middle-class youth
in the 1960s.
Reform legislation also promptedchange. During debate on the 1964
Civil Rights bill, opponents hoped
to defeat the entire measure by proposing an amendment to outlaw discrimination on the basis of gender aswell as race. First the amendment,
then the bill itself, passed, giving
women a valuable legal tool.
In 1966, 28 professional women,
including Friedan, established the
National Organization for Women (NOW) “to take action to bring
American women into full participation in the mainstream of American society now.” While NOW andsimilar feminist organizations boastof substantial memberships today,
arguably they attained their greatest
influence in the early 1970s, a timethat also saw the journalist Gloria
Steinem and several other women found Ms. magazine. They also
spurred the formation of counterfeminist groups, often led by women,
including most prominently the political activist Phyllis Schlafly. These
groups typically argued for more
“traditional” gender roles and opposed the proposed “Equal Rights”
constitutional amendment.
Passed by Congress in 1972,
that amendment declared in part,“Equality of rights under the law
shall not be denied or abridged by
the United States or by any State on
account of sex.” Over the next sever-

al years, 35 of the necessary 38 states
ratified it. The courts also moved to
expand women’s rights. In 1973 theSupreme Court in Roe v. Wade sanctioned women’s right to obtain an
abortion during the early months ofpregnancy — seen as a significant
victory for the women’s movement— but Roe also spurred the growthof an anti-abortion movement.
In the mid- to late-1970s, however, the women’s movement seemed
to stagnate. It failed to broaden its
appeal beyond the middle class.
Divisions arose between moderate
and radical feminists. Conservative
opponents mounted a campaign
against the Equal Rights Amendment, and it died in 1982 without
gaining the approval of the 38 statesneeded for ratification.

THE LATINO MOVEMENT

IAmericans
n post-World War II America,of Mexican and Puerto
Rican descent had faced discrimination. New immigrants, coming fromCuba, Mexico, and Central America — often unskilled and unable tospeak English — suffered from discrimination as well. Some Hispanics
worked as farm laborers and at times
were cruelly exploited while harvesting crops; others gravitated to thecities, where, like earlier immigrantgroups, they encountered difficulties
in their quest for a better life.
Chicanos, or Mexican-Americans, mobilized in organizations
like the radical Asociación Nacional Mexico-Americana, yet did

279

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

not become confrontational until the 1960s. Hoping that Lyndon
Johnson’s poverty program would
expand opportunities for them,
they found that bureaucrats failed
to respond to less vocal groups.
The example of black activism inparticular taught Hispanics the importance of pressure politics in apluralistic society.
The National Labor Relations Act
of 1935 had excluded agricultural
workers from its guarantee of theright to organize and bargain collectively. But César Chávez, founder of the overwhelmingly Hispanic
United Farm Workers, demonstrated that direct action could achieve
employer recognition for his union.
California grape growers agreed tobargain with the union after Chávez
led a nationwide consumer boycott. Similar boycotts of lettuce andother products were also successful.
Though farm interests continued totry to obstruct Chávez’s organization, the legal foundation had beenlaid for representation to securehigher wages and improved working
conditions.
Hispanics became politically active as well. In 1961 Henry B.
González won election to Congressfrom Texas. Three years later Eligio(“Kika”) de la Garza, another Texan,
followed him, and Joseph Montoya
of New Mexico went to the Senate. Both González and de la Garzalater rose to positions of power as
committee chairmen in the House.
In the 1970s and 1980s, the pace of
Hispanic political involvement in-creased. Several prominent Hispanics have served in the Bill Clintonand George W. Bush cabinets.

THE NATIVE-AMERICAN
MOVEMENT

Istruggled
n the 1950s, Native Americans
with the government’s pol-icy of moving them off reservations
and into cities where they might assimilate into mainstream America.
Many of the uprooted often had difficulties adjusting to urban life. In
1961, when the policy was discontinued, the U.S. Commission on Civil
Rights noted that, for Native Americans, “poverty and deprivation arecommon.”In the 1960s and 1970s, watching both the development of Third
World nationalism and the progressof the civil rights movement, Native
Americans became more aggressive
in pressing for their own rights. A
new generation of leaders went tocourt to protect what was left of tribal
lands or to recover those which had
been taken, often illegally, in previous times. In state after state, theychallenged treaty violations, and in1967 won the first of many victories
guaranteeing long-abused land andwater rights. The American Indian
Movement (AIM), founded in 1968,
helped channel government funds to
Native-American-controlled organizations and assisted neglected Native
Americans in the cities.
Confrontations became morecommon. In 1969 a landing partyof 78 Native Americans seized Alca-280

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

traz Island in San Francisco Bay andheld it until federal officials removed
them in 1971. In 1973 AIM took over
the South Dakota village of Wounded Knee, where soldiers in the late
19th century had massacred a Siouxencampment. Militants hoped todramatize the poverty and alcoholism in the reservation surrounding
the town. The episode ended after
one Native American was killed andanother wounded, with a government agreement to re-examine treaty rights.
Still, Native-American activism brought results. Other Americans became more aware of
Native-American needs. Government officials responded withmeasures including the Education
Assistance Act of 1975 and the 1996
Native-American Housing and SelfDetermination Act. The Senate’s
first Native-American member, Ben
Nighthorse Campbell of Colorado,
was elected in 1992.

THE COUNTERCULTURE

T
he agitation for equal opportunity sparked other forms of upheaval.
Young people in particular rejected
the stable patterns of middle-classlife their parents had created in thedecades after World War II. Someplunged into radical political activity; many more embraced new standards of dress and sexual behavior.
The visible signs of the counterculture spread through parts ofAmerican society in the late 1960s
and early 1970s. Hair grew lon-

ger and beards became common.
Blue jeans and tee shirts took theplace of slacks, jackets, and ties.
The use of illegal drugs increased.
Rock and roll grew, proliferated,
and transformed into many musical variations. The Beatles, the Rolling Stones, and other British groups
took the country by storm. “Hardrock” grew popular, and songs witha political or social commentary,such as those by singer-songwriter
Bob Dylan, became common. The
youth counterculture reached its
apogee in August 1969 at Woodstock, a three-day music festival inrural New York State attended byalmost half-a-million persons. The
festival, mythologized in films andrecord albums, gave its name to theera, the Woodstock Generation.
A parallel manifestation of the
new sensibility of the young was
the rise of the New Left, a group ofyoung, college-age radicals. The New
Leftists, who had close counterpartsin Western Europe, were in many instances the children of the older generation of radicals. Nonetheless, theyrejected old-style Marxist rhetoric.
Instead, they depicted university
students as themselves an oppressedclass that possessed special insights
into the struggle of other oppressedgroups in American society.
New Leftists participated in thecivil rights movement and the struggle against poverty. Their greatest
success — and the one instance inwhich they developed a mass following — was in opposing the Vietnam
War, an issue of emotional interest

281

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

to their draft-age contemporaries.
By the late 1970s, the student New
Left had disappeared, but many of its
activists made their way into mainstream politics.

provement Act, which assigned tothe polluter the responsibility ofcleaning up off-shore oil spills. Also,in 1970, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) was created as
an independent federal agency to
ENVIRONMENTALISM
spearhead the effort to bring abuses under control. During the next
he energy and sensibility that fu- three decades, the EPA, bolstered byeled the civil rights movement, the legislation that increased its authorcounterculture, and the New Left ity, became one of the most active
also stimulated an environmental agencies in the government, issuing
movement in the mid-1960s. Many strong regulations covering air andwere aroused by the publication in water quality.
1962 of Rachel Carson’s book Silent
Spring, which alleged that chemical
KENNEDY AND THE
pesticides, particularly DDT, caused
RESURGENCE OF BIG
cancer, among other ills. Public
GOVERNMENT LIBERALISM
concern about the environment
continued to increase throughout
y 1960 government had become
the 1960s as many became aware of an increasingly powerful force inother pollutants surrounding them people’s lives. During the Great De— automobile emissions, industrial pression of the 1930s, new execuwastes, oil spills — that threatened tive agencies were created to deal
their health and the beauty of their with many aspects of American life.
surroundings. On April 22, 1970, During World War II, the number
schools and communities across the of civilians employed by the federUnited States celebrated Earth Day al government rose from one milfor the first time. “Teach-ins” edu- lion to 3.8 million, then stabilizedcated Americans about the dangers at 2.5 million in the 1950s. Federal
of environmental pollution.
expenditures, which had stood at
Few denied that pollution was a $3,100-million in 1929, increased toproblem, but the proposed solutions $75,000-million in 1953 and passed
involved expense and inconve- $150,000-million in the 1960s.
nience. Many believed these would
Most Americans accepted govreduce the economic growth upon ernment’s expanded role, evenwhich many Americans’ standard as they disagreed about how farof living depended. Nevertheless, in that expansion should continue.
1970, Congress amended the Clean Democrats generally wanted the
Air Act of 1967 to develop uniform government to ensure growth andnational air-quality standards. It stability. They wanted to extend
also passed the Water Quality Im- federal benefits for education, health,

T

B

282

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

and welfare. Many Republicans
accepted a level of government
responsibility, but hoped to cap
spending and restore a larger
measure of individual initiative. The
presidential election of 1960 revealed
a nation almost evenly divided
between these visions.
John F. Kennedy, the Democratic
victor by a narrow margin, was at
43 the youngest man ever to win thepresidency. On television, in a seriesof debates with opponent Richard
Nixon, he appeared able, articulate,and energetic. In the campaign, hespoke of moving aggressively into
the new decade, for “the New Frontier is here whether we seek it ornot.” In his first inaugural address,
he concluded with an eloquent plea:“Ask not what your country can dofor you — ask what you can do foryour country.” Throughout his briefpresidency, Kennedy’s special combination of grace, wit, and style —far more than his specific legislative
agenda — sustained his popularity
and influenced generations of politicians to come.
Kennedy wanted to exert strong
leadership to extend economic benefits to all citizens, but a razor-thin
margin of victory limited his mandate. Even though the Democratic Party controlled both houses ofCongress, conservative Southern
Democrats often sided with the Republicans on issues involving thescope of governmental intervention
in the economy. They resisted plans
to increase federal aid to education,
provide health insurance for the el-

derly, and create a new Department
of Urban Affairs. And so, despite
his lofty rhetoric, Kennedy’s policies
were often limited and restrained.
One priority was to end the recession, in progress when Kennedy took
office, and restore economic growth.
But Kennedy lost the confidence ofbusiness leaders in 1962, when hesucceeded in rolling back what theadministration regarded as an excessive price increase in the steel industry. Though the president achieved
his immediate goal, he alienated an
important source of support. Persuaded by his economic advisers thata large tax cut would stimulate theeconomy, Kennedy backed a bill providing for one. Conservative opposition in Congress, however, appeared
to destroy any hopes of passing a billmost congressmen thought would
widen the budget deficit.
The overall legislative record of the
Kennedy administration was meager.
The president made some gestures
toward civil rights leaders but did notembrace the goals of the civil rights
movement until demonstrations led
by Martin Luther King Jr. forced
his hand in 1963. Like Truman
before him, he could not secure
congressional passage of federal aid
to public education or for a medicalcare program limited to the elderly.
He gained only a modest increasein the minimum wage. Still, he did
secure funding for a space program,and established the Peace Corps tosend men and women overseas toassist developing countries in meeting
their own needs.

283

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

KENNEDY AND THE
COLD WAR

P
resident Kennedy came into office pledging to carry on the Cold

War vigorously, but he also hoped
for accommodation and was reluctant to commit American power.
During his first year-and-a-halfin office, he rejected American intervention after the CIA-guided
Cuban exile invasion at the Bay ofPigs failed, effectively ceded thelandlocked Southeast Asian nationof Laos to Communist control, andacquiesced in the building of the
Berlin Wall. Kennedy’s decisions
reinforced impressions of weakness
that Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev had formed in their only personal meeting, a summit meeting at
Vienna in June 1961.
It was against this backdrop that
Kennedy faced the most serious
event of the Cold War, the Cuban
missile crisis.
In the fall of 1962, the administration learned that the Soviet Union
was secretly installing offensive nuclear missiles in Cuba. After considering different options, Kennedy
decided on a quarantine to prevent
Soviet ships from bringing additional supplies to Cuba. He demanded
publicly that the Soviets remove theweapons and warned that an attackfrom that island would bring retaliation against the USSR. After several days of tension, during which theworld was closer than ever before to
nuclear war, the Soviets agreed toremove the missiles. Critics charged

that Kennedy had risked nuclear disaster when quiet diplomacy might
have been effective. But most Americans and much of the non-Communist world applauded his decisiveness.
The missile crisis made him for the
first time the acknowledged leader ofthe democratic West.
In retrospect, the Cuban missile crisis marked a turning pointin U.S.-Soviet relations. Both sides
saw the need to defuse tensions that
could lead to direct military conflict. The following year, the UnitedStates, the Soviet Union, and GreatBritain signed a landmark Limited
Test Ban Treaty prohibiting nuclear
weapons tests in the atmosphere.
Indochina (Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia), a French possession before
World War II, was still another Cold
War battlefield. The French effort toreassert colonial control there was
opposed by Ho Chi Minh, a Vietnamese Communist, whose Viet
Minh movement engaged in a guerrilla war with the French army.
Both Truman and Eisenhower,
eager to maintain French support forthe policy of containment in Europe,
provided France with economic aidthat freed resources for the struggle
in Vietnam. But the French suffereda decisive defeat in Dien Bien Phu in
May 1954. At an international conference in Geneva, Laos and Cambodia
were given their independence. Vietnam was divided, with Ho in powerin the North and Ngo Dinh Diem, aRoman Catholic anti-Communist ina largely Buddhist population, heading the government in the South.

284

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYElections were to be held two years
later to unify the country. Persuadedthat the fall of Vietnam could lead tothe fall of Burma, Thailand, and Indonesia, Eisenhower backed Diem’s
refusal to hold elections in 1956 andeffectively established South Vietnam as an American client state.
Kennedy increased assistance,and sent small numbers of militaryadvisers, but a new guerrilla struggle between North and South continued. Diem’s unpopularity grew
and the military situation worsened. In late 1963, Kennedy secretly
assented to a coup d’etat. To thepresident’s surprise, Diem and his
powerful brother-in-law, Ngo DienNu, were killed. It was at this uncertain juncture that Kennedy’s presidency ended three weeks later.

After Kennedy’s death, President
Lyndon Johnson enthusiasticallysupported the space program. In
the mid-1960s, U.S. scientists developed the two-person Gemini spacecraft. Gemini achieved several firsts,
including an eight-day mission in
August 1965 — the longest spaceflight at that time — and in November 1966, the first automaticallycontrolled reentry into the Earth’s
atmosphere. Gemini also accomplished the first manned linkup of
two spacecraft in flight as well as thefirst U.S. walks in space.
The three-person Apollo spacecraft achieved Kennedy’s goal anddemonstrated to the world that theUnited States had surpassed Soviet
capabilities in space. On July 20,
1969, with hundreds of millions of
television viewers watching around
THE SPACE PROGRAM
the world, Neil Armstrong became
the first human to walk on the sururing Eisenhower’s second face of the moon.
term, outer space had become an
Other Apollo flights followed, but
arena for U.S.-Soviet competition. many Americans began to question
In 1957, the Soviet Union launched the value of manned space flight. In
Sputnik — an artificial satellite — the early 1970s, as other priorities
thereby demonstrating it could became more pressing, the Unitedbuild more powerful rockets than States scaled down the space prothe United States. The United States gram. Some Apollo missions werelaunched its first satellite, Explorer I, scrapped; only one of two proposed
in 1958. But three months after Ken- Skylab space stations was built.
nedy became president, the USSR
put the first man in orbit. Kennedy
DEATH OF A PRESIDENT
responded by committing the United States to land a man on the moon
ohn Kennedy had gained worldand bring him back “before this de- prestige by his management of thecade is out.” With Project Mercury Cuban missile crisis and had wonin 1962, John Glenn became the first great popularity at home. Many beU.S. astronaut to orbit the Earth.
lieved he would win re-election eas-

D

J

285

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

ily in 1964. But on November 22,
1963, he was assassinated while riding in an open car during a visit to
Dallas, Texas. His death, amplified
by television coverage, was a traumatic event, just as Roosevelt’s had
been 18 years earlier.
In retrospect, it is clear that Kennedy’s reputation stems more fromhis style and eloquently stated ideals
than from the implementation of his
policies. He had laid out an impressive agenda but at his death much remained blocked in Congress. It waslargely because of the political skill
and legislative victories of his successor that Kennedy would be seen
as a force for progressive change.

LYNDON JOHNSON AND
THE GREAT SOCIETY

L
yndon Johnson, a Texan who was
majority leader in the Senate before

becoming Kennedy’s vice president,
was a masterful politician. He had
been schooled in Congress, where
he developed an extraordinary ability to get things done. He excelled
at pleading, cajoling, or threatening
as necessary to achieve his ends. His
liberal idealism was probably deeper than Kennedy’s. As president, hewanted to use his power aggressively
to eliminate poverty and spread thebenefits of prosperity to all.
Johnson took office determined
to secure the passage of Kennedy’s
legislative agenda. His immediatepriorities were his predecessor’s bills
to reduce taxes and guarantee civilrights. Using his skills of persuasion

and calling on the legislators’ respect
for the slain president, Johnson succeeded in gaining passage of bothduring his first year in office. The
tax cuts stimulated the economy.
The Civil Rights Act of 1964 was themost far-reaching such legislation
since Reconstruction.
Johnson addressed other issues aswell. By the spring of 1964, he had
begun to use the name “Great Society” to describe his socio-economic
program. That summer he secured
passage of a federal jobs program for
impoverished young people. It was
the first step in what he called the“War on Poverty.” In the presidential election that November, he wona landslide victory over conservative
Republican Barry Goldwater. Significantly, the 1964 election gave liberal
Democrats firm control of Congress
for the first time since 1938. This
would enable them to pass legislation over the combined opposition
of Republicans and conservative
Southern Democrats.
The War on Poverty became thecenterpiece of the administration’sGreat Society program. The Officeof Economic Opportunity, established in 1964, provided training
for the poor and established various community-action agencies,
guided by an ethic of “participatory
democracy” that aimed to give thepoor themselves a voice in housing,health, and education programs.
Medical care came next. Under
Johnson’s leadership, Congress enacted Medicare, a health insurance
program for the elderly, and Med-286

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

icaid, a program providing healthcare assistance for the poor.
Johnson succeeded in the effort
to provide more federal aid for elementary and secondary schooling,
traditionally a state and local function. The measure that was enacted
gave money to the states based on
the number of their children from
low-income families. Funds could
be used to assist public- and privateschool children alike.
Convinced the United States confronted an “urban crisis” characterized by declining inner cities, theGreat Society architects devised a
new housing act that provided rent
supplements for the poor and established a Department of Housing and
Urban Development.
Other legislation had an impact on many aspects of American
life. Federal assistance went to artists and scholars to encourage theirwork. In September 1966, Johnson
signed into law two transportation
bills. The first provided funds tostate and local governments for developing safety programs, while theother set up federal safety standards
for cars and tires. The latter program
reflected the efforts of a crusading
young radical, Ralph Nader. In his
1965 book, Unsafe at Any Speed: The
Designed-In Dangers of the American Automobile, Nader argued that
automobile manufacturers were sacrificing safety features for style, andcharged that faulty engineering contributed to highway fatalities.
In 1965, Congress abolished thediscriminatory 1924 national-origin

immigration quotas. This triggered
a new wave of immigration, muchof it from South and East Asia andLatin America.
The Great Society was the largest burst of legislative activity since
the New Deal. But support weakened
as early as 1966. Some of Johnson’s
programs did not live up to expectations; many went underfunded. The
urban crisis seemed, if anything, toworsen. Still, whether because of theGreat Society spending or because ofa strong economic upsurge, poverty
did decline at least marginally during the Johnson administration.

THE WAR IN VIETNAM

D
issatisfaction with the Great Society came to be more than matchedby unhappiness with the situation in
Vietnam. A series of South Vietnamese strong men proved little
more successful than Diem in mobilizing their country. The Viet Cong,
insurgents supplied and coordinatedfrom North Vietnam, gained groundin the countryside.
Determined to halt Communist
advances in South Vietnam, Johnson
made the Vietnam War his own. After a North Vietnamese naval attack
on two American destroyers, Johnson won from Congress on August 7,
1964, passage of the Gulf of Tonkin
Resolution, which allowed the president to “take all necessary measures
to repel any armed attack against
the forces of the United States andto prevent further aggression.” After
his re-election in November 1964, he287

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

embarked on a policy of escalation.
From 25,000 troops at the start of1965, the number of soldiers — bothvolunteers and draftees — rose to500,000 by 1968. A bombing campaign wrought havoc in both Northand South Vietnam.
Grisly television coverage with acritical edge dampened support for
the war. Some Americans thought it
immoral; others watched in dismay
as the massive military campaign
seemed to be ineffective. Large protests, especially among the young,and a mounting general public dissatisfaction pressured Johnson to begin negotiating for peace.

rights measures of the 1960s galvanized the third-party candidacy of
Alabama Governor George Wallace, a Democrat who captured hishome state, Mississippi, and Arkansas, Louisiana, and Georgia, states
typically carried in that era by the
Democratic nominee. Republican
Richard Nixon, who ran on a plan to
extricate the United States from thewar and to increase “law and order”
at home, scored a narrow victory.

THE ELECTION OF 1968

American troops while redoubling
efforts to equip the South Vietnamese army to carry on the fight. He
also ordered strong American offensive actions. The most important ofthese was an invasion of Cambodia
in 1970 to cut off North Vietnamese supply lines to South Vietnam.
This led to another round of protests
and demonstrations. Students inmany universities took to the streets.
At Kent State in Ohio, the National
Guard troops who had been called in
to restore order panicked and killed
four students.
By the fall of 1972, however,troop strength in Vietnam was below 50,000 and the military draft,which had caused so much campus discontent, was all but dead. A
cease-fire, negotiated for the UnitedStates by Nixon’s national security
adviser, Henry Kissinger, was signed
in 1973. Although American troopsBy 1968 the country was in turmoil over both the Vietnam War

and civil disorder, expressed in urban riots that reflected AfricanAmerican anger. On March 31, 1968,
the president renounced any intention of seeking another term. Justa week later, Martin Luther King
Jr. was shot and killed in Memphis,
Tennessee. John Kennedy’s younger
brother, Robert, made an emotionalanti-war campaign for the Democratic nomination, only to be assassinated in June.
At the Democratic National Convention in Chicago, Illinois, protesters fought street battles with police.
A divided Democratic Party nominated Vice President Hubert Humphrey, once the hero of the liberals
but now seen as a Johnson loyalist. White opposition to the civil

NIXON, VIETNAM, AND THE
COLD WAR

D
etermined to achieve “peacewith honor,” Nixon slowly withdrew

288

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

departed, the war lingered on into
the spring of 1975, when Congresscut off assistance to South Vietnam
and North Vietnam consolidated its
control over the entire country.
The war left Vietnam devastated,with millions maimed or killed. It
also left the United States traumatized. The nation had spent over
$150,000-million in a losing effort
that cost more than 58,000 American lives. Americans were no longer
united by a widely held Cold War
consensus, and became wary of further foreign entanglements.
Yet as Vietnam wound down,
the Nixon administration took historic steps toward closer ties withthe major Communist powers. The
most dramatic move was a new relationship with the People’s Republicof China. In the two decades since
Mao Zedong’s victory, the UnitedStates had argued that the Nationalist government on Taiwan represented all of China. In 1971 and
1972, Nixon softened the American
stance, eased trading restrictions,and became the first U.S. president
ever to visit Beijing. The “Shanghai
Communique” signed during that
visit established a new U.S. policy:
that there was one China, that Taiwan was a part of China, and that apeaceful settlement of the dispute of
the question by the Chinese themselves was a U.S. interest.
With the Soviet Union, Nixon was
equally successful in pursuing thepolicy he and his Secretary of StateHenry Kissinger called détente. He
held several cordial meetings with

Soviet leader Leonid Brezhnev inwhich they agreed to limit stockpilesof missiles, cooperate in space, andease trading restrictions. The Strategic Arms Limitation Talks (SALT)
culminated in 1972 in an arms control agreement limiting the growthof nuclear arsenals and restricting
anti-ballistic missile systems.

NIXON’S ACCOMPLISHMENTS
AND DEFEATSV
ice president under Eisenhower
before his unsuccessful run for thepresidency in 1960, Nixon was seenas among the shrewdest of American politicians. Although Nixon
subscribed to the Republican valueof fiscal responsibility, he accepted
a need for government’s expanded
role and did not oppose the basic contours of the welfare state.
He simply wanted to manage its
programs better. Not opposed to
African-American civil rights on
principle, he was wary of large
federal civil rights bureaucracies.
Nonetheless, his administration
vigorously enforced court orders
on school desegregation even as it
courted Southern white voters.
Perhaps his biggest domestic
problem was the economy. He inherited both a slowdown from its
Vietnam peak under Johnson, anda continuing inflationary surge that
had been a by-product of the war. He
dealt with the first by becoming thefirst Republican president to endorse
deficit spending as a way to stimulate the economy; the second by289

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

imposing wage and price controls,a policy in which the Right had nolong-term faith, in 1971. In the shortrun, these decisions stabilized theeconomy and established favorable
conditions for Nixon’s re-election in1972. He won an overwhelming victory over peace-minded Democratic
Senator George McGovern.
Things began to sour very quickly into the president’s second term.
Very early on, he faced charges that
his re-election committee had managed a break-in at the Watergate
building headquarters of the Democratic National Committee and that
he had participated in a cover-up.
Special prosecutors and congressional committees dogged his presidency thereafter.
Factors beyond Nixon’s control
undermined his economic policies.
In 1973 the war between Israel andEgypt and Syria prompted Saudi
Arabia to embargo oil shipments to
Israel’s ally, the United States. Other
member nations of the Organizationof the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) quadrupled their prices. Americans faced both shortages,
exacerbated in the view of many byover-regulation of distribution, andrapidly rising prices. Even when theembargo ended the next year, prices
remained high and affected all areasof American economic life: In 1974,inflation reached 12 percent, causing
disruptions that led to even higher
unemployment rates. The unprecedented economic boom America
had enjoyed since 1948 was grinding
to a halt.

Nixon’s rhetoric about the needfor “law and order” in the face of rising crime rates, increased drug use,
and more permissive views about
sex resonated with more Americans
than not. But this concern was insufficient to quell concerns about
the Watergate break-in and theeconomy. Seeking to energize andenlarge his own political constituency, Nixon lashed out at demonstrators, attacked the press for distorted
coverage, and sought to silence his
opponents. Instead, he left an unfavorable impression with many who
saw him on television and perceived
him as unstable. Adding to Nixon’s troubles, Vice President Spiro
Agnew, his outspoken point man
against the media and liberals, wasforced to resign in 1973, pleading“no contest” to a criminal charge oftax evasion.
Nixon probably had not known
in advance of the Watergate burglary, but he had tried to cover it up,
and had lied to the American people
about it. Evidence of his involvement mounted. On July 27, 1974, theHouse Judiciary Committee voted
to recommend his impeachment.
Facing certain ouster from office, heresigned on August 9, 1974.

THE FORD INTERLUDE

Nixon’s vice president, Gerald
Ford (appointed to replace Agnew),was an unpretentious man who had
spent most of his public life in Congress. His first priority was to restore
trust in the government. However,290

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

feeling it necessary to head off thespectacle of a possible prosecution of
Nixon, he issued a blanket pardon tohis predecessor. Although it was perhaps necessary, the move was nonetheless unpopular.
In public policy, Ford followed
the course Nixon had set. Economic
problems remained serious, as inflation and unemployment continued
to rise. Ford first tried to reassure
the public, much as Herbert Hoover
had done in 1929. When that failed,
he imposed measures to curb inflation, which sent unemployment
above 8 percent. A tax cut, coupledwith higher unemployment benefits, helped a bit but the economy
remained weak.
In foreign policy, Ford adopted
Nixon’s strategy of détente. Perhaps
its major manifestation was theHelsinki Accords of 1975, in which
the United States and Western European nations effectively recognized
Soviet hegemony in Eastern Europe
in return for Soviet affirmationof human rights. The agreement
had little immediate significance,but over the long run may havemade maintenance of the Soviet empire more difficult. Western
nations effectively used periodic“Helsinki review meetings” to callattention to various abuses of human rights by Communist regimesof the Eastern bloc.

dency in 1976. Portraying himself
during the campaign as an outsider
to Washington politics, he promiseda fresh approach to governing, but
his lack of experience at the national
level complicated his tenure from thestart. A naval officer and engineer bytraining, he often appeared to be atechnocrat, when Americans wanted someone more visionary to leadthem through troubled times.
In economic affairs, Carter atfirst permitted a policy of deficit spending. Inflation rose to
10 percent a year when the Federal
Reserve Board, responsible for setting monetary policy, increased
the money supply to cover deficits.
Carter responded by cutting thebudget, but cuts affected social programs at the heart of Democratic
domestic policy. In mid-1979, anger
in the financial community practically forced him to appoint Paul
Volcker as chairman of the Federal
Reserve. Volcker was an “inflationhawk” who increased interest rates
in an attempt to halt price increases,at the cost of negative consequences
for the economy.
Carter also faced criticism for his
failure to secure passage of an effective energy policy. He presented
a comprehensive program, aimed
at reducing dependence on foreignoil, that he called the “moral equivalent of war.” Opponents thwarted
it in Congress.
THE CARTER YEARS
Though Carter called himself apopulist, his political priorities wereimmy Carter, former Democratic never wholly clear. He endorsed
governor of Georgia, won the presi- government’s protective role, butJ

291

CHAPTER 13: DECADES OF CHANGE: 1960-1980

then began the process of deregulation, the removal of governmental controls in economic life.
Arguing that some restrictions overthe course of the past century limited competition and increased consumer costs, he favored decontrol in
the oil, airline, railroad, and trucking industries.
Carter’s political efforts failed togain either public or congressional
support. By the end of his term, his
disapproval rating reached 77 percent, and Americans began to looktoward the Republican Party again.
Carter’s greatest foreign policy
accomplishment was the negotiationof a peace settlement between Egypt,
under President Anwar al-Sadat, andIsrael, under Prime Minister Menachem Begin. Acting as both mediator and participant, he persuaded
the two leaders to end a 30-year stateof war. The subsequent peace treaty
was signed at the White House in
March 1979.
After protracted and often emotional debate, Carter also secured
Senate ratification of treaties ceding the Panama Canal to Panama by
the year 2000. Going a step farther
than Nixon, he extended formal diplomatic recognition to the People’s
Republic of China.

But Carter enjoyed less successwith the Soviet Union. Though heassumed office with détente at hightide and declared that the UnitedStates had escaped its “inordinate
fear of Communism,” his insistencethat “our commitment to humanrights must be absolute” antagonized
the Soviet government. A SALT II
agreement further limiting nuclear
stockpiles was signed, but not ratified by the U.S. Senate, many ofwhose members felt the treaty was
unbalanced. The 1979 Soviet invasion of Afghanistan killed the treaty
and triggered a Carter defense buildup that paved the way for the huge
expenditures of the 1980s.
Carter’s most serious foreign policy challenge came in Iran. After an
Islamic fundamentalist revolution
led by Shiite Muslim leader Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini replaced acorrupt but friendly regime, Carter
admitted the deposed shah to theUnited States for medical treatment.
Angry Iranian militants, supportedby the Islamic regime, seized theAmerican embassy in Tehran andheld 53 American hostages for morethan a year. The long-running hostage crisis dominated the final yearof his presidency and greatly damaged his chances for re-election.  9

292

The digital revolution of the past decade has transformed
the economy and the way Americans live, influencing work;
interactions with colleagues, family, and friends; access to
information; even shopping and leisure-time habits.

21 CENTURYST

NATIO NA PICTURE PROFILE

The first years of the new century unleashed a new threat topeace and democracy: international terrorist attacks that killed andmaimed thousands in the United States and around the world.
Just as it has with earlier dangers, the United States took up thisformidable challenge in unison with its allies. At the same time,
it coped with changes sparked by globalization, fast-paced
technological developments, and new waves of immigration thathave made American society more diverse than in the past.
The country sought to build upon the achievements of its history,
and to honor those who have sacrificed for its cause.
293

Malalai Joya, one ofabout 100 womendelegates to theconstitutional council
in Afghanistan, speaks
to the council in Kabul,
December 17, 2003.
Afghanistan has its first
democratically elected
government as a resultof the U.S., allied, andNorthern Alliancemilitary action in 2001
that toppled the Taliban
for sheltering Osama bin
Laden, mastermind of
the September 11, 2001,
terrorist attacks against
the United States.
294

President George W. Bush(center) meets with British
Prime Minister Tony Blair(left), National Security
Adviser Condoleezza Rice,and Secretary of State Colin
Powell (right) at the WhiteHouse during his first term.
Great Britain has been a key
U.S. ally in the fight against
terrorism.

President Barack Obama and first lady Michelle Obama wave goodbye from
Gardermoen Airport outside Oslo, Norway. President Obama was in Oslo toreceive the Nobel Peace Prize on December 10, 2009.

295

Top, Microsoft chairman Bill Gates talks with Antwoinette Hayes, a participant
in a Microsoft initiative to provide technology access to children and teens.
Above, Apple founder and chief executive officer Steve Jobs with hiscompany’s iPod mini. Gates and Jobs are seen as the most powerful symbols of
the creative and commercial talent that shaped the digital era.

296

Cable News Network (CNN) report from Moscow: The combination of hundredsof cable television channels and 24-hour news services like CNN gives anunprecedented impact and immediacy to news developments around the world.

Combine youth, rock and hip hop music, and 24-hour television, and you get MTV,a television network whose influence extends beyond music videos to fashion,
advertising, and sales.

Bales of sorted recyclables are stacked for processing
at the Rumpke recycling center in Columbus, Ohio.
Growing environmental consciousness in the UnitedStates has led to huge recycling efforts for materials
such as glass, paper, steel, and aluminum.

298

The massive AIDS quilt, with each square commemorating an individual who
has died of the disease. The United States is a leading contributor to thefight against this global pandemic.

299

Americans’ love affair with the automobile continues, resulting
in increased traffic congestion as well as considerable efforts bygovernment and industry to reduce air pollution.

300

Iraqis queuing to vote for a Transitional National Assembly at a polling station in thecenter of Az Zubayr, Iraq, January 30, 2005. More than 8.5 million Iraqis braved
threats of violence and terrorist attacks to participate in the elections. The votefollowed the 2003 war, led by the United States and other coalition members, whichrid Iraq of dictator Saddam Hussein.

302

With husbands and wives in the typical family both working outside the home,
daycare centers for children are commonplace throughout the United States.

A new generation peers into its future.

303

304

14
CHAPTERTHE
NEW
CONSERVATISM
AND
A
NEW
WORLD
ORDER

President Ronald Reagan
and USSR President
Mikhail Gorbachev after
signing the Intermediate–
Range Nuclear Forces(INF) Treaty, December
1987.

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER“I have always believed that
there was some divine planthat placed this great continent
between two oceans to be soughtout by those who were possessedof an abiding love of freedom
and a special kind of courage.”
California Governor Ronald Reagan, 1974

A SOCIETY IN TRANSITION

S
hifts in the structure of American society, begun years or even de-cades earlier, had become apparent
by the time the 1980s arrived. The
composition of the population andthe most important jobs and skills
in American society had undergone
major changes.
The dominance of service jobs inthe economy became undeniable. By
the mid-1980s, nearly three-fourthsof all employees worked in the service sector, for instance, as retailclerks, office workers, teachers, physicians, and government employees.
Service-sector activity benefited
from the availability and increased
use of the computer. The information age arrived, with hardware andsoftware that could aggregate previously unimagined amounts of data
about economic and social trends.
The federal government had madesignificant investments in computer
technology in the 1950s and 1960s
for its military and space programs.
In 1976, two young California entrepreneurs, working out of a garage,
assembled the first widely marketed
computer for home use, named it
the Apple, and ignited a revolution.
By the early 1980s, millions of microcomputers had found their way
into U.S. businesses and homes, andin 1982, Time magazine dubbed thecomputer its “Machine of the Year.”
Meanwhile, America’s “smokestack industries” were in decline.
The U.S. automobile industry reeled
under competition from highly ef-

306

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

ficient Japanese carmakers. By 1980
Japanese companies already manufactured a fifth of the vehicles soldin the United States. American
manufacturers struggled with somesuccess to match the cost efficiencies and engineering standards oftheir Japanese rivals, but their former dominance of the domestic carmarket was gone forever. The giant old-line steel companies shrank
to relative insignificance as foreign
steel makers adopted new technologies more readily.
Consumers were the beneficiariesof this ferocious competition in the
manufacturing industries, but thepainful struggle to cut costs meant
the permanent loss of hundreds ofthousands of blue-collar jobs. Those
who could made the switch to theservice sector; others became unfortunate statistics.
Population patterns shifted aswell. After the end of the postwar“baby boom” (1946 to 1964), theoverall rate of population growthdeclined and the population grewolder. Household composition alsochanged. In 1980 the percentage offamily households dropped; a quarter of all groups were now classified as “nonfamily households,” inwhich two or more unrelated persons lived together.
New immigrants changed thecharacter of American society inother ways. The 1965 reform in immigration policy shifted the focus
away from Western Europe, facilitating a dramatic increase in new arrivals from Asia and Latin America. In

1980, 808,000 immigrants arrived,
the highest number in 60 years, as thecountry once more became a havenfor people from around the world.
Additional groups became active
participants in the struggle for equal
opportunity. Homosexuals, using
the tactics and rhetoric of the civilrights movement, depicted themselves as an oppressed group seeking
recognition of basic rights. In 1975,
the U.S. Civil Service Commission
lifted its ban on employment of homosexuals. Many states enacted anti-discrimination laws.
Then, in 1981, came the discovery of AIDS (Acquired Immune
Deficiency Syndrome). Transmitted
sexually or through blood transfusions, it struck homosexual men andintravenous drug users with particular virulence, although the general population proved vulnerable aswell. By 1992, over 220,000 Americans had died of AIDS. The AIDS epidemic has by no means been limited
to the United States, and the effort
to treat the disease now encompasses
physicians and medical researchers
throughout the world.

CONSERVATISM AND THE
RISE OF RONALD REAGAN

F
or many Americans, the economic, social, and political trends ofthe previous two decades — crimeand racial polarization in many urban centers, challenges to traditional
values, the economic downturn andinflation of the Carter years — engendered a mood of disillusionment.

307

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER

It also strengthened a renewed suspicion of government and its ability
to deal effectively with the country’ssocial and political problems.
Conservatives, long out of powerat the national level, were well positioned politically in the context of
this new mood. Many Americans
were receptive to their message oflimited government, strong national
defense, and the protection of traditional values.
This conservative upsurge hadmany sources. A large group of fundamentalist Christians were particularly concerned about crime andsexual immorality. They hoped toreturn religion or the moral precepts
often associated with it to a central
place in American life. One of themost politically effective groups in
the early 1980s, the Moral Majority,
was led by a Baptist minister, Jerry
Falwell. Another, led by the Reverend
Pat Robertson, built an organization,
the Christian Coalition, that by the
1990s was a significant force in the
Republican Party. Using television to
spread their messages, Falwell, Robertson, and others like them developed substantial followings.
Another galvanizing issue forconservatives was divisive and emotional: abortion. Opposition to the1973 Supreme Court decision, Roe v.
Wade, which upheld a woman’s rightto an abortion in the early months ofpregnancy, brought together a widearray of organizations and individuals. They included, but were notlimited to, Catholics, political conservatives, and religious evan-gelicals, most of whom regarded
abortion under virtually any circumstances as tantamount to murder. Pro-choice and pro-life (that is,pro- and anti-abortion rights) demonstrations became a fixture of thepolitical landscape.
Within the Republican Party, theconservative wing grew dominant
once again. They had briefly seized
control of the Republican Party in1964 with its presidential candidate,
Barry Goldwater, then faded fromthe spotlight. By 1980, however, withthe apparent failure of liberalism under Carter, a “New Right” was poised
to return to dominance.
Using modern direct mail techniques as well as the power of masscommunications to spread theirmessage and raise funds, drawing on
the ideas of conservatives like economist Milton Friedman, journalists
William F. Buckley and George Will,and research institutions like theHeritage Foundation, the New Right
played a significant role in defining
the issues of the 1980s.
The “Old” Goldwater Right had
favored strict limits on government
intervention in the economy. Thistendency was reinforced by a significant group of “New Right” “libertarian conservatives” who distrusted
government in general and opposed
state interference in personal behavior. But the New Right also encompassed a stronger, often evangelicalfaction determined to wield state
power to encourage its views. The
New Right favored tough measuresagainst crime, a strong national de-308

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

fense, a constitutional amendment
to permit prayer in public schools,
and opposition to abortion.
The figure that drew all thesedisparate strands together was Ronald Reagan. Reagan, born in Illinois, achieved stardom as an actor
in Hollywood movies and television
before turning to politics. He firstachieved political prominence with anationwide televised speech in 1964
in support of Barry Goldwater. In
1966 Reagan won the governorshipof California and served until 1975.
He narrowly missed winning the Republican nomination for president in1976 before succeeding in 1980 andgoing on to win the presidency fromthe incumbent, Jimmy Carter.
President Reagan’s unflagging
optimism and his ability to celebrate
the achievements and aspirationsof the American people persisted
throughout his two terms in office.
He was a figure of reassurance andstability for many Americans. Wholly at ease before the microphone andthe television camera, Reagan was
called the “Great Communicator.”
Taking a phrase from the 17thcentury Puritan John Winthrop, hetold the nation that the United States
was a “shining city on a hill,” invested with a God-given mission to defend the world against the spread ofCommunist totalitarianism.
Reagan believed that government
intruded too deeply into American
life. He wanted to cut programs
he contended the country did notneed, and to eliminate “waste, fraud,
and abuse.” Reagan accelerated theprogram of deregulation begun by
Jimmy Carter. He sought to abolish many regulations affecting theconsumer, the workplace, and theenvironment. These, he argued, were
inefficient, expensive, and detrimental to economic growth.
Reagan also reflected the belief
held by many conservatives that thelaw should be strictly applied against
violators. Shortly after becoming
president, he faced a nationwide
strike by U.S. air transportation
controllers. Although the job action
was forbidden by law, such strikes
had been widely tolerated in the past.
When the air controllers refused toreturn to work, he ordered them all
fired. Over the next few years thesystem was rebuilt with new hires.

THE ECONOMY IN THE 1980s

P
resident Reagan’s domestic program was rooted in his belief that thenation would prosper if the power ofthe private economic sector was unleashed. The guiding theory behindit, “supply side” economics, heldthat a greater supply of goods andservices, made possible by measures
to increase business investment,
was the swiftest road to economic
growth. Accordingly, the Reagan
administration argued that a large
tax cut would increase capital investment and corporate earnings,
so that even lower taxes on theselarger earnings would increase government revenues.
Despite only a slim Republican
majority in the Senate and a House

309

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER

of Representatives controlled by the
Democrats, President Reagan succeeded during his first year in officein enacting the major components
of his economic program, including
a 25-percent tax cut for individuals to be phased in over three years.
The administration also sought andwon significant increases in defense
spending to modernize the nation’s
military and counter what it felt wasa continual and growing threat fromthe Soviet Union.
Under Paul Volcker, the Federal
Reserve’s draconian increases in interest rates squeezed the runaway
inflation that had begun in the late1970s. The recession hit bottom in
1982, with the prime interest rates
approaching 20 percent and theeconomy falling sharply. That year,
real gross domestic product (GDP)fell by 2 percent; the unemployment
rate rose to nearly 10 percent, andalmost one-third of America’s industrial plants lay idle. Throughout theMidwest, major firms like General
Electric and International Harvester
released workers. Stubbornly highpetroleum prices contributed to thedecline. Economic rivals like Germany and Japan won a greater shareof world trade, and U.S. consumption of goods from other countries
rose sharply.
Farmers also suffered hard times.
During the 1970s, American farmers had helped India, China, theSoviet Union, and other countries
suffering from crop shortages, andhad borrowed heavily to buy land
and increase production. But therise in oil prices pushed up costs,
and a worldwide economic slump in
1980 reduced the demand for agricultural products. Their numbers
declined, as production increasingly
became concentrated in large operations. Those small farmers who survived had major difficulties making
ends meet.
The increased military budget —combined with the tax cuts and thegrowth in government health spending — resulted in the federal government spending far more than it
received in revenues each year. Someanalysts charged that the deficits
were part of a deliberate administration strategy to prevent further
increases in domestic spendingsought by the Democrats. However,both Democrats and Republicans inCongress refused to cut such spending. From $74,000-million in 1980,
the deficit soared to $221,000-million in 1986 before falling back to$150,000-million in 1987.
The deep recession of the early
1980s successfully curbed the runaway inflation that had started during the Carter years. Fuel prices,moreover, fell sharply, with at least
part of the drop attributable to Reagan’s decision to abolish controlson the pricing and allocation ofgasoline. Conditions began to improve in late 1983. By early 1984,
the economy had rebounded. By
the fall of 1984, the recovery waswell along, allowing Reagan to run
for re-election on the slogan, “It’smorning again in America.” He defeated his Democratic opponent,

310

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

former Senator and Vice President
Walter Mondale, by an overwhelming margin.
The United States entered oneof the longest periods of sustained
economic growth since World War
II. Consumer spending increased in
response to the federal tax cut. The
stock market climbed as it reflected
the optimistic buying spree. Over a
five-year period following the startof the recovery, gross national product grew at an annual rate of 4.2
percent. The annual inflation rate
remained between 3 and 5 percent
from 1983 to 1987, except in 1986
when it fell to just under 2 percent,the lowest level in decades. The nation’s GNP grew substantially during the 1980s; from 1982 to 1987, its
economy created more than 13 million new jobs.
Steadfast in his commitment
to lower taxes, Reagan signed themost sweeping federal tax-reform
measure in 75 years during his second term. This measure, which hadwidespread Democratic as well as
Republican support, lowered income
tax rates, simplified tax brackets,and closed loopholes.
However, a significant percentageof this growth was based on deficit spending. Moreover, the national
debt, far from being stabilized bystrong economic growth, nearly tripled. Much of the growth occurredin skilled service and technical areas. Many poor and middle-classfamilies did less well. The administration, although an advocate of free
trade, pressured Japan to agree to a

voluntary quota on its automobile
exports to the United States.
The economy was jolted on October 19, 1987, “Black Monday,” when
the stock market suffered the greatest one-day crash in its history, 22.6
percent. The causes of the crash included the large U.S. international
trade and federal-budget deficits, thehigh level of corporate and personaldebt, and new computerized stock
trading techniques that allowed instantaneous selling of stocks and futures. Despite the memories of 1929
it evoked, however, the crash was atransitory event with little impact.
In fact, economic growth continued,
with the unemployment rate dropping to a 14-year low of 5.2 percent
in June 1988.

FOREIGN AFFAIRS

Ia moren foreign policy, Reagan sought
assertive role for the nation,

and Central America provided anearly test. The United States provided El Salvador with a program of
economic aid and military training
when a guerrilla insurgency threatened to topple its government. It also
actively encouraged the transition toan elected democratic government,
but efforts to curb active right-wing
death squads were only partly successful. U.S. support helped stabilize the government, but the level ofviolence there remained undiminished. A peace agreement was finallyreached in early 1992.
U.S. policy toward Nicaragua
was more controversial. In 1979311

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER

revolutionaries calling themselves
Sandinistas overthrew the repressive right-wing Somoza regime andestablished a pro-Cuba, pro-Soviet
dictatorship. Regional peace efforts
ended in failure, and the focus ofadministration efforts shifted tosupport for the anti-Sandinista resistance, known as the contras.
Following intense political debate
over this policy, Congress ended all
military aid to the contras in October 1984, then, under administration pressure, reversed itself in thefall of 1986, and approved $100 million in military aid. However, a lackof success on the battlefield, charges
of human rights abuses, and the revelation that funds from secret arms
sales to Iran (see below) had been diverted to the contras undercut congressional support to continue thisaid.
Subsequently, the administrationof President George H.W. Bush, who
succeeded Reagan as president in
1989, abandoned any effort to secure
military aid for the contras. The Bushadministration also exerted pressure
for free elections and supported an
opposition political coalition, which
won an astonishing upset election in
February 1990, ousting the Sandinistas from power.
The Reagan administration was
more fortunate in witnessing a return to democracy throughout therest of Latin America, from Guatemala to Argentina. The emergence of
democratically elected governments
was not limited to Latin America; inAsia, the “people power” campaign

of Corazon Aquino overthrew the
dictatorship of Ferdinand Marcos,
and elections in South Korea ended
decades of military rule.
By contrast, South Africa remained intransigent in the face ofU.S. efforts to encourage an end to
racial apartheid through the controversial policy of “constructive engagement,” quiet diplomacy coupledwith public endorsement of reform.
In 1986, frustrated at the lack ofprogress, the U.S. Congress overrode
Reagan’s veto and imposed a set of
economic sanctions on South Africa. In February 1990, South African
President F.W. de Klerk announced
Nelson Mandela’s release and began
the slow dismantling of apartheid.
Despite its outspoken anti-Communist rhetoric, the Reagan administration’s direct use of militaryforce was restrained. On October 25,
1983, U.S. forces landed on the Caribbean island of Grenada after anurgent appeal for help by neighboring countries. The action followed
the assassination of Grenada’s leftist
prime minister by members of his
own Marxist-oriented party. After abrief period of fighting, U.S. troops
captured hundreds of Cuban military and construction personnel
and seized caches of Soviet-supplied
arms. In December 1983, the last
American combat troops left Grenada, which held democratic elections
a year later.
The Middle East, however,presented a far more difficult situation. A military presence in Lebanon, where the United States was312

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

attempting to bolster a weak, butmoderate pro-Western government,
ended tragically, when 241 U.S. Marines were killed in a terrorist bombing in October 1983. In April 1986,
U.S. Navy and Air Force planes
struck targets in Tripoli and Benghazi, Libya, in retaliation for Libyaninstigated terrorist attacks on U.S.
military personnel in Europe.
In the Persian Gulf, the earlier
breakdown in U.S.-Iranian relations
and the Iran-Iraq War set the stage
for U.S. naval activities in the region.
Initially, the United States responded
to a request from Kuwait for protection of its tanker fleet; but eventually the United States, along withnaval vessels from Western Europe,
kept vital shipping lanes open by escorting convoys of tankers and other neutral vessels traveling up anddown the Gulf.
In late 1986 Americans learned
that the administration had secretly
sold arms to Iran in an attempt toresume diplomatic relations with the
hostile Islamic government and win
freedom for American hostages heldin Lebanon by radical organizations
that Iran controlled. Investigation
also revealed that funds from thearms sales had been diverted to the
Nicaraguan contras during a period
when Congress had prohibited such
military aid.
The ensuing Iran-contra hearings
before a joint House-Senate committee examined issues of possible illegality as well as the broader questionof defining American foreign policy interests in the Middle East andCentral America. In a larger sense,
the hearings were a constitutional
debate about government secrecy
and presidential versus congressional authority in the conduct of foreign relations. Unlike the celebrated
Senate Watergate hearings 14 years
earlier, they found no grounds for
impeaching the president and could
reach no definitive conclusion about
these perennial issues.

U.S.-SOVIET RELATIONS

IPresident
n relations with the Soviet Union,
Reagan’s declared policy

was one of peace through strength.
He was determined to stand firm
against the country he would in
1983 call an “evil empire.” Twoearly events increased U.S.-Soviet
tensions: the suppression of the Solidarity labor movement in Poland in
December 1981, and the destruction
with 269 fatalities of an off-course
civilian airliner, Korean Airlines
Flight 007, by a Soviet jet fighter on
September 1, 1983. The United States
also condemned the continuing Soviet occupation of Afghanistan andcontinued aid begun by the Carter
administration to the mujahedeen
resistance there.
During Reagan’s first term, theUnited States spent unprecedented
sums for a massive defense buildup, including the placement of intermediate-range nuclear missilesin Europe to counter Soviet deployments of similar missiles. And on
March 23, 1983, in one of the most
hotly debated policy decisions of his

313

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER

presidency, Reagan announced theStrategic Defense Initiative (SDI) research program to explore advanced
technologies, such as lasers andhigh-energy projectiles, to defend
against intercontinental ballistic
missiles. Although many scientists
questioned the technological feasibility of SDI and economists pointed
to the extraordinary sums of money
involved, the administration pressed
ahead with the project.
After re-election in 1984, Reagan softened his position on arms
control. Moscow was amenable toagreement, in part because its economy already expended a far greater
proportion of national output on its
military than did the United States.
Further increases, Soviet leader
Mikhail Gorbachev felt, would cripple his plans to liberalize the Soviet
economy.
In November 1985, Reagan andGorbachev agreed in principle toseek 50-percent reductions in strategic offensive nuclear arms as wellas an interim agreement on intermediate-range nuclear forces. In
December 1987, they signed theIntermediate-Range Nuclear Forces(INF) Treaty providing for the destruction of that entire category of
nuclear weapons. By then, the Soviet Union seemed a less menacing adversary. Reagan could takemuch of the credit for a greatly diminished Cold War, but as his administration ended, almost no one
realized just how shaky the USSR
had become.

THE PRESIDENCY OFGEORGE H. W. BUSH

P
resident Reagan enjoyed unusually high popularity at the end of
his second term in office, but under
the terms of the U.S. Constitution
he could not run again in 1988. The
Republican nomination went to Vice
President George Herbert Walker
Bush, who was elected the 41st president of the United States.
Bush campaigned by promising
voters a continuation of the prosperity Reagan had brought. In addition, he argued that he would
support a strong defense for theUnited States more reliably thanthe Democratic candidate, Michael
Dukakis. He also promised to workfor “a kinder, gentler America.” Dukakis, the governor of Massachusetts, claimed that less fortunate
Americans were hurting economically and that the government had
to help them while simultaneously
bringing the federal debt and defense spending under control. The
public was much more engaged,
however, by Bush’s economic message: No new taxes. In the balloting,Bush finished with a 54-to-46-percent popular vote margin.
During his first year in office,Bush followed a conservative fiscal
program, pursuing policies on taxes,
spending, and debt that were faithful
to the Reagan administration’s economic program. But the new president soon found himself squeezed
between a large budget deficit and a
deficit-reduction law. Spending cuts

314

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

seemed necessary, and Bush possessed little leeway to introduce newbudget items.
The Bush administration advanced new policy initiatives in areas not requiring major new federal
expenditures. Thus, in November
1990, Bush signed sweeping legislation imposing new federal standards
on urban smog, automobile exhaust,
toxic air pollution, and acid rain,
but with industrial polluters bearing most of the costs. He accepted
legislation requiring physical accessfor the disabled, but with no federal assumption of the expense ofmodifying buildings to accommodate wheelchairs and the like. The
president also launched a campaign
to encourage volunteerism, which
he called, in a memorable phrase, “athousand points of light.”

BUDGETS AND DEFICITSB
ush administration efforts togain control over the federal budget

deficit, however, were more problematic. One source of the difficulty was
the savings and loan crisis. Savingsbanks — formerly tightly regulated,
low-interest safe havens for ordinary
people — had been deregulated, allowing these institutions to compete more aggressively by paying
higher interest rates and by making
riskier loans. Increases in the government’s deposit insurance guaranteed reduced consumer incentive toshun less-sound institutions. Fraud,mismanagement, and the choppy
economy produced widespread in-solvencies among these thrifts (theumbrella term for consumer-oriented institutions like savings and loan
associations and savings banks). By
1993, the total cost of selling andshuttering failed thrifts was staggering, nearly $525,000-million.
In January 1990, President Bushpresented his budget proposal toCongress. Democrats argued thatadministration budget projections
were far too optimistic, and thatmeeting the deficit-reduction law
would require tax increases andsharper cuts in defense spending.
That June, after protracted negotiations, the president agreed to a tax
increase. All the same, the combination of economic recession, losses
from the savings and loan industry rescue operation, and escalating
health care costs for Medicare andMedicaid offset all the deficit-reduction measures and produced a shortfall in 1991 at least as large as theprevious year’s.

END TO THE COLD WARW
hen Bush became president,
the Soviet empire was on the vergeof collapse. Gorbachev’s efforts toopen up the USSR’s economy appeared to be floundering. In 1989,
the Communist governments in
one Eastern European country after another simply collapsed, after
it became clear that Russian troops
would not be sent to prop them up.
In mid-1991, hard-liners attempted
a coup d’etat, only to be foiled by
Gorbachev rival Boris Yeltsin, presi-

315

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER

dent of the Russian republic. At theend of that year, Yeltsin, now dominant, forced the dissolution of theSoviet Union.
The Bush administration adeptly
brokered the end of the Cold War,working closely with Gorbachev andYeltsin. It led the negotiations thatbrought the unification of East andWest Germany (September 1990),
agreement on large arms reductions
in Europe (November 1990), andlarge cuts in nuclear arsenals (July
1991). After the liquidation of theSoviet Union, the United States andthe new Russian Federation agreed
to phase out all multiple-warhead
missiles over a 10-year period.
The disposal of nuclear materials and the ever-present concernsof nuclear proliferation now superseded the threat of nuclear conflict
between Washington and Moscow.

THE GULF WAR

T
he euphoria caused by the drawing down of the Cold War was

dramatically overshadowed by theAugust 2, 1990, invasion of the small
nation of Kuwait by Iraq. Iraq, under
Saddam Hussein, and Iran, under its
Islamic fundamentalist regime, had
emerged as the two major military
powers in the oil-rich Persian Gulf
area. The two countries had fought along, inconclusive war in the 1980s.
Less hostile to the United States thanIran, Iraq had won some support
from the Reagan and Bush administrations. The occupation of Kuwait,
posing a threat to Saudi Arabia,changed the diplomatic calculation
overnight.
President Bush strongly condemned the Iraqi action, called for
Iraq’s unconditional withdrawal,
and sent a major deployment of U.S.
troops to the Middle East. He assembled one of the most extraordinary
military and political coalitions ofmodern times, with military forcesfrom Asia, Europe, and Africa, as
well as the Middle East.
In the days and weeks following the invasion, the U.N. Security
Council passed 12 resolutions condemning the Iraqi invasion andimposing wide-ranging economic
sanctions on Iraq. On November 29,
it approved the use of force if Iraq
did not withdraw from Kuwait by
January 15, 1991. Gorbachev’s Soviet
Union, once Iraq’s major arms supplier, made no effort to protect its
former client.
Bush also confronted a major
constitutional issue. The U.S. Constitution gives the legislative branch
the power to declare war. Yet in thesecond half of the 20th century, theUnited States had become involvedin Korea and Vietnam without anofficial declaration of war and with
only murky legislative authorization. On January 12, 1991, three days
before the U.N. deadline, Congress
granted President Bush the authority he sought in the most explicit andsweeping war-making power given
a president in nearly half a century.
The United States, in coalition
with Great Britain, France, Italy,
Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, and other316

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

countries, succeeded in liberating
Kuwait with a devastating, U.S.-led
air campaign that lasted slightly
more than a month. It was followed
by a massive invasion of Kuwait and
Iraq by armored and airborne infantry forces. With their superior
speed, mobility, and firepower, theallied forces overwhelmed the Iraqi
forces in a land campaign lasting
only 100 hours.
The victory, however, was incomplete and unsatisfying. The U.N. resolution, which Bush enforced to theletter, called only for the expulsion of
Iraq from Kuwait. Saddam Hussein
remained in power, savagely repressing the Kurds in the north and theShiites in the south, both of whom
the United States had encouraged torebel. Hundreds of oil-well fires, deliberately set in Kuwait by the Iraqis,
took until November 1991 to extinguish. Saddam’s regime also apparently thwarted U.N. inspectors who,
operating in accordance with Security Council resolutions, worked tolocate and destroy Iraq’s weapons ofmass destruction, including nuclear
facilities more advanced than had
previously been suspected and hugestocks of chemical weapons.
The Gulf War enabled the UnitedStates to persuade the Arab states,
Israel, and a Palestinian delegation
to begin direct negotiations aimed
at resolving the complex and interlocked issues that could eventuallylead to a lasting peace in the region.

The talks began in Madrid, Spain,
on October 30, 1991. In turn, they set
the stage for the secret negotiationsin Norway that led to what at thetime seemed a historic agreement
between Israel and the Palestine Liberation Organization, signed at theWhite House on September 13, 1993.

PANAMA AND NAFTAT
he president also received broad
bipartisan congressional backing forthe brief U.S. invasion of Panama
on December 20, 1989, that deposed
dictator General Manuel Antonio
Noriega. In the 1980s, addiction to
crack cocaine reached epidemic proportions, and President Bush put the“War on Drugs” at the center of his
domestic agenda. Moreover, Noriega, an especially brutal dictator,
had attempted to maintain himself
in power with rather crude displaysof anti-Americanism. After seeking refuge in the Vatican embassy,
Noriega turned himself over to U.S.
authorities. He was later tried andconvicted in U.S. federal court in
Miami, Florida, of drug trafficking
and racketeering.
On the economic front, the Bushadministration negotiated the North
America Free Trade Agreement(NAFTA) with Mexico and Canada.
It would be ratified after an intense
debate in the first year of the Clinton
administration. 
9317

CHAPTER 14: THE NEW CONSERVATISM AND A NEW WORLD ORDER

THIRD-PARTY AND INDEPENDENT CANDIDATESThe United States is often thought of as functioning under a two-party sys-tem. In practical effect this is true: Either a Democrat or a Republican has
occupied the White House every year since 1852. At the same time, however,the country has produced a plethora of third and minor parties over the years.
For example, 58 parties were represented on at least one state ballot during
the 1992 presidential elections. Among these were obscure parties such as the
Apathy, the Looking Back, the New Mexico Prohibition, the Tish Independent
Citizens, and the Vermont Taxpayers.
Third parties organize around a single issue or set of issues. They tend
to fare best when they have a charismatic leader. With the presidency out ofreach, most seek a platform to publicize their political and social concerns.
Theodore Roosevelt. The most successful third-party candidate of
the 20th century was a Republican, Theodore Roosevelt, the former president. His Progressive or Bull Moose Party won 27.4 percent of the vote in the1912 election. The progressive wing of the Republican Party, having growndisenchanted with President William Howard Taft, whom Roosevelt had
hand-picked as his successor, urged Roosevelt to seek the party nomination in
1912. This he did, defeating Taft in a number of primaries. Taft controlled theparty machinery, however, and secured the nomination.
Roosevelt’s supporters then broke away and formed the Progressive Party.
Declaring himself as fit as a bull moose (hence the party’s popular name),
Roosevelt campaigned on a platform of regulating “big business,” women’s
suffrage, a graduated income tax, the Panama Canal, and conservation. His
effort was sufficient to defeat Taft. By splitting the Republican vote, however,
he helped ensure the election of the Democrat Woodrow Wilson.
Socialists. The Socialist Party also reached its high point in 1912,
attaining 6 percent of the popular vote. Perennial candidate Eugene Debs won
nearly 900,000 votes that year, advocating collective ownership of the transportation and communication industries, shorter working hours, and public
works projects to spur employment. Convicted of sedition during World War I,
Debs campaigned from his cell in 1920.
Robert La Follette. Another Progressive was Senator Robert La Follette, who won more than 16 percent of the vote in the 1924 election. Long achampion of farmers and industrial workers, and an ardent foe of big business,
La Follette was a prime mover in the recreation of the Progressive movement
following World War I. Backed by the farm and labor vote, as well as bySocialists and remnants of Roosevelt’s Bull Moose Party, La Follette ran ona platform of nationalizing railroads and the country’s natural resources. He
318

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

also strongly supported increased taxation on the wealthy and the right of collective bargaining. He carried only his home state of Wisconsin.
Henry Wallace. The Progressive Party reinvented itself in 1948 with
the nomination of Henry Wallace, a former secretary of agriculture and vicepresident under Franklin Roosevelt. Wallace’s 1948 platform opposed theCold War, the Marshall Plan, and big business. He also campaigned to end
discrimination against African Americans and women, backed a minimum
wage, and called for the elimination of the House Committee on Un-American Activities. His failure to repudiate the U.S. Communist Party, which had
endorsed him, undermined his popularity and he wound up with just over 2.4
percent of the popular vote.
Dixiecrats. Like the Progressives, the States Rights or Dixiecrat Party,
led by South Carolina Governor Strom Thurmond, emerged in 1948 as a spin-off
from the Democratic Party. Its opposition stemmed from Truman’s civil rights
platform. Although defined in terms of “states’ rights,” the party’s goal was
continuing racial segregation and the “Jim Crow” laws that sustained it.
George Wallace. The racial and social upheavals of the 1960s helped
bring George Wallace, another segregationist Southern governor, to national
attention. Wallace built a following through his colorful attacks against civilrights, liberals, and the federal government. Founding the American Independent Party in 1968, he ran his campaign from the statehouse in Montgomery,
Alabama, winning 13.5 percent of the overall presidential vote.
H. Ross Perot. Every third party seeks to capitalize on popular dissatisfaction with the major parties and the federal government. At few times inrecent history, however, has this sentiment been as strong as it was during the
1992 election. A hugely wealthy Texas businessman, Perot possessed a knackfor getting his message of economic common sense and fiscal responsibility
across to a wide spectrum of the people. Lampooning the nation’s leaders andreducing his economic message to easily understood formulas, Perot foundlittle difficulty gaining media attention. His campaign organization, United We
Stand, was staffed primarily by volunteers and backed by his personal fortune.
Far from resenting his wealth, many admired Perot’s business success and thefreedom it brought him from soliciting campaign funds from special interests.
Perot withdrew from the race in July. Re-entering it a month before the election, he won over 19 million votes as the Reform Party standard-bearer, nearly
19 percent of the total cast. This was by far the largest number ever tallied bya third-party candidate and second only to Theodore Roosevelt’s 1912 showing as a percentage of the total. 

319

320

15
CHAPTERBRIDGETOTHE
21st
CENTURY

Firefighters beneaththe destroyed verticalstruts of the World Trade
Center’s twin towers after
the September 11, 2001,
terrorist attacks in New
York and Washington, D.C.

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY“As we look ahead
into the next century,
leaders will be those who
empower others.”
Microsoft co-founder and chairman
Bill Gates, 2007

For most Americans the 1990s
would be a time of peace, prosperity, and rapid technological change.
Some attributed this to the “Reagan Revolution” and the end of theCold War, others to the return of a
Democrat to the presidency. During
this period, the majority of Americans—political affiliation aside—
asserted their support for traditional family values, often grounded in their faiths. New York Times
columnist David Brooks suggested
that the country was experiencing “moral self-repair,” as “many of
the indicators of social breakdown,
which shot upward in the late 1960s
and 1970s, and which plateaued athigh levels in the 1980s,” were now
in decline.

Improved crime and other social
statistics aside, American politics remained ideological, emotional, andcharacterized by intense divisions.
Shortly after the nation entered the
new millennium, moreover, its postCold War sense of security was jolted
by an unprecedented terrorist attack
that launched it on a new anddifficult international track.

THE 1992 PRESIDENTIALELECTIONAs the 1992 presidential election approached, Americans foundthemselves in a world transformedin ways almost unimaginable four
years earlier. The familiar landmarks of the Cold War—from the322

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Berlin Wall to intercontinental missiles and bombers on constant highalert—were gone. Eastern Europe
was independent, the Soviet Union
had dissolved, Germany was united, Arabs and Israelis were engaged
in direct negotiations, and thethreat of nuclear conflict was greatly diminished. It was as though one
great history volume had closed andanother had opened.
Yet at home, Americans were lesssanguine, and they faced some familiar problems. The United Statesfound itself in its deepest recession
since the early 1980s. Many of thejob losses were occurring amongwhite-collar workers in middle
management positions, not solely, as
earlier, among blue-collar workers
in the manufacturing sector. Even
when the economy began recovering in 1992, its growth was virtually imperceptible until late in theyear. Moreover, the federal deficit
continued to mount, propelled moststrikingly by rising expenditures forhealth care.
President George Bush and Vice
President Dan Quayle easily won renomination by the Republican Party.
On the Democratic side, Bill Clinton, governor of Arkansas, defeateda crowded field of candidates to win
his party’s nomination. As his vicepresidential nominee, he selected
Senator Al Gore of Tennessee, generally acknowledged as one of theCongress’s strongest advocates ofenvironmental protection.
The country’s deep unease overthe direction of the economy also

sparked the emergence of a remarkable independent candidate, wealthy
Texas entrepreneur H. Ross Perot.
Perot tapped into a deep wellspringof frustration over the inability ofWashington to deal effectively witheconomic issues, principally the federal deficit. He possessed a colorfulpersonality and a gift for the telling
one-line political quip. He would be
the most successful third-party candidate since Theodore Roosevelt in
1912.
The Bush re-election effort was
built around a set of ideas traditionally used by incumbents: experience and trust. George Bush, 68,
the last of a line of presidents who
had served in World War II, faced
a young challenger in Bill Clinton
who, at age 46, had never served in
the military and had participated inprotests against the Vietnam War. Inemphasizing his experience as president and commander-in-chief, Bushdrew attention to Clinton’s inexperience at the national level.
Bill Clinton organized his campaign around another of the oldest
and most powerful themes in electoral politics: youth and change. Asa high school student, Clinton had
once met President Kennedy; 30
years later, much of his rhetoric consciously echoed that of Kennedy inthe 1960 presidential campaign.
As governor of Arkansas for 12
years, Clinton could point to his experience in wrestling with the very
issues of economic growth, education, and health care that were, according to public opinion polls,

323

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

among President Bush’s chief vulnerabilities. Where Bush offered an
economic program based on lower
taxes and cuts in government spending, Clinton proposed higher taxes
on the wealthy and increased spending on investments in education,transportation, and communications that, he believed, would boost
the nation’s productivity and growth
and thereby lower the deficit. Similarly, Clinton’s health care proposals
called for much heavier involvementby the federal government thanBush’s.
Clinton proved to be a highly
effective communicator, not least
on television, a medium that highlighted his charm and intelligence.
The incumbent’s very success inhandling the end of the Cold War
and reversing the Iraqi thrust into
Kuwait lent strength to Clinton’s
implicit argument that foreign affairs had become relatively less important, given pressing social andeconomic needs at home.
On November 3, Clinton won
election as the 42nd president of theUnited States, with 43 percent of the
popular vote against 37 percent forBush and 19 percent for Perot.

Avoiding ideological rhetoricthat declared big government to bea positive good, he proposed a number of programs that earned him
the label “New Democrat.” Controlof the federal bureaucracy and judicial appointments provided onemeans of satisfying political claimsof organized labor and civil rights
groups. On the ever-controversial
abortion issue, Clinton supported
the Roe v. Wade decision, but alsodeclared that abortion should be“safe, legal, and rare.”President Clinton’s closest collaborator was his wife, Hillary Rodham Clinton. In the campaign,
he had quipped that those who
voted for him “got two for the priceof one.” As energetic and as activist
as her husband, Ms. Clinton assumed
a more prominent role in the administration than any first lady before
her, even Eleanor Roosevelt. Her firstimportant assignment would be todevelop a national health program. In
2000, with her husband’s administration coming to a close, she would
be elected a U.S. senator from New
York.

A NEW PRESIDENCYLAUNCHING A
NEW DOMESTIC
POLICY

tween liberal and moderate wings.
He ran as a pragmatic centrist who
could moderate the demands ofvarious Democratic Party interest
groups without alienating them.

elicited vehement emotions. The
president’s first policy initiative wasdesigned to meet the demands ofgays, who, claiming a group status
as victims of discrimination, hadClinton was in many respects the In practice, Clinton’s centrism
perfect leader for a party divided be- demanded choices that sometimes

324

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

become an important constituency
for the Democratic Party.
Immediately after his inauguration, President Clinton issued
an executive order rescinding thelong-established military policy ofdismissing known gays from theservice. The order quickly drew furious criticism from the military,
most Republicans, and large segments of American society. Clinton
quickly modified it with a “don’task, don’t tell” order that effectively
restored the old policy but discouraged active investigation of one’s
sexual practices.
The effort to achieve a national
health plan proved to be a far larger setback. The administration set
up a large task force, chaired by
Hillary Clinton. Composed ofprominent policy intellectuals andpolitical activists, it labored in secrecy for months to develop a planthat would provide medical coverage for every American citizen.
The working assumption behind the plan was that a government-managed “single-payer” plan
could deliver health services to theentire nation more efficiently thanthe current decentralized systemwith its thousands of insurers anddisconnected providers. As finallydelivered to Congress in September
1993, however, the plan mirrored
the complexity of its subject. Most
Republicans and some Democrats
criticized it as a hopelessly elaborate
federal takeover of American medicine. After a year of discussion, it
died without a vote in Congress.

President Clinton was more
successful on another matter withgreat repercussions for the domestic economy. The previous president, George Bush, had negotiatedthe North American Free Trade
Agreement (NAFTA) to establish
fully open trade between Canada,
the United States, and Mexico. Key
Democratic constituencies opposed
the agreement. Labor unions believed it would encourage the exportof jobs and undermine American
labor standards. Environmentalists
asserted that it would lead American industries to relocate to countries with weak pollution controls.
These were the first indications of a
growing movement on the left wingof American politics against thevision of an integrated world economic system.
Clinton nonetheless accepted
the argument that open trade wasultimately beneficial to all parties
because it would lead to a greaterflow of more efficiently produced
goods and services. His administration not only submitted NAFTA
to the Senate, it also backed the establishment of a greatly liberalizedinternational trading system to beadministered by the World Trade
Organization (WTO). After a vigorous debate, Congress approved
NAFTA in 1993. It would approve
membership in the WTO a year
later.
Although Clinton had talked
about a “middle-class tax cut” during the presidential campaign, he
submitted to Congress a budget

325

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

calling for a general tax increase.
It originally included a wide tax
on energy consumption designed
to promote conservation, but thatwas quickly replaced by a nominal increase in the federal gasoline
tax. It also taxed social security
benefits for recipients of moderate
income and above. The big emphasis, however, was on increasing theincome tax for high earners. The
subsequent debate amounted to arerun of the arguments between tax
cutters and advocates of “fiscal responsibility” that had marked the
Reagan years. In the end, Clinton
got his way, but very narrowly. The
tax bill passed the House of Representatives by only one vote.
By then, the congressional election campaigns of 1994 were underway. Although the administration
already had made numerous foreign
policy decisions, issues at homewere clearly most important to thevoters. The Republicans depicted
Clinton and the Democrats as unreformed tax and spenders. Clinton
himself was already beleaguered
with charges of past financial impropriety in an Arkansas real estate
project and new claims of sexual
impropriety.
In November, the voters gave theRepublicans control of both housesof Congress for the first time since
the election of 1952. Many observers
believed that Bill Clinton would likely be a one-term president. Apparently making a decision to conformto new political realities, Clinton in-stead moderated his political course.
Policy initiatives for the remainderof his presidency were few. Contrary
to Republican predictions of doom,
the tax increases of 1993 did not getin the way of a steadily improving
economy.
The new Republican leadershipin the House of Representatives, bycontrast, pressed hard to achieve
its policy objectives, a sharp contrast with the administration’s newmoderate tone. When right-wing
extremists bombed an Oklahoma
City federal building in April 1995,
Clinton responded with a tone ofmoderation and healing that heightened his stature and implicitly raisedsome doubts about his conservative
opponents. At the end of the year,
he vetoed a Republican budget bill,
shutting down the government forweeks. Most of the public seemed toblame the Republicans.
The president also co-opted
part of the Republican program.
In his State of the Union addressof January 1996, he ostentatiously
declared, “The era of big government is over.” That summer, on theeve of the presidential campaign, hesigned a major welfare reform billthat was essentially a Republican
product. Designed to end permanent support for most welfare recipients and move them to work, it
was opposed by many in his own
party. By and large, it would provesuccessful in operation over the
next decade.

326

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

THE AMERICAN ECONOMY
IN THE 1990s

By the mid-1990s, the country
had not simply recovered from thebrief, but sharp, recession of theBush presidency. It was entering an
era of booming prosperity, and doing so despite the decline of its traditional industrial base. Probably the
major force behind this new growth
was the blossoming of the personal
computer (PC).
Less than 20 years after its introduction, the PC had become a familiar item, not simply in businessoffices of all types, but in homes
throughout America. Vastly more
powerful than anyone could haveimagined two decades earlier, able
to store enormous amounts of data,
available at the cost of a good refrigerator, it became a common appliance in American homes.
Employing prepackaged software,
people used it for bookkeeping,
word processing, or as a depository
for music, photos, and video. The
rise of the Internet, which grew outof a previously closed defense data
network, provided access to information of all sorts, created new
shopping opportunities, and established e-mail as a common modeof communication. The popularityof the mobile phone created a huge
new industry that cross-fertilizedwith the PC.
Instant communication andlightning-fast data manipulation
speeded up the tempo of many busi-

nesses, greatly enhancing productivity and creating new opportunities
for profit. Fledgling industries thatfed demand for the new equipment
became multi-billion-dollar companies almost overnight, creating an
enormous new middle class of software technicians, managers, marketers, and publicists.
A final impetus was the turn ofthe millennium. A huge push to upgrade outdated computing equipment that might not recognize theyear 2000 brought data technology
spending to a peak.
These developments began totake shape during Clinton’s firstterm. By the end of his second one
they were fueling a surging economy.
When he had been elected president, unemployment was at 7.4 percent. When he stood for re-electionin 1996, it was at 5.4 percent. When
voters went to the polls to choose
his successor in November 2000, it
was 3.9 percent. In many places, theissue was less one of taking care of
the jobless than of finding employable workers.
No less a figure than Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspanviewed a rapidly escalating stock
market with concern and warnedof “irrational exuberance.” Investor
exuberance, at its greatest since the1920s, continued in the convictionthat ordinary standards of valuation had been rendered obsoleteby a “new economy” with unlimited potential. The good times wererolling dangerously fast, but most327

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

Americans were more inclined to signed to balance the budget, furenjoy the ride while it lasted than to ther reinforcing the president’s
plan for a coming bust.
standing as a fiscally responsible
moderate liberal.
THE ELECTION OF 1996
In 1998, American politics enAND THE POLITICAL
tered a period of turmoil with the
AFTERMATH
revelation that Clinton had carried on an affair inside the White
resident Clinton undertook his House with a young intern. At firstcampaign for re-election in 1996 the president denied this, telling theunder the most favorable of circum- American people: “I did not havestances. If not an imposing person- sexual relations with that woman.”ality in the manner of a Roosevelt, The president had faced similar
he was a natural campaigner, whom charges in the past. In a sexual hamany felt had an infectious charm. rassment lawsuit filed by a woman
He presided over a growing econom- he had known in Arkansas, Clinton
ic recovery. He had positioned him- denied under oath the White House
self on the political spectrum in a affair. This fit most Americans’ defiway that made him appear a man of nition of perjury. In October 1998,
the center leaning left. His Republi- the House of Representatives began
can opponent, Senator Robert Dole impeachment hearings, focusing onof Kansas, Republican leader in the charges of perjury and obstruction
upper house, was a formidable leg- of justice.
islator but less successful as a presiWhatever the merits of that apdential candidate.
proach, a majority of Americans
Clinton, promising to “build a seemed to view the matter as a pribridge to the 21st century,” easily vate one to be sorted out with one’s
defeated Dole in a three-party race, family, a significant shift in public
49.2 percent to 40.7 percent, with attitude. Also significantly, Hillary
8.4 percent to Ross Perot. He thus Clinton continued to support her
became the second American pres- husband. It surely helped also that
ident to win two consecutive elec- the times were good. In the midst
tions with less than a majority of the of the House impeachment debate,
total vote. (The other was Woodrow the president announced the largest
Wilson in 1912 and 1916.) The Re- budget surplus in 30 years. Public
publicans, however, retained control opinion polls showed Clinton’s apof both the House of Representatives proval rating to be the highest of his
and the Senate.
six years in office.
Clinton never stated much of aThat November, the Republicans
domestic program for his second took further losses in the midterm
term. The highlight of its first year congressional elections, cutting
was an accord with Congress de- their majorities to razor-thin mar-P

328

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

gins. House Speaker Newt Gingrich
resigned, and the party attempted todevelop a less strident image. Nevertheless, in December the House
voted the first impeachment resolution against a sitting president sinceAndrew Johnson (1868), thereby
handing the case to the Senate fora trial.
Clinton’s impeachment trial,presided over by the Chief Justiceof the United States, held little suspense. In the midst of it, the president delivered his annual State of
the Union address to Congress. He
never testified, and no serious observer expected that any of the several charges against him would win
the two-thirds vote required for removal from office. In the end, none
got even a simple majority. On February 12, 1999, Clinton was acquitted of all charges.

AMERICAN FOREIGNRELATIONS IN THE
CLINTON YEARS

B
ill Clinton did not expect to bea president who emphasized foreign
policy. However, like his immediate
predecessors, he quickly discoveredthat all international crises seemed
to take a road that led throughWashington.
He had to deal with the messy aftermath of the 1991 Gulf War. Having failed to depose Saddam Hussein,
the United States, backed by Britain,
attempted to contain him. A United Nations-administered economic
sanctions regime, designed to allow

Iraq to sell enough oil to meet humanitarian needs, proved relatively
ineffective. Saddam funneled muchof the proceeds to himself, leaving
large masses of his people in misery.
Military “no-fly zones,” imposed toprevent the Iraqi government from
deploying its air power against rebellious Kurds in the north and Shiites
in the south, required constant U.S.
and British air patrols, which regularly fended off anti-aircraft missiles.
The United States also provided
the main backing for U.N. weapons
inspection teams, whose mission
was to ferret out Iraq’s chemical,
biological, and nuclear programs,
verify the destruction of existing
weapons of mass destruction, andsuppress ongoing programs to manufacture them. Increasingly obstructed, the U.N. inspectors were
finally expelled in 1998. On this, aswell as earlier occasions of provocation, the United States respondedwith limited missile strikes. Saddam, Secretary of State Madeline
Albright declared, was still “in hisbox.”
The seemingly endless IsraeliPalestinian dispute inevitably engaged the administration, althoughneither President Clinton nor former
President Bush had much to do with
the Oslo agreement of 1993, which
established a Palestinian “authority”
to govern the Palestinian population
within the West Bank and the Gaza
Strip and obtained Palestinian recognition of Israel’s right to exist.
As with so many past Middle
Eastern agreements in principle,

329

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

however, Oslo eventually fell apartwhen details were discussed. Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat rejected
final offers from peace-minded Israeli leader Ehud Barak in 2000 andJanuary 2001. A full-scale Palestinian insurgency, marked by the useof suicide bombers, erupted. Barakfell from power, to be replaced by
the far tougher Ariel Sharon. U.S.
identification with Israel was considered by some a major problem
in dealing with other issues in theregion, but American diplomats
could do little more than hope tocontain the violence. After Arafat’s
death in late 2004, new Palestinian
leadership appeared more receptive
to a peace agreement, and American policy makers resumed efforts
to promote a settlement.
President Clinton also becameclosely engaged with “the troubles”
in Northern Ireland. On one side
was the violent Irish Republican
Army, supported primarily by those
Catholic Irish who wanted to incorporate these British counties into the
Republic of Ireland. On the otherside were Unionists, with equally violent paramilitary forces, supported
by most of the Protestant Scots-Irish
population, who wanted to remainin the United Kingdom.
Clinton gave the separatists
greater recognition than they ever
had obtained in the United States,
but also worked closely with the
British governments of John Major
and Tony Blair. The ultimate result,the Good Friday peace accords of
1998, established a political pro-

cess but left many details to beworked out. Over the next several
years, peace and order held better inNorthern Ireland than in the Middle East, but remained precarious.
The final accord continued to elude
negotiators.
The post-Cold War disintegration of Yugoslavia—a state ethnically and religiously divided among
Serbs, Croats, Slovenes, BosnianMuslims, and Albanian Kosovars—also made its way to Washington after European governments
failed to impose order. The Bushadministration had refused to get
involved in the initial violence;
the Clinton administration finally
did so with great reluctance after
being urged to do so by the European allies. In 1995, it negotiatedan accord in Dayton, Ohio, to establish a semblance of peace in Bosnia.
In 1999, faced with Serbian massacres of Kosovars, it led a threemonth NATO bombing campaign
against Serbia, which finally forced
a settlement.
In 1994, the administration restored ousted President Jean-Bertrand Aristide to power in Haiti,
where he would rule for nine years
before being ousted again. The intervention was largely a result of Aristide’s carefully cultivated support
in the United States and American
fears of waves of Haitian illegal immigrants.
In sum, the Clinton administration remained primarily inward
looking, willing to tackle international problems that could not be330

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

avoided, and, in other instances,
By then the United States had
forced by the rest of the world already experienced an attack by
to do so.
Muslim extremists. In February
1993, a huge car bomb was explodINTIMATIONS OF
ed in an underground parking gaTERRORISM
rage beneath one of the twin towersof the World Trade Center in lower
ear the close of his administra- Manhattan. The blast killed sevention, George H.W. Bush sent Ameri- people and injured nearly a thoucan troops to the chaotic East African sand, but it failed to bring down thenation of Somalia. Their mission was huge building with its thousands ofto spearhead a U.N. force that would workers. New York and federal auallow the regular movement of food thorities treated it as a criminal act,
to a starving population.
apprehended four of the plotters,
Somalia became yet another leg- and obtained life prison sentences
acy for the Clinton administration. for them. Subsequent plots to blow
Efforts to establish a representative up traffic tunnels, public buildings,
government there became a “na- and even the United Nations weretion-building” enterprise. In Oc- all discovered and dealt with in atober 1993, American troops sent similar fashion.
to arrest a recalcitrant warlord ran
Possible foreign terrorism wasinto unexpectedly strong resistance, nonetheless overshadowed by dolosing an attack helicopter and suf- mestic terrorism, primarily thefering 18 deaths. The warlord was Oklahoma City bombing. The work
never arrested. Over the next sev- of right-wing extremists Timoeral months, all American combat thy McVeigh and Terry Nichols,
units were withdrawn.
it killed 166 and injured hundreds,
From the standpoint of the ad- a far greater toll than the 1993 Tradeministration, it seemed prudent Center attack. But on June 25, 1996,
enough simply to end a marginal, another huge bomb exploded at theill-advised commitment and con- Khobar Towers U.S. military houscentrate on other priorities. It only ing complex in Saudi Arabia, killbecame clear later that the Somalian ing 19 and wounding 515. A federal
warlord had been aided by a shad- grand jury indicted 13 Saudis andowy and emerging organization that one Lebanese man for the attack,would become known as al-Qaida, but Saudi Arabia ruled out any exheaded by a fundamentalist Muslim traditions.
named Osama bin Laden. A fanatiTwo years later, on August 7,
cal enemy of Western civilization, 1998, powerful bombs exploding
bin Laden reportedly felt confirmed simultaneously destroyed U.S. emin his belief that Americans would bassies in Kenya and Tanzania, killnot fight when attacked.
ing 301 people and injuring moreN

331

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

than 5,000. In retaliation Clinton
ordered missile attacks on terrorist
training camps run by bin Ladenin Afghanistan, but they appear tohave been deserted. He also ordereda missile strike to destroy a suspect
chemical factory in Sudan, a country which earlier had given sanctuary to bin Laden.
On October 12, 2000, suicide
bombers rammed a speedboat into
the U.S. Navy destroyer Cole, on a
courtesy visit to Yemen. Heroic action by the crew kept the ship afloat,
but 17 sailors were killed. Bin Laden had pretty clearly been behind
the attacks in Saudi Arabia, Africa, and Yemen, but he was beyond
reach unless the administration was
prepared to invade Afghanistan tosearch for him.
The Clinton administration wasnever willing to take such a step. Iteven shrank from the possibility ofassassinating him if others might bekilled in the process. The attacks had
been remote and widely separated.
It was easy to accept them as unwelcome but inevitable costs associatedwith superpower status. Bin Ladenremained a serious nuisance, but not
a top priority for an administrationthat was nearing its end.

THE PRESIDENTIALELECTION OF 2000 AND
THE WAR ON TERROR

The Democratic Party nominatedVice President Al Gore to head its

ticket in 2000. To oppose him, theRepublicans chose George W. Bush,the governor of Texas and son of former president George H.W. Bush.
Gore ran as a dedicated liberal,
intensely concerned with damage
to the environment and determined
to seek more assistance for the lessprivileged sectors of American society. He seemed to position himself tothe left of President Clinton.
Bush established a position on
the right wing of the Republican
Party, closer to the heritage of Ronald Reagan than to that of his father.
He softened this image by displaying a special interest in educationand calling himself a “compassionate conservative.” His embrace ofevangelical Christianity, which hedeclared had changed his life aftera misspent youth, was of particularnote. It underscored an attachment
to traditional cultural values that
contrasted sharply to Gore’s technocratic modernism. Corporate critic
Ralph Nader ran well to Gore’s left
as the candidate of the Green Party. Conservative Republican Patrick
Buchanan mounted an independent
candidacy.
The final vote was nearly evenly
divided nationally; so were the electoral votes. The pivotal state was
Florida, where a razor-thin margin
separated Bush and Gore and thousands of ballots were disputed. After a series of court challenges at thestate and federal levels, the U.S. Supreme Court handed down a narrow decision that effectively gave theelection to Bush. The Republicans
maintained control of both housesof Congress by a small margin.

332

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

The final totals underscored thetightness of the election: Bush won
271 electoral votes to Gore’s 266, but
Gore led him in the national popular vote 48.4 percent to 47.9 percent.
Nader polled 2.1 percent and Buchanan .4 percent. Gore, his statescolored blue in media graphics,
swept the Northeast and the West
Coast; he also ran well in the Midwestern industrial heartland. Bush,
whose states were colored red, beathis opponent in the South, the restof the Midwest, and the mountainstates. Commentators everywherecommented on the vast gap between“red” and “blue” America, a divide
characterized by cultural and social,rather than economic, differences,
and all the more deep-seated andemotional for that reason. George W.
Bush took office in a climate of extreme partisan bitterness.
Bush expected to be a president
primarily concerned with domestic
policy. He wanted to meld traditional Republican Party belief in private
enterprise, low taxation, and small
government with a sense of social
responsibility for the less fortunategroups in American society. He hadtalked during his campaign aboutreforming the Social Security system. Impressed by Reagan’s supplyside economics, he advocated lower
taxes to stimulate economic growth.
The economy was beginning toslip back from its lofty peak of thelate 1990s. This helped Bush secure
passage of a tax cut in May 2001.
Lower taxes would indeed buoy the
economy, but at the cost of an omi-

nously growing federal budget deficit. At the end of the year, Bush also
obtained the “No Child Left Behind”
Act, which required public schools
to test reading and mathematicalproficiency on an annual basis; itprescribed penalties for schools
unable to achieve a specified standard. Social Security remained unaddressed despite Bush’s efforts tomake it a priority in his second term.
The Bush presidency changed
irrevocably on September 11, 2001,
as the United States suffered themost devastating foreign attack everagainst its mainland. That morning, Middle Eastern terrorists simultaneously hijacked four passenger
airplanes and used two of them as
suicide vehicles to destroy the twin
towers of the World Trade Center in
New York City. A third crashed into
the Pentagon building, the Defense
Department headquarters just outside of Washington, D.C. The fourth,probably aimed at the U.S. Capitol,
dived into the Pennsylvania countryside as passengers fought the hijackers.
The death toll, most of it consisting of civilians at the Trade Center,
was approximately 3,000, exceedingthat of the Japanese attack on Pearl
Harbor. The economic costs werealso heavy. Several other buildings
near the Trade Center also were destroyed, shutting down the financial
markets for several days. The effect
was to prolong the already developing recession.
As the nation began to recoverfrom the attack, an unknown person333CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

or group sent out letters containing
small amounts of anthrax bacteria.
Some went to members of Congress
and administration officials, others
to obscure individuals. No notableperson was infected. But five victims
died, and several others suffered serious illness. The mailings touched
off a wave of national hysteria, thenstopped as suddenly as they had begun, and remained a mystery. In
2008, the Federal Bureau of Investigation announced that the likely
culprit was a troubled government
scientist who had committed suicide.
The administration obtained passage of the USA Patriot Act in October 2001. Designed to fight domestic
terrorism, the new law considerably
broadened the search, seizure, anddetention powers of the federal government. Its opponents argued thatit violated constitutionally protectedindividual rights. Its backers responded that a country at war needed to protect itself.
After initial hesitation, the Bushadministration also decided to support the establishment of the Department of Homeland Security.
Authorized in November 2002 anddesigned to coordinate the fightagainst domestic terrorist attack,the new department consolidated 22
federal agencies.
The administration, like its predecessor, had been unprepared forthe unimaginable. However, it retaliated quickly. Determining thatthe attack had been an al-Qaida
operation, it launched a military offensive against Osama bin Laden

and the fundamentalist Muslim
Taliban government of Afghanistanthat had provided him refuge. The
United States secured the passive
cooperation of the Russian Federation, established relationships withthe former Soviet republics that bordered Afghanistan, and, above all,resumed a long-neglected alliancewith Pakistan, which provided political support and access to air bases.
Utilizing U.S. Army Special Forces
and Central Intelligence Agency
paramilitary operatives, the administration allied with long-marginalized Afghan rebels. Given
effective air support the coalition
ousted the Taliban government in
two months. Bin Laden, Taliban
leaders, and many of their fighters,
however, escaped into remote, semiautonomous areas of Northeastern
Pakistan. From there they would try
to regroup and attack the new Afghan government.
In the meantime, the Bush administration was looking elsewhere forsources of enemy terrorism. In his
2002 State of the Union address, thepresident identified an “axis of evil”
that he thought threatened the nation: Iraq, Iran, and North Korea. Of
these three, Iraq seemed to him andhis advisers the most troublesome
and probably easiest to bring down.
Saddam Hussein had ejected
United Nations weapons inspectors.
The economic sanctions against Iraq
were breaking down, and, although
the regime was not believed to be
involved in the 9/11 attacks, it had
engaged in some contacts with al-334

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Qaida. It was widely believed, notjust in the United States but throughout the world, that Iraq had large
stockpiles of chemical and biological weapons and might be working
to acquire a nuclear capability. Whyelse throw out the inspection teams
and endure continuing sanctions?
Throughout the year, the administration pressed for a United Nations
resolution demanding resumptionof weapons inspection with full andfree access. In October 2002, Iraq
declared it would comply. Nonetheless, the new inspectors complainedof bad faith. In January, their chief,Hans Blix, presented a report to the
UN declaring that Iraq had failed
to account for its weapons of mass
destruction, although he recommended a resumption of weapons
inspections before withdrawing.
Bush in the meantime had received a Senate authorization by avote of 77–23 for the use of military force. The U.S. military begana buildup of personnel and materielin Kuwait.
The American plans for war
with Iraq encountered unusuallystrong opposition in much of Europe. France, Russia, and Germany
all were against the use of force. Evenin those nations whose governments
supported the United States, there
was strong popular hostility to cooperation. Britain became the major
U.S. ally in the war that followed;
most of the newly independent Eastern European nations contributed
assistance. The governments of Italy and (for a time) Spain also lent

their backing. Turkey, long a reliable
American ally, declined to do so.
Nevertheless, on March 19, 2003,
American and British troops, supported by small contingents fromseveral other countries, began an invasion of Iraq from the South.
Groups airlifted into the North coordinated with Kurdish militia. On
both fronts, resistance was occasionally fierce, but usually melted away.
Baghdad fell on April 8. On April 14,
the military campaign in Iraq was
declared over.
Taking Iraq turned out to be far
easier than administering it. In thefirst days after the end of major combat, the country experienced pervasive looting. Hit-and-run attacks onallied troops followed and became
increasingly organized, despite thecapture of Saddam Hussein and thedeaths of his two sons and heirs. Different Iraqi factions seemed on theverge of war with each other.
New weapons inspection teams
were unable to find the expected
stockpiles of chemical and biologicalweaponry. It became clear that Iraq
had never restarted the nuclear program it had been pursuing before thefirst Gulf War. After his apprehension, Saddam Hussein admitted that
he had engaged in a gigantic bluff toforestall attack from abroad or insurrection at home.
In the year and a quarter after thefall of Baghdad, the United States andthe United Kingdom, with increasing cooperation from the United
Nations, moved ahead with establishment of a provisional govern-

335

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

ment that would assume sovereignty
over Iraq. The effort occurred amidst
increasing violence that included attacks not only on allied troops, butalso on Iraqis connected in any way
with the new government. Most of
the insurgents appeared to be Saddam loyalists; some were indigenous
Muslim sectarians; others likely
were foreign fighters.

THE 2004 PRESIDENTIALELECTION AND GEORGE W.
BUSH’S SECOND TERM

B
y mid-2004, with the UnitedStates facing a violent insurgency

in Iraq, considerable foreign opposition to the war there, and increasingly sharp divisions about theconflict at home, the country faced
another presidential election. The
Democrats nominated Senator John
Kerry of Massachusetts, a decorated
Vietnam veteran in his fourth Senate
term. Kerry’s dignified demeanorand speaking skills made him a formidable candidate. A reliable liberalon domestic issues, he was a critic of
the Iraq war. Bush, renominatedwithout opposition by the Republicans, portrayed himself as frank andconsistent in speech and deed, a manof action willing to take all necessary
steps to protect the United States.
Marked by intense feelings on
both sides about the war and thecultural conflicts that increasingly
defined the differences between thetwo major parties, the campaign revealed a nation nearly as divided asin 2000. The strong emotions of therace fueled a voter turnout 20 percent higher than four years earlier.
Bush won a narrow victory, 51 percent to 48 percent with the remainder of the vote going to Ralph Naderand other independents. The Republicans scored small but important
gains in Congress.
George W. Bush began his second term in January 2005, facing
challenges aplenty: Iraq, increasingfederal budget deficits, a chronicinternational balance-of-payments
shortfall, the escalating cost of social
entitlements, and a shaky currency.
None were susceptible to quick oreasy solutions.
Iraq was the largest and most visible problem. The country had adopted a new constitution and held
parliamentary elections in 2005.
Saddam Hussein, tried by an Iraqi
tribunal, was executed in December
2006. All the same, American forces
and the new government faced amounting insurgency. Composed ofantagonistic factions—among themSunni supporters of Saddam anddissident Shiites aided by Iran—theinsurgency could be contained, but
not quelled without using harsh tactics that would be unacceptable athome and would alienate the Iraqi
population. The constitutional Iraqi
government lacked the power andstability needed to impose order, yet
the costs—human and financial—of
the American occupation eroded
support at home.
In January 2007, the president
adopted an anti-insurgency strategy advocated by General David Pe-

336

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

traeus—one of outreach and support
for Sunni leaders willing to accept a
new democratic order in Iraq, alongwith continued backing of the predominantly Shiite government in
Baghdad. He accompanied this witha “surge” of additional troops. Overthe next year, the strategy appeared
to calm the country. The UnitedStates began to turn over increased
security responsibilities to the Iraqis and negotiated an agreement forcomplete withdrawal by 2011. Nonetheless, Iraq remained very unstable,
its fragile peace regularly disrupted
by bombings and assassinations, itsSunni-Shiite conflict complicated by
Kurdish separatists. It was not clear
whether a liberal-democratic nation
could be created out of such chaos,but certain that the United States
could not impose one if the Iraqis
did not want it.
As Iraq progressed uncertainly
toward stability, Afghanistan moved
in the other direction. The post-Taliban government of Hamid Karzai
proved unable to establish effective
control over the historically decentralized country. Operating from the
Pakistani tribal areas to which they
had escaped in 2001, the Taliban and
al-Qaida began to filter back into
Afghanistan and establish significant areas of control in the southern
provinces. Using remote-controlled
drone aircraft equipped with guided
missiles, U.S. forces staged attacks
against enemy encampments andleaders within Pakistan. In 2009,
the new American president, Barack
Obama, approved a U.S. militarybuildup and anti-insurgency effort
similar to the Iraq surge. As with
Iraq, the outcome remained in
doubt.
As the first decade of the 21st century drew to a close, the UnitedStates found itself adjusting to aworld considerably more complex
than that of the Cold War. The bipolar rivalry of that era, for all its
dangers and challenges, had imposed an unprecedented simplicity
on international affairs. The newer,
messier world order (or disorder)
featured the rapid rise of China as amajor economic force. India andBrazil were not far behind. Post-Soviet Russia re-emerged as an oil andnatural gas power seeking to regain
lost influence in Eastern Europe.
The United States remained the preeminent power in the world, but was
now first in a complex multipolar international system.
At home, the nation remained
generally prosperous through mostof the Bush years. After a weak firstyear, gross domestic product grewat a relatively steady, if unspectacular, rate and unemployment held at
fairly low levels. Yet the prosperity
was fragile. Most noticeable was the
rapid decline of American manufacturing, a trend that was well along by
the time George W. Bush becamepresident and was in sharp contrast
to the rise of China as an industrial
power. Increasingly, the economy was
sustained by consumer spending,finance, and a construction boom
led by residential housing. Federal
policy, reflecting the American ideal

337

CHAPTER 15: BRIDGE TO THE 21ST CENTURY

that every person should have an
opportunity to own a home, encouraged the extension of mortgage loans
to individuals whose prospects for
repayment were dim. The financial
institutions in turn repackaged theseloans into complex securities, represented them as sound investments,and sold them to institutional investors. These ultimately unsustainable
investments were fueled to excess by
an easy-money policy as the nation’scentral bank, the Federal Reserve
System, held interest rates at low levels. Similar economic currents
flowed in much of the rest of the developed Western world, but the United States was the pacesetter.
In line with the theme of compassionate conservatism, Bush proposeda major overhaul of the Social Security system that would allow individuals some discretion in investing thetaxes they paid into it. The planaroused nearly unanimous Democratic opposition, generated little
public enthusiasm, and never got
to a vote in Congress. Bush’s othermajor project—the enhancementof Medicare by the addition of a voluntary prescription drug program—proved much more popular. It appeased conservative qualms about
big government by subsidizing
qualified private insurance plans,required fairly large out-of-pocket
payments from those who bought
into it, but still provided real savingsto elderly patients who required multiple medications. Yet, as was thecase with already existing Medicare
provisions, the costs of the drug
program were not fully covered. It
added substantially to a federal deficit that seemed uncontrollable.
The growing deficit became amajor issue among not simply opposition Democrats but many Republican conservatives, who thought theirparty was spending too freely. In addition, the difficult war in Iraq wasincreasingly unpopular. In the 2006
midterm elections, Republicans lost
control of Congress to the opposition
Democrats, who more than everlooked with confidence to the nextpresidential election.	
9338

President George W. Bush walks down the White House Colonnade with his
successor, Barack Obama, on November 10, 2008, six days after Obama’s
election as 44th president of the United States.
339

340

16
CHAPTERPOLITICSOF
HOPE

Democratic presidential
candidate Senator
Barack Obama (Illinois)
at a campaign rally inCharlotte, North Carolina,
September, 2008.

CHAPTER 16: POLITICS OF HOPE

“The strongest democracies
flourish from frequent and lively
debate, but they endure whenpeople of every background andbelief find a way to set aside
smaller differences in serviceof a greater purpose.”
President Barack Obama, 2009

THE ELECTION OF 2008
AND THE EMERGENCE OF
BARACK OBAMA

H
aving served two terms, President George W. Bush was constitu-

tionally prohibited from being electedagain to the presidency. After a spirited preconvention campaign, theRepublicans chose as their candidate Senator John McCain of Arizona. A Vietnam veteran respected
for his heroic resistance as a prisoner of war, McCain possessed strong
foreign policy credentials and wasa relatively moderate conservativeon domestic issues. He chose as his
running mate Governor Sarah Palinof Alaska. Much admired by Christian evangelicals and cultural conservatives, she drew almost as muchattention as McCain himself.

In late 2007, it seemed nearly certain that the Democratic nomination
would go to Senator Hillary Rodham
Clinton of New York. The wife offormer president Bill Clinton,
she had quickly established herself
as a leading member of Congress
and possessed a strong national constituency among women and liberal
Democrats. However, she faced a phenomenon not unusual in democraticsocieties—a relatively unknown, butcharismatic, challenger whose appeal rested not on ideological or programmatic differences but on styleand personal background.
Barack Hussein Obama was onlyin his second year as a U.S. senatorfrom Illinois, but his comparative
youth and freshness were assets in ayear when the electorate was wearyof politics as usual. So was his multi-

342

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

cultural background. His father wasfrom Kenya; his mother was a white
American sociologist. Born in Hawaii, he had spent his early years inIndonesia, where he attended a Muslim school. After his father left thefamily and his mother died at an early age, he had been raised by his
grandmother. These family crises
notwithstanding, he became a successful student at two of the best
universities in the United States—
Columbia and Harvard. His personal style mixed a rare speaking talent
with a hip informality that had great
appeal to younger voters. Americans
of all ages could consider him anemblematic representative of theirsociety’s tradition of providing opportunity for all.
After a close, hard-fought six
months of party caucuses and primary elections, Obama eked out anarrow victory over Clinton. He
made Senator Joseph Biden of Delaware his vice-presidential selection.
Most measures of popular sentimentindicated that the public wanted achange. The two candidates wereahead in many public opinion polls
as the fall campaign season began.
Any chance that McCain and
Palin could pull ahead was ended
by the sharp financial crisis that began in the last half of September andsent the economy crashing. Causedby excessive speculation in risky
mortgage-backed securities andother unstable investment vehicles,
the crash led to the bankruptcy ofthe venerable Lehman Brothers investment house and momentarily

imperiled the entire financial superstructure of the nation. The Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation(FDIC), created during the New
Deal, shut down numerous banks
without loss to depositors, but had
no jurisdiction over the giant financial investment companies that did
not engage in commercial banking.
Moreover, it had only limited capabilities to deal with those corporations that did both.
Fearing a general financial meltdown reminiscent of the darkestdays of the Great Depression, theU.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve engineered a Troubled Assets
Relief Program (TARP) that was
funded by a $700 billion congressional appropriation. The TARP
program kept the endangered investment banks afloat. What it could not
do was stave off a sharp economic
collapse in which millions of Americans lost their jobs.
That November, the voters elected Obama president of the UnitedStates, with approximately 53 percent of the vote to McCain’s 46.

OBAMA: THE FIRST YEARObama was inaugurated presidentof the United States on January 20,

2009, in an atmosphere of hope andhigh expectations. In his inaugural
address, he declared: “The time hascome to reaffirm our enduring spirit; to choose our better history; tocarry forward that precious gift, that
noble idea, passed on from generation to generation: the God-given343

CHAPTER 16: POLITICS OF HOPE

promise that all are equal, all are
free, and all deserve a chance to pursue their full measure of happiness.”
He proclaimed an agenda of “remaking America” by reviving and transforming the economy in ways thatwould provide better and less-expensive health care for all, foster environmentally friendly energy, anddevelop an educational system better
suited to the needs of a new century.
Speaking to the international
community, he pledged U.S. cooperation in facing the problem ofglobal warming. He also delivereda general message of international
engagement based on compassion
for poorer, developing countries andrespect for other cultures. “To the
Muslim world,” Obama said, “weseek a new way forward, based on
mutual interest and mutual respect.”
The speech revealed the wide
scope of Obama’s aspirations. His
rhetoric and his strong personalpresence won wide approval—somuch so that in October, he wasawarded the Nobel Peace Prize inrecognition of his goals. But, as
always in the complex system of
American representative government, it was easier to state large
ambitions than to realize them.
At home, the administration addressed the mounting economiccrisis with a $787 billion stimulus
act designed to bring growing unemployment down to manageablelevels. The legislation doubtless saved
or created many jobs, but it failed toprevent unemployment—officiallyestimated at 7.7 percent of the labor
force when Obama took office—from increasing to a high of 10.1 percent, then receding just a bit. The
loans to large investment and commercial banks begun during theBush administration with the objective of restoring a stable financial
system were mostly repaid with aprofit to the government, but a few
remained outstanding as the president began his second year in office.
In addition, the government invested
heavily in two giant auto makers—General Motors and Chrysler—
shepherding them through bankruptcy and attempting to reestablish
them as major manufacturers.
Obama’s other major objective—the establishment of a national healthcare system—had long been a goalof American liberalism. With large
Democratic majorities in both housesof Congress, it seemed achievable.
However, developing a plan that had
to meet the medical needs of morethan 300 million Americans proved
extraordinarily difficult. The concerns of numerous interests had to be
dealt with—insurance companies,
hospitals, physicians, pharmaceutical companies, and the large majority of Americans who were alreadycovered and reasonably satisfied. In
addition, a comprehensive national
plan had to find some way to control
skyrocketing costs. In the spring of
2010, the president signed complex
legislation that mandated health in-344

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

surance for every American, with
implementation to take place over
several years.
In foreign policy, Obama sought
to reach out to the non-Westernworld, and especially to Muslims
who might interpret the American military actions in Iraq and
Afghanistan as part of a general
war on Islam. “America and Islam
are not exclusive and need not bein competition,” he told an audience at Cairo University. In Tokyo,
he reassured Asians that America
would remain engaged with theworld’s fastest-growing region.
While hoping to distinguish itself
in tone from the Bush administration, the Obama government founditself following the broad outlinesof Bush’s War on Terror. It affirmed
the existing agreement to withdraw
American troops from Iraq in 2011
and reluctantly accepted militaryplans for a surge in Afghanistan. In
his Nobel acceptance speech, President Obama quoted the celebrated American theologian Reinhold
Niebuhr to the effect that evil existed in the world and could be defeated only by force.
At the conclusion of his firstyear in office, Obama remained, formany Americans, a compelling personification of their ideals of liberty
and equal opportunity.

AFTERWORDF
rom its origins as a set of obscurecolonies hugging the Atlantic coast,

the United States has undergone aremarkable transformation into
what political analyst Ben Wattenberg has called “the first universal
nation,” a population of almost 300
million people representing virtually every nationality and ethnic
group in the world. It is also a nation where the pace and extent ofchange—economic, technological,
cultural, demographic, and social—is unceasing. The United States isoften the harbinger of the modernization and change that inevitably
sweep up other nations and societies
in an increasingly interdependent,
interconnected world.
Yet the United States also maintains a sense of continuity, a set ofcore values that can be traced to its
founding. They include a faith inindividual freedom and democratic
government, and a commitment toeconomic opportunity and progress for all. The continuing task of
the United States will be to ensurethat its values of freedom, democracy, and opportunity—the legacy
of a rich and turbulent history—areprotected and flourish as the nation,and the world, move through the
21st century. 
9345

BIBLIOGR APHY
RECENT PRIZE-WINNINGBOOKS
The Bancroft Prize for
American History
Awarded by the Trusteesof Columbia University

2010
Dorothea Lange: A Life
Beyond Limits
By Linda Gordon
W.W. Norton & Company
Abigail Adams
By Woody Holton
Free Press
White Mother to a Dark Race:
Settler Colonialism, Maternalism,
and the Removal of Indigenous
Children in the American West
and Australia, 1880-1940.
By Margaret D. Jacobs
University of Nebraska Press
2009
Killing for Coal: America’s
Deadliest Labor War
By Thomas G. Andrews
Harvard University Press
This Republic of Suffering: Deathand the American Civil War
By Drew Gilpin Faust
Alfred A. Knopf
The Comanche Empire
By Pekka Hämäläinen
Yale University Press

2008
The Cigarette Century: The Rise,
Fall, and Deadly Persistence of the
Product That Defined America
By Allan M. Brandt
Basic Books
The Populist Vision
By Charles Postel
Oxford University Press
Our Savage Neighbors: How Indian
War Transformed Early America
By Peter Silver
W.W. Norton & Company
2007
Mockingbird Song: EcologicalLandscapes of the SouthBy Jack Temple Kirby
University of North Carolina Press
William James: In the Maelstromof American Modernism
By Robert D. Richardson
Houghton Mifflin Company
2006
Dwelling Place: A Plantation Epic
By Erskine Clarke
Yale University Press
The Global Cold War: Third
World Interventions and theMaking of Our Times
By Odd Arne Westad
Cambridge University Press

346

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYThe Rise of American Democracy:
Jefferson to Lincoln
By Sean Wilentz
W.W. Norton & Company
Pulitzer Prize for a distinguishedbook upon the history of theUnited StatesAwarded by Columbia University
Graduate School of Journalism

2010
Lords of Finance: The Bankers
Who Broke the World
By Liaquat Ahamed
The Penguin Press
2009
The Hemingses of Monticello:
An American Family
By Annette Gordon-Reed
W.W. Norton & Company
2008
What God Hath Wrought:
The Transformation of America,
1815-1848
By Daniel Walker Howe
Oxford University Press
2007
The Race Beat: The Press,
the Civil Rights Struggle, and
the Awakening of a Nation
By Gene Roberts andHank Klibanoff
Alfred A. Knopf
2006
Polio: An American Story
By David Oshinsky
Oxford University Press

SELECTED INTERNETRESOURCES
American Historical Association
http://www.historians.org
American History: A Documentary
Record1492–Present
http://avalon.law.yale.edu/subject_menus/chrono.asp
The Avalon Project at the Yale Law
School: Major Collections
http://avalon.law.yale.edu/subject_menus/major.asp
Biography of America
http://www.learner.org/
biographyofamerica/
Digital History
http://www.digitalhistory.uh.edu/
Documents for the Study ofAmerican History
http://www.vlib.us/amdocs/
Gilder Lehrman Institute ofAmerican History
http://www.gilderlehrman.org
Historicalstatistics.org
http://www.historicalstatistics.org/
index2.html
History Matters
http://historymatters.gmu.edu/

347

BIBLIOGRAPHYThe Library of Congress
American Memory: Historical
Collections for the National
Digital Library
http://memory.loc.gov/ammem/
The Library of Congress
American Memory: Timeline
http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/
ndlpedu/features/timeline/
index.html
National Archives and Records
Administration
http://www.nara.gov
National Archives and Records
Administration: Digital Classroom
http://www.archives.gov/digital_
classroom/
National Archives and Records
Administration: Our Documents:
A National Initiative on American
History, Civics, and Service
http://www.ourdocuments.gov/
index.php?flash=true&
National Archives and Records
Administration: Presidential
Libraries
http://www.archives.gov/
presidential-libraries

National Atlas of the United States
http://nationalatlas.gov
National Endowment for
the Humanities: We the People
http://www.wethepeople.gov
National Park Service:
Discover History
http://www.nps.gov/history/
Organization of American
Historians
http://www.oah.org/
Smithsonian
http://www.si.edu/
The Historical Society
http://www.bu.edu/historic/
U.S. Department of State
Office of the Historian
http://history.state.gov/
WWW Virtual Library
History: United States
http://vlib.iue.it/history/USA/The U.S. Department of State
assumes no responsibility forthe content and availabilityof the resources from otheragencies and organizations
listed above. All Internet links
were active as of fall 2010.

348

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

INDEX
Page references in boldface typerefer to illustrations.

A
Abolition of slavery
Brown’s raid at Harper’s Ferry(1859), 139constitutional amendment(13th), 148
Democratic Party and, 152
Douglass as abolitionist leader, 91
Emancipation Proclamation, 144145
Freedmen’s Bureau, 148, 151
Garrison and The Liberator on, 91,
122, 133-134
Missouri Compromise (1820), 80,
114, 132, 135, 137
Northwest Ordinance slavery ban,71, 73, 113, 135
religious social activism and, 87
as a sectional conflict/divided
nation, 128-139
as sharecroppers and tenant
farmers, 190-191
southern statesmen on, 113
Underground Railroad, 91, 134, 136
See also Slavery
Adams, John, 52, 64, 72, 82-83
Adams, John Quincy, 115, 116, 134
Adams, Samuel, 56-57
Adamson Act, 199
Addams, Jane, 196
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn
(Twain), 97
Afghanistan, U.S. relations, 294,
334, 345
AFL. See American Federation ofLabor (AFL)

349

African Americans
bus boycott (Montgomery,
Alabama), 240
civil rights movement, 240, 258,271-272
color barrier broken in sports, 237,
271
Colored Farmers National Alliance,
191
culture, 210-211
Freedmen’s Bureau and, 148, 151“Harlem Renaissance,” 211
jazz musicians, 211
labor unions and, 193
lynchings and violence against,
150, 178, 271
members of Congress, 96
as sharecroppers and tenant
farmers, 190-191
U.S. Colored Troops in Union
Army, 145
See also Abolition of slavery;
Civil rights; Racial discrimination;
Slavery
Agnew, Spiro, 290
Agricultural Adjustment Act(AAA), 216
Agriculture
farm-relief act, 216
Farmers’ Alliances, 191
Grange movement, 191
land grant and technical colleges,
152, 177
New Deal programs, 216-217
Patrons of Husbandry (Grange), 191
plantation settlements, 26, 28,
113-114, 128-129
post-Revolutionary period, 70
Republican policy, 79, 208
scientific research, 177

INDEX

sharecroppers and tenant farmers,
190-191
small farmers and agriculturalconsolidation, 267
technological revolution, 110-111,
160, 177
westward expansion and, 125
AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency
Syndrome)
epidemic, 307
quilt (Washington, D.C.), 299
AIM. See American Indian Movement
Alaskagold rush, 192
purchase, known as “Seward’s
Folly,” 182
Albany Plan of Union, 33, 69
Albright, Madeleine, 329
Alien Act, 82, 117
Amalgamated Association of Iron,
Steel, and Tin Workers, 194
American Bible Society, 87
American Civil Liberties Union, 209
American Federation of Labor (AFL),
194, 209, 227
American Independent Party, 319
American Indian Movement (AIM), 281
American Philosophical Society, 28
American Railway Union, 194
American Revolution, 50-65
Boston Tea Party (1773), 50-51, 57
British move through the South,
63-64
colonial declaration of war, 60
Concord and Lexington battles(1775), 59-60
economic aftermath, 70
factors leading to, 50-59
first shots fired at Lexington,
44-45, 59
Franco-American alliance, 62-63
Long Island, battle of (1776), 61
Loyalists and, 60, 65
Olive Branch Petition, 60

significance of, 65
Treaty of Paris (1783), 47, 64
Yorktown, British surrender at,
47-48, 64
American Sugar Refining Company,
197
American Telephone and Telegraph(AT&T), 158
American Temperance Union, 121
Amity and Commerce, Treaty of(France-American colonies), 63
Amnesty Act (1872), 150
Anasazi, 8, 20
Andros, Sir Edmund, 31
Anthony, Susan B., 90, 122
Antifederalists, 76
Antitrust legislation, 160, 187,
196-197, 199
Apache Indians, 180, 181
Aquino, Corazon, 312
Arafat, Yasser, 330
Aristide, Jean-Bertrand, 330
Arlington Cemetery (Virginia), 174
Armour, Philip, 158
Arms control. See Nuclear weapons
Armstrong, Louis, 211
Armstrong, Neil, 285
Arnaz, Desi, 239
Arnold, Benedict, 62
Articles of the Confederation, 69-70
Asia, Cold War, 263-264
Atlantic Charter (U.S.-Britain), 220
Automobile industry
auto worker strikes, 228, 230
automobile safety crusade, 287
environmental issues/traffic
congestion, 282, 300-301
unemployment, 227
B
Babcock, Stephen, 177
Ball, Lucille, 239
Banking Act, 218

350

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Banking and financecurrency question and gold
standard, 192
Federal Reserve Board, 199, 218
Federal Reserve System, 119, 187,
198-199
financial panic (1893), 192
First Bank of the United States, 79
insured savings (FDIC), 215
national bank, 79-80
New Deal program reforms, 214-215
regional and local bank charters, 119
Second Bank of the United States,
118-119
state banking system, 119
stock market crash (1929), 211
Baptists, 87, 88
Barak, Ehud, 330
Beard, Charles, 75“Beat Generation” (1950s), 270
Begin, Menachim, 292
Bell, Alexander Graham, 107, 156
Bell, John C., 139
Bell Telephone System, 158
Bellamy, Edward, 160
Biddle, Nicholas, 119
Biden, Joseph, 343
Bill of Rights, 77
bin Laden, Osama, 331, 332, 334
Blaine, James G., 185
Blair, Tony, 294-295, 330
Blix, Hans, 335
Bolívar, Simon, 114
Booth, John Wilkes, 147
Borglum, Gutzon, 171
Bosnia, 330
Boston Massacre (1770), 56
Boston Tea Party (1773), 50-51, 57
Breckenridge, John C., 139
Brezhnev, Leonid, 289
British colonization. See English
colonization
Brooks, David, 322
Brown, John, 139

Brown v. Board of Education (1954),
240, 244, 272
Bryan, William Jennings, 192, 195,
198, 209-210
Buchanan, Pat, 332
Buckley, William F., 308
Bull Moose Party, 318
Burbank, Luther, 177
Burgoyne, John, 62
Bush, George Herbert Walker, 255
budgets and deficits, 315
domestic policy, 314-315
end of Cold War, 315-316
foreign policy, 312, 316-317
presidential election (1998), 314;
(1992), 322, 324“war on drugs,” 317
Bush, George W.
Afghanistan invasion, 334
with Barack Obama, 339
as a “compassionate conservative,”332
domestic and foreign policy, 332336
on freedom, 322
Iraq War, 334-336
on peace, 322
presidential elections (2000), 333;
(2004), 336-337
with Tony Blair, 294-295
C
Cable News Network, 297
Cabot, John, 9Cady Stanton, Elizabeth, 90, 122-123
Calhoun, John C., 112, 116, 117, 125
California
as a free state, 136gold rush, 131, 136, 179
migrant farm workers’ unions,279-280
territory, 135
Calvinism, 13, 29, 34, 65
Campbell, Ben Nighthorse, 281
351

INDEX

Capitalism, 187, 193, 214Carleton, Mark, 177
Carmichael, Stokely, 278
Carnegie, Andrew, 97, 156-157,
187, 194
Carson, Rachel, 282
Carter, Jimmy, 291-292
Cartier, Jacques, 10
Carver, George Washington, 177
Cattle ranching, 179-180
Central Pacific Railroad, 179
A Century of Dishonor (Jackson), 181
Chambers, Whittaker, 266
Charles I (British king), 12, 13, 15
Charles II (British king), 17, 18, 31
Chase, Salmon P., 138
Chávez, César, 250, 280
Cherokee Indians, 125
Chiang Kai-shek, 224, 263, 264
Chicanos. See Latino movement
Child labor, 102-103, 177, 193, 196
China, People’s Republic ofBoxer Rebellion (1900), 186
Taiwan relations, 263, 265, 289
U.S. diplomatic relations, 186,
289, 292
Christian Coalition, 308
Churchill, Winston
on the “iron curtain,” 260-261
U.S. support for war effort, 220
at Yalta, 224, 234
CIO. See Committee for Industrial
Organization (CIO); Congress ofIndustrial Organizations (CIO)
Citizenship, 82, 148-149, 178
Civil rights
bus boycott (Montgomery,
Alabama), 240, 273
desegregation, 272-273
desegregation of schools, 240, 241,
244, 272-273, 277
desegregation of the military,
269, 272
Jesse Jackson’s “Rainbow

Coalition,” 253
Truman 10-point civil rights
program, 271-272
See also Civil rights movement;
Individual rights; Racial
discrimination
Civil Rights Act (1957), 273
Civil Rights Act (1960), 273
Civil Rights Act (1964), 277, 286
Civil rights movement (1960-80),
276-278“black power” activists, 277-278“freedom rides,” 277“March on Washington” (1963), 277
origins of the, 271-272
riots (1960s), 278
sit-ins, 277
Civil Service Commission, 307
Civil War (1861-65)
African Americans in U.S. Colored
Troops in Union Army, 145
Alexandria, Union troop
encampment, 94
Antietam campaign (1862), 141, 144
Bull Run (First Manassas), 143
Bull Run (Second Manassas), 144
casualties, 92, 144, 145
Chancellorsville campaign (1863),
92-93, 145
Chattanooga and Lookout
Mountain campaigns (1863), 146
Gettysburg address, by Lincoln,
142, 145
Gettysburg campaign (1863), 92,
145, 146
Petersburg campaign (1865), 146
postwar politics, 152-153
secession from the Union, 142-143
Sherman’s march through theSouth, 146
Shiloh campaign, 144
Spotsylvania (Battle of theWilderness, 1864), 146
surrender at Appomattox
352

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Courthouse, 146
Vicksburg campaign (1863), 145, 146
See also Reconstruction Era
Civil Works Administration(CWA), 215-216
Civilian Conservation Corps (CCC), 215
Clark, William, 47
Clay, Henry
compromise agreements, 114, 136
portrait of, 90
presidential elections, 116, 119protective tariffs, 112, 117, 118
Whig Party statesman, 120, 152
Clayton Antitrust Act, 199
Clean Air Act (1967), 282
Clemenceau, Georges, 108
Clemens, Samuel Langhorne, 97, 196
Cleveland, Grover, 159, 182, 183,
192, 194
Clinton, Hillary Rodham, 324, 325,
328, 342
Clinton, William “Bill”
Arkansas real estate
investigation, 326
Cabinet appointments, 280
domestic policy, 324-326
foreign policy, 329-331
impeachment hearings/trial,
328, 329
presidential election (1992),
322-324; (1996), 328
presidential inaugural address(1993), 255
sexual impropriety/intern scandal,
326, 328
Coercive or Intolerable Acts (England),
57-59
Cold War, 258-267
in Asia, 263-264
Eisenhower Administration,
264-265
end of, 255, 315-316, 324
in the Middle East, 264
Kennedy Administration, 284-285

origins of, 260-261
Truman Administration, 261, 265
College of William and Mary, 27
Colonial period
cultural developments, 27-29
Dutch colonies, 14, 15, 17, 24
early settlements, 10-12, 24
English settlers, 10-12, 13-15, 17, 24
French and Indian Wars, 32-33
German settlers, 24, 25, 26
government of the colonies, 29-32
Jamestown colony (Virginia), 10,
12-13, 16
Massachusetts colonies, 13-14, 24-25
middle colonies, 25-26
Native American relations, 15-17,
18, 39
New Amsterdam, 14, 15, 26
New England colonies, 24-25
New England Confederation, 17
Pennsylvania colony, 18, 25, 27-28,
30, 39, 69
rural country daily life, 26-27
Scots and Scots-Irish settlers, 24,
25, 26
southern colonies, 26-27
Swedish colonies, 15, 24
Virginia colonies, 10, 12-13, 16, 26,
28-30, 68-69
Colored Farmers National Alliance,
191
Columbus, Christopher, 9Commission on Civil Rights, 280
Committee for Industrial Organization(CIO), 228
Committees of Correspondence,
56-57
Commodity Credit Corporation, 216
Common Sense (Paine), 60
Communism, 206-207
Cold War and, 258-267, 315-316
Eisenhower containment policy,
264-265
Federal Employee Loyalty

353

INDEX

Program, 266
House Committee on
Un-American Activities, 266
McCarthy Senate hearings on,
236, 266
Red Scare (1919-20), 207, 265
spread of, 263
Truman Doctrine of containment,
261-263
Communist Party, 206, 263, 265, 266
Compromise of 1850, 90, 135-136
Confederation Congress, 71
Congress of Industrial Organizations(CIO), 228
Congress, U.S.
African-American members, 96
first Native American member, 281
Hispanic members, 280
power to make laws, 75
representation in House and
Senate, 73
Conservatism, 307-309
Constitution, state constitutions, 68-69
Constitution, U.S.
amendments
1st thru 12th, 77
13th (abolishing slavery), 148
14th (citizenship rights), 148149, 178
15th (voting rights), 149, 273
16th (federal income tax), 198
17th (direct election ofsenators), 198
18th (prohibition), 210
19th (voting rights for women),207
amendments process, 74
Bill of Rights, 77
Congressional powers, 75
debate and compromise, 73-75
declaration of war powers, 316-317
on display at National Archives,
174
motivations of Founding Fathers, 75

ratification, 75-76
separation of powers principle, 74
signing of, at Constitution Hall
(Philadelphia), 164
Constitutional Convention(Philadelphia, 1787), 66-67, 71-77
Constitutional Union Party, 139Continental Association, 58-59
Continental Congress, First (1774), 58
Continental Congress, Second (1775),
60, 61, 69, 71
Coolidge, Calvin, 204, 207
Cornwallis, Lord Charles, 46-47, 64
Coronado, Francisco Vázquez de, 9Corporations, 158-159
Coughlin, Charles, 217
Counterculture (1960s), 281-282
New Leftists, 281-282
Vietnam War demonstrations, 281“Woodstock Generation,” 249, 281
Cox, James M., 207
Crawford, William, 116
Crazy Horse (Sioux chief), 180
Creek Indians, 125
Cromwell, Oliver, 12, 17, 31
Cuba, Spanish-American War and,
182-183
Cuban missile crisis (1962), 284
Cullen, Countee, 211
Cultureof the 1950s, 270-271
in the colonies, 27-29
counterculture of the 1960s, 281-282
See also Libraries; Literary works;Music, American
Currency Act (England, 1764), 53
Custer, George, 98-99, 180
D
Dakota Sioux, 98, 180, 281
Darrow, Clarence, 209-210
Darwinian theory
Scopes trial, 209-210“survival of the fittest,” 193

354

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Davis, Jefferson, 142
Dawes (General Allotment) Act(1887), 181
De Soto, Hernando, 9Declaration of Independence, 61, 68
burial site for three signers of,
162-163
Declaratory Act (England), 55
Delaware Indians, 18, 39
Democracy in America (Tocqueville),
130
Democratic Party, 116, 137, 152, 153,
192, 218-219
Depression. See Great Depression
Dewey, George, 183
Dewey, Thomas, 235, 269
Dickens, Charles, 130-131
Dickinson, Emily, 96
Dickinson, John, 55, 69
Digital revolution, 293, 296
e-mail communication, 327
mobile phones, 327
personal computer (PC) growth,306, 327
Dix, Dorothea, 121
Dixiecrats, 319
Dole, Robert, 328
Doolittle, James “Jimmy,” 223
Dorset, Marion, 177
Douglas, Stephen A., 136, 137, 138-139
Douglass, Frederick, 91, 122, 134, 145
Drake, Francis, 10
Dred Scott decision, 138, 149
Dreiser, Theodore, 196
DuBois, W.E.B., 178, 211
Dukakis, Michael, 314
Dulles, John Foster, 265
Dunmore, Lord, 60
Dutch colonization, 14, 15, 17
patroon system, 14-15
Dutch East India Company, 14
Dylan, Bob, 281

E
East India Company, 57
Eastman, George, 106, 157
Economic crisis bailout, 344
Edison, Thomas, 106, 157
Educationin the colonies, 27-29
computer technology and, 303
day care centers, 303
No Child Left Behind Act, 333
private schools, 27
private tutors, 28
public school systems, 121
school desegregation, 240, 244,272-273, 277
Edwards, Jonathan, 29
Eisenhower, Dwight David
civil rights supporter, 272, 273
Cold War and foreign policy, 264-265
domestic policy of “dynamic
conservatism,” 269-270
portrait of, 236
as president of U.S., 264-265, 269-270
as Supreme Commander of Allied
Forces, 223, 232, 264
Electoral College, 116, 117
Elkins Act (1903), 196
Ellington, Duke, 211
Ellis Island Monument, 102, 103, 200
Emancipation Proclamation, 144-145
Embargo Act (1807), 84
Emerson, Ralph Waldo, 59
Enforcement Acts (1870 and
1871), 150
English Civil War (1642-49), 31
English colonization
early settlements, 10-12
French and Indian War and, 32-33
map of, 36-37
in Maryland, 15in Massachusetts, 13-14
New England Confederation, 17English common law, 30
Enola Gay (U.S. bomber), attacks on

355

INDEX

Hiroshima and Nagasaki, 226
Environmental movement, 282,
298, 344
Environmental Protection Agency(EPA), 282
Equal Rights Amendment (ERA), 279
Erik the Red, 9F
Falwell, Jerry, 308
Farragut, David, 143
Faubus, Orval, 272
Federal Aid Road Act (1916), 113
Federal Artists Project, 218
Federal Deposit and Insurance
Corporation (FDIC), 215, 343
Federal Emergency Relief
Administration (FERA), 215
Federal Employee Loyalty Program,
266
Federal Reserve Act (1913), 198
Federal Reserve Board, 199, 218,
291, 310, 343
Federal Reserve System, 119, 187,
198-199
Federal Theatre Project, 218
Federal Trade Commission, 199
Federal Workingman’s Compensation
Act (1916), 199
Federal Writers Project, 218
The Federalist Papers, 43, 76Federalists, 76, 78, 81, 82, 86, 116
The Feminine Mystique (Friedan), 278
The Financier (Dreiser), 196
Finney, Charles, Grandison, 87
Firefighters, 321“First universal nation,” 345
Fitzgerald, F. Scott, 210
Force Act, 118
Ford, Gerald, 290-291
Ford, Henry, 109
Fordney-McCumber Tariff (1922), 207
Foreign policy. See U.S. foreign policy
FranceLouisiana Territory sold to U.S.,
83-84
New World exploration, 9-10
U.S. diplomatic relations, 82-83
XYZ Affair, 82
Franco-American Treaty of Alliance(1778), 62-63, 80, 82
Franklin, Benjamin, 28, 33, 43, 63,
64, 72, 75
Free Soil Party, 136, 137, 138
Freedmen’s Bureau, 148, 151
Fremont, John, 138
French and Indian War, 32-33
French exploration, 10
French Huguenots, 24
French Revolution, 34, 79, 80, 81
Friedan, Betty, 278, 279
Friedman, Milton, 308
Fugitive Slave Act, 136, 137
Fundamentalism, religious, 209,
210, 308
G
Gage, Thomas, 59
Gallatin, Albert, 83
Garrison, William Lloyd, 91, 122,
133-134
Garza, Eligio “Kika” de la, 280
Gates, Bill, 296
Gates, Horatio, 62, 63-64
Gay rights, 307, 324-325
Genet, Edmond Charles, 80-81
George, Henry, 160
George III (British king), 55, 59
Georgiacolonial royal government, 31
early settlement, 18
Native American tribes relocated,
118
German unification, 316
Germany
Berlin Airlift, 262
Kennedy speech in West Berlin,242-243356

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

postwar period, 262
reparations, World War I, 224
Germany in World War II
Holocaust (Jewish genocide), 226
Nazism, 219, 224, 226
North African campaign, 222
Nuremberg war crime trials, 226
reparations, 206
submarine warfare, 204-205
Geronimo (Apache chief), 181
Gerry, Elbridge, 72, 73
Ghent, Treaty of (1814), 85
Gilbert, Humphrey, 10
The Gilded Age (Twain), 196
Ginsberg, Allen, 271
Glenn, John, 285
Global warming, 344
Glorious Revolution (1688-89), 31, 32
Goethals, George W., 185
Goldwater, Barry, 286, 308, 309
Gompers, Samuel, 194
González, Henry B., 280
Gorbachev, Mikhail, 304-305, 314,
315, 316
Gore, Al, 323, 332, 333
Gould, Jay, 194
Grange movement, 191
Grant, Ulysses S.
as president of U.S., 150, 153
as Union Army general, 144, 145
portrait of, 95
Great Depression (1929-40)
decline in immigration, 201“Dust Bowl” migration, 216
New Deal programs, 214-218
soup lines, 202-203
stock market crash (1929), 211“Great Society,” 286-287
Greeley, Horace, 112, 124
Green Party, 332
Greenspan, Alan, 327
Grey, Zane, 180
Guadalupe Hidalgo, Treaty of, 135
Guam, U.S. relations, 184

H
Haiti, political situation, 330
Hamilton, Alexander
and Bank of the United States,
79, 118
Constitutional Conventiondelegate, 71, 72
Federalist Papers and, 43, 76
as first Secretary of the Treasury(Department of the Treasury), 77
portrait of, 48
and Republican Party, 152
vs. Jefferson, 48, 78-80
Hamilton, Andrew, 28
Harding, Warren G., 207
Harrison, Benjamin, 160
Harrison, William Henry, 85, 120
Hartford Convention (1814), 117
Harvard College, 27
Hawaii, statehood (1959), 184
Hawaiian Islands, U.S. policy ofannexation, 183-184
Hawley-Smoot Tariff Act (1930), 207
Hay, John, 184, 186
Hayes, Rutherford B., 150-151, 153
Haymarket Square incident, 194
Health care, 344
Health insurance, 344-345
Helsinki Accords (1975), 291
Hemingway, Ernest, 109, 210
Henry, Patrick, 42, 54, 76, 77
Hepburn Act (1906), 197
Hidalgo, Miguel de, 114
Highway Act (1956), 268
Hispanics
in politics, 280
See also Latino movement
Hiss, Alger, 266
Hitler, Adolf, 201, 219
Ho Chi Minh, 284
Hohokam settlements, 7
Holy Alliance, 115
Homeland Security Department, 334
Homestead Act (1862), 124, 152,
357

INDEX

179, 180
Hoover, Herbert, 185, 211
Hopewellians, 7Hopi Indians, 8
Housing and Urban Development
Department, 287
Houston, Sam, 134
Howe, William, 61-62
Hudson, Henry, 14
Hughes, Langston, 211
Hull, Cordell, 221
Humphrey, Hubert, 288
Hungary, rebellion (1956), 265
Hutchinson, Anne, 14
I
Immigrants and immigration
diversity of immigrants, 200-201
Ellis Island Monument, 102,
103, 200
illegal immigrants, 201
immigration quotas, 201, 209“Little Italy” in New York City,
104-105
Nativists and, 209
policy reform, 307
restrictions on immigration,
208-209
Immigration Restriction League, 201
Imperialism, 181-182
Indentured servants, 18-19
Indian Removal Act (1830), 125
Indian Reorganization Act (1934), 181
Indian Wars
Apache wars, 180, 181
Custer’s Last Stand at Little
Bighorn, 98-99, 180
French and Indian War, 32-33
Pequot War (1637), 16
and westward expansion, 124,
180-181
Indians of North America. See Native
Americans
Individual rights, 34, 65, 76-77

See also Civil rights
Industrial development. See undernames of industry
Industrial Workers of the World(IWW), 194
Interstate Commerce Commission(ICC), 159, 197, 198
Inventions
adding machine, 157
airplane, 107
cash register, 157
cotton gin, 114, 133
light bulb/incandescent lamp,
106, 157
linotype machine, 157
motion picture projector, 106, 157
reaper (farm machine), 131,
158, 160
telegraph, 156
telephone, 107, 156
television, 268
typewriter, 157
Iran, U.S. relations, 292
Axis of evil, 334
Iraqelections (2005), 302
provisional government, 335
U.N. weapons inspections, 329,
334-335
U.S.-led invasion, 335
Iron and steel industry, 157, 187
strikes, 194, 228
Iroquois Indians, 14, 16-17, 33
Islam, 345
Isolationism, 78, 206, 220
IsraelEgypt invasion, 265
Palestinian relations, 330
U.S. policy, 264
J
Jacinto, Battle of, 134
Jackson, Andrew
conflicts with Indians, 125358

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

as general in War of 1812, 86
portrait of, 89
as president of U.S., 89, 117-118
presidential election (1824), 116
presidential election (1828), 117
Jackson, Helen Hunt, 181

Jackson, Jesse, 253

Jackson, Thomas J. (“Stonewall”),
144, 145
James I (British king), 12
James II (British king), 31
Jamestown colony (Virginia), 10,
12-13, 16Japan
attack on Pearl Harbor, 212-213,
221, 222
Kamikaze suicide missions, 225
surrender (1945), 226
U.S. attacks on Hiroshima andNagasaki, 226
U.S. relations, 186
Japanese-Americans, internment
camps, 222, 233
Jay, John, 43, 64, 76, 81, 82
Jay Treaty (Britain-U.S.), 81, 82
Jazz Age, 210
Jefferson Memorial (Wash., D.C.), 161
Jefferson, Thomas
on abolition of slavery, 114
as drafter of Declaration of
Independence, 61
face of (Mount Rushmore),
170-171
as first Secretary of State (U.S.
Department of State), 77
portrait of, 46
as president of U.S., 83
on right of self-government, 68
on slavery, 114
as U.S. minister to France, 72, 79-80
vs. Adams, 82
vs. Hamilton, 48, 78-80“Jim Crow” laws (separate but equal
segregation), 151, 240, 272, 319

Jobs, Steve, 296
Johnson, Andrew
impeachment trial, 149-150
as president of U.S., 147-149, 153
Johnson, Lyndon B.
civil rights supporter, 273, 277
Great Society programs, 286-287
portrait of, 245
space program, 285
Vietnam War policy, 287-288“War on Poverty,” 286
Johnson-Reed National Origins Act(1924), 201, 209
The Jungle (Sinclair), 196
K
Kansasslavery issue and, 138
territory (“bleeding Kansas”), 137,
138
Kansas-Nebraska Act, 137
Kennan, George, 261
Kennedy, John F.
assassination of, 277, 286
Bay of Pigs invasion, 284
civil rights policy, 277, 283
Cold War and, 284-285
Cuban missile crisis, 284
as president of U.S., 282-285
space program, 285-286
Vietnam War policy, 284-285
West Berlin speech during Cold
War, 242-243
Kennedy, Robert, assassination of,278, 288
KentuckyResolutions (1798), 117
statehood (1792), 7-8
Kerouac, Jack, 270
Kerry, John F., 336-337
Khomeini, Ayatollah, 292
Khrushchev, Nikita, 284
Kim Il-sung, 263
King, Martin Luther, Jr.

359

INDEX

assassination of, 278, 288
civil rights movement and, 240,
241, 273, 283“I have a dream” speech, 276, 277
King, Rufus, 72
Kissinger, Henry, 289
Know-Nothing Party, 120
Korean War, 235, 263, 264
Kosciusko, Thaddeus, 65
Ku Klux Klan, 150, 201, 209
L
La Follette, Robert, 196, 318-319
Labor unions, 121, 193-195
air controllers strike, 309
auto workers strikes, 228
collective bargaining, 217
Haymarket Square incident, 194
membership in U.S., 227-228
migrant farm workers, 250, 279-280
mine workers membership/strikes,
194-195, 227-228
New Deal programs, 217
post-World War I strikes, 206
post-World War II strikes, 269
railway worker strikes, 193, 194
steel worker strikes, 194, 228
textile worker strikes, 195“Wobblies,” 194-195
See also under names of specificunionsLafayette, Marquis de, 65
Landon, Alf, 218
Latin America, U.S. intervention,
184-185
Latin American Revolution, 114-116
Latino movement, 279-280
League of Nations, 205-206, 226
Lee, Richard Henry, 61, 64
Lee, Robert E.
capture of John Brown at Harper’s
Ferry, 139
commander of Confederate
Army, 144

declines command of Union
Army, 143
portrait of, 95
surrender at Appomattox
Courthouse, 146
Leif (son of Erik the Red), 9
Lenin, V.I., 259
Levitt, William J., 268
Lewis and Clark expedition,bicentennial commemorative
stamp, 46
Lewis, John L., 227-228
Lewis, Meriwether, 47
Lewis, Sinclair, 210
The Liberator, 91, 133
Libraries
American Philosophical Society(Philadelphia), 28
in the colonies, 27, 28
public libraries endowed byCarnegie, 97
subscription, 28
Lincoln, Abrahamassassination of, 147, 153
at Civil War Union encampment,
140-141
Emancipation Proclamation,
144-145
face of (Mount Rushmore), 170-171
Free-Soil Party and, 138
Gettysburg address, 142, 145
on Grant, 95
as president during Civil War,
142-147
presidential election (1860), 139
presidential election (1864),
147, 153
presidential inaugural address, 142senatorial campaign (1858),
138-139on slavery and the Union, 130, 138
Lincoln, Benjamin, 63, 70
Lincoln-Douglas debates (1858), 138-139
Literary works

360

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY“Beat Generation” (1950s), 270-271
colonial period, 28-29“Harlem Renaissance,” 211“Lost Generation” (1920s), 109, 211
New Deal programs and, 218
See also names of individual authors
or works
Lloyd George, David, 108
Locke, John, 17, 32, 34, 61, 65, 73
Lodge, Henry Cabot, 181, 184
Logan, James, 28
The Lonely Crowd (Riesman), 270
Long, Huey P., assassination of, 217“Lost Generation” (1920s), 109, 211
Louis XVI (French king), 64, 80
Louisiana Purchase, 83-84
Lovejoy, Elijah P., 134
Lowell, James Russell, 147
Luce, Henry, 258
Lundestad, Geir, 262
M
MacArthur, Douglas, 225, 232, 263
Macdonough, Thomas, 85
Madison, James, 43, 72, 75, 76,
84-86, 113
as “Father of the Constitution,” 72
Mahan, Alfred Thayer, 184
Maine (U.S. warship) incident, 182
Major, John, 330
Malcolm X, 277
Manhattan. See New YorkManhattan project (atomic bomb
development), 225
Mann, Horace, 121
Mao Zedong, 263, 289
Marbury v. Madison (1803), 113
Marcos, Ferdinand, 312
Marshall, George C., 262
Marshall, Johnas chief justice of the Supreme
Court, 49, 113
funeral of, 168
portrait of, 49

Marshall Plan, 262
Marshall, Thurgood, 244
Martin, Josiah, 60
MarylandCalvert family charter, 15, 30
Catholic settlements, 15
St. Mary’s, first town in, 15
Toleration Act and religious
freedom, 17
Mason, George, 76
Massachusetts
Boston Massacre (1770), 56
Boston Port Bill, 57
Boston Tea Party (1773), 50-51, 57
colonial government charter, 30-31
early settlements, 13-14
Old Granary Cemetery (Boston),
162-163
Salem witch trials, 35
schools and education, 27
Shays Rebellion, 70
trade and economic development,
24-25
Massachusetts Bay Colony, 25, 31
Massachusetts Bay Company, 18
Mather, Cotton, 28, 40
Mayflower Compact, 13, 22-23, 30
Mayflower (ship), 13
McCain, John
(2008) presidential election 342-343
McCarran-Walter Act (1952), 201
McCarthy, Joseph R., 236, 266
McClellan, George, 144, 147
McCormick, Cyrus, 131, 158, 160
McCulloch v. Maryland (1819), 113
McGovern, George, 290
McGrath, J. Howard, 266
McKinley, William
assassination of, 195
Hawaii annexation treaty, 184
Maine (U.S. warship) incident, 182
Open Door foreign policy, 195
as president of U.S., 182, 184,
192, 195
361

INDEX

McVeigh, Timothy, 331
Meat Inspection Act, 197
Meat-packing industry, 158, 196, 197
Mellon, Andrew, 207
Mencken, H.L., 210
Menéndez, Pedro, 10
Merchant Marine, 208
Meredith, James, 277
Methodists, 87, 88
Mexican-Americans. See Latino
movement
Mexican War, 134-135
Mexicoconquest of, 9revolution, 185
Spanish colonization, 11
Middle colonies, 25-26
Middle East
Palestinians, 329-330
peace negotiations, 329-330
Persian Gulf War, 316-317
U.S. policy, 264, 292, 313, 329-330
Millet, Kate, 248
Mining industry strikes, 194-195
Miranda, Francisco, 114
Missouri Compromise (1820), 90, 114,
132, 135, 137
Mohler, George, 177
Molasses Act (England, 1733), 53
Molotov, Vyacheslav, 260
Mondale, Walter, 311
Monetary policy. See U.S. monetary
policyMonroe Doctrine, 114-116
Monroe, James, 113, 115, 116
Montgomery, Bernard, 222
Montoya, Joseph, 280
Monuments and memorials, 161-176
See also under names of individual
memorials
Moral Majority, 308
Morgan, John Pierpoint (J.P.), 187
Morrill Land Grant College Act(1862), 152, 177

Morris, Gouverneur, 72
Morse, Samuel F.B., 156
Mott, Lucretia, 122
Mound builders, 7
Mount Rushmore Monument (South
Dakota), 170-171
Mount Vernon (Virginia),
Washington’s plantation home, 170-171
Ms. (feminist magazine), 279
MTV, 297
Murray-Philip, 228
Music, American
Beatles, 281“hard rock,” 281
Jazz Age (1920s), 210
Jazz musicians, 211
rock and roll (1950s), 271, 281
Rolling Stones, 271, 281
Woodstock (outdoor rock concert,1969), 249, 281
Muslims, 344, 345
Mussolini, Benito, 219, 223
Mutual Board of Defense (U.S.Canada), 220
N
NAACP. See National Association for
the Advancement of Colored People(NAACP)
Nader, Ralph, 287, 332, 336
NAFTA. See North American Free
Trade Agreement (NAFTA)
Napoleon, 82, 83, 84
National Association for the
Advancement of Colored People(NAACP), 211, 244, 272, 273
National health care system, 344-345
National Industrial Recovery Act(NIRA), 217, 227
National Labor Relations Act (NLRA),
217, 218, 228, 280
National Labor Relations Board(NLRB), 217
National Organization for Women362

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY(NOW), 279
National Recovery Administration(NRA), 217
National Security Council (NSC),
NSC-68 security report on Soviet
Union, 262-263, 265
National Woman Suffrage Association(NWSA), 123
National Youth Administration, 218
Native-American movement, 280-281
American Indian Movement(AIM), 281
Wounded Knee (South Dakota)
incident, 180, 281
Native Americans
cultural groups, map of, 21
demonstration in Washington(1978), 252
effect of European disease on, 8
European contact, 9-10
Great Serpent Mound, Ohio, 168
Indian uprisings, 16-17, 180-181
Mesa Verde cliff dwellings, 4-5, 8
migration across Beringia landbridge, 6
mound builders of Ohio, 7
Northwest Passage and, 9, 10
oral tradition, 8Pacific Northwest potlatches, 8
population, 8
Pueblo Indians, 8, 20
relations with European settlers,
15-17, 18, 39
religious beliefs, 8slave trade, 18
Trail of Tears (Cherokee forced
relocation), 125
U.S. policy, 181
Westward expansion and, 178
See also Indian Wars; and see undernames of individual tribes
Nativists, 209
Naturalization Act, 82
Nebraska, territory, 137

New Amsterdam. See under New YorkNew Deal programs, 214-218
New England colonies, 17,
24-25, 30-31
New England Confederation, 17
New Mexico territory, 136
New World exploration, 9-11
New World settlements. See Colonial
periodNew Yorkcolonial royal government, 31
Dutch settlers, 14, 15, 25-26
Manhattan, early settlement, 14, 15,
25-26
New Amsterdam/New Netherland
settlement, 14, 15, 26
polyglot of early settlers, 25-26
New York Weekly Journal, 28
Ngo Dien Nu, 285
Ngo Dinh Diem, 285
Nichols, Terry, 331
Niebuhr, Reinhold, 345
NIRA. See National Industrial
Recovery Act (NIRA)
Nixon, Richard M.
China-U.S. diplomatic relations,289
at Great Wall of China, 250-251
impeachment and resignation, 290
as president of U.S., 288-290
presidential elections (1960, 1968,1972), 283, 288, 290
Soviet Union détente policy, 289
Watergate affair, 290
NLRA. See National Labor Relations
Act (NLRA)No Child Left Behind Act, 333
Nobel Peace Prize, 344, 345
Noble Order of the Knights of Labor(1869), 193
Non-Intercourse Act (1809), 84
Noriega, Manuel Antonio, 317
Norris, Frank, 196
North American Free Trade
363

INDEX

Agreement (NAFTA), 317, 325
North Atlantic Treaty Organization(NATO), 262
North Carolina colony, 17, 30
Northern Securities Company, 187
Northwest Ordinance (1787), 71, 73,
113, 135
Northwest Passage, 9, 10
Northwest Territory, 71, 113
NOW. See National Organization for
Women (NOW)
Nuclear weapons
Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces(INF) Treaty, 304-305, 314
Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty(1963), 243, 284
Manhattan Project (atomic bomb
development), 225
SALT I (Strategic Arms Limitation
Talks), 289
SALT II agreement, 292
Soviet atomic bomb testing, 266
Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI),
313-314
test bans, 284
U.S. attacks on Hiroshima andNagasaki, 226
U.S. defense buildup, 314
U.S. military defense buildup, 314
U.S. nuclear testing, 234
U.S. policy during Cold War, 265
Nullification doctrine, 83, 117-118
O
Oath of office, presidential, 77
Obama, Barack H.
background, 342-343
at Cairo University, 345
on democracies, 342
financial crisis, 343-344
health care, 344-345
inaugural address, 343-344
Nobel Peace Prize, 344-345
parents, 343

as presidential candidate, 341
presidential campaign (2008), 343
with George W. Bush, 339
with Michelle Obama, 295
The Octopus (Norris), 196
Office of Economic Opportunity, 286
Oglethorpe, James, 18
Oklahoma Territory, City, homestead
claims, 101
Oliver, King, 211
Olney, Richard, 194
On the Road (Kerouac), 270
Organization of American States(formerly Pan American Union), 185
Organization of the Petroleum
Exporting Countries (OPEC), 290
Organized labor. See Labor unions
Orlando, Vittorio, 108
P
Pacific Railway Acts (1862-64), 152
Paine, Thomas, 60
Palin, Sarah, 342
Palmer, A. Mitchell, 206-207
Panama, U.S. invasion, 317
Panama Canal
Gatun locks, 100-101
treaties, 101, 184-185, 292
Paris Peace Conference (1919), 108
Paris, Treaty of (1783), 47, 64
Parker, John, 59
Parks, Rosa, 240, 273
Patroon system, 14-15
Peace Democrats or “Copperheads,” 152
Peace of Paris (1763), 33
Penn, William, 18, 25, 30, 39
Pennsylvania colonycolonial government, 30
cultural developments, 27-28
German settlers, 25
population, 25
Quakers as early settlers, 18, 25, 27
relations with Native Americans,
18, 39364

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

schools and education, 27-28
state constitution, 69
See also Philadelphia
Pequot Indian War (1637), 16
Perkins, Frances, 227
Perot, H. Ross, 319, 323, 328
Perry, Oliver Hazard, 85
Pershing, John J., 205
Persian Gulf War, 316-317
Desert Storm campaign, 252-253
Philadelphia
American Philosophical Society, 28
as “City of Brotherly Love,” 18colonial period in, 18, 25
Friends Public School, 27
Independence Hall, 164-165
Liberty Bell, 168
private schools, 27
subscription libraries, 28
Philippine Islands
elections, 312
MacArthur’s return, 232
U.S. relations, 183, 184
World War II battles, 224-225, 232
Pierce, Franklin, 137
Pilgrims, 13, 22-23, 30, 65
Pinckney, Charles, 81
The Pit (Norris), 196
Pitcairn, John, 59
Pizarro, Francisco, 9
Plains Indians, 10, 98, 180-181
Plessy v. Ferguson (1896), 178, 272
Political parties
American Independent, 319
Bull Moose Party, 318
Constitutional Union Party, 139
Democrats, 116, 137, 152, 153,
192, 218-219
Dixiecrats, 319
Federalists, 76, 78, 81, 82, 86, 116
Free Soil Party, 136, 137, 138
Green Party, 332
Know-Nothings, 120
Populists, 191-192

Progressive, 318-319
Radical Republicans, 148-151
Reform Party, 319
Republicans (or DemocraticRepublicans), 78, 81, 138, 139,
152, 153, 218
Socialists, 206, 318
Southern Democrats, 139
States Rights, 272
third-party and independent
candidates, 318-319
Whigs, 119-121, 137-138, 152, 153
Polk, James K., 134, 135
Ponce de Léon, Juan, 9Population growthin cities and towns, 159
household composition, 307
postwar migrations, 267-268
Population, U.S.
in 1690, 24
in 1775, 24
1790 census, 200
1812 to 1852, 124
1860 census, 132
Populist Party, 191-192
Powell, Colin, 294-295
Presidency, U.S.
Cabinet, 77-78, 280
impeachment, 149-150, 290,
328, 329
oath of office, 77role of first lady, 324
See also names of individual
presidents
Presidential elections
1789 (Washington, first), 77
1797 (Adams), 82
1800 (Jefferson), 83
1824 (Jackson), 116
1828 (Jackson), 117
1860 (Lincoln), 139
1864 (Lincoln), 147, 153
1868 (Grant), 150
1884 (Cleveland), 159
365

INDEX1892 (Cleveland), 160
1896 (McKinley), 192
1900 (McKinley), 195
1904 (Roosevelt), 197
1908 (Taft), 197-198
1912 (Wilson), 318, 328
1916 (Wilson), 205, 328
1920 (Harding), 207
1924 (Coolidge), 318-319
1932 (Roosevelt), 211
1936 (Roosevelt), 218
1940 (Roosevelt), 220
1948 (Truman), 235, 269, 319
1960 (Kennedy), 283
1964 (Johnson), 286, 308, 309
1968 (Nixon), 288, 319
1972 (Nixon), 290
1976 (Carter), 291
1980 (Reagan), 309
1984 (Reagan), 310-311
1988 (Bush), 314
1992 (Clinton), 319, 322-324
1996 (Clinton), 328-329
2000 (Bush), 332-333
2004 (Bush), 336-337
2008 (Obama), 342-343
Presley, Elvis, 238, 271
Press
Cable News Network (CNN), 297
first newspaper, 28
first printing press in colonies, 27
freedom of the, 28-29
Progressive Party, 318-319
Progressivism, 195, 196
Prohibition, 121, 210
Protestant religion
Baptists, 87, 88
Great Awakening, 29
Methodists, 87, 88
revivals in “Burned-Over District,” 87Second Great Awakening and, 87-88
See also Pilgrims; Puritans
Public Utility Holding Company
Act, 218

Public Works Administration(PWA), 215
Pueblo Indians, 8, 20
Puerto Ricoceded to U.S., 182-183
as U.S. commonwealth, 184
Pulitzer Prize, 347
Pure Food and Drug Act (1906), 197
Puritans, 13-14, 40, 40, 65
Q
Quakers
abolition movement and, 133
and British government relations, 59
Pennsylvania settlements, 18, 25
schools and education, 27
Quartering Act (England, 1765),
53-54, 58
Quayle, Dan, 323
Quebec Act (England), 58
Quotations, notable“Ask not what your country can dofor you — ask what you can do foryour country” (Kennedy), 283“axis of evil” (Bush), 334“The Buck Stops Here,” 260“city upon a hill” (Winthrop),
13, 309“Damn the torpedoes! Full speed
ahead” (Farragut), 143“a day that will live in infamy”(Roosevelt), 221“Give me liberty, or give me death”(Henry), 42“Go west, young man” (Greeley),
112, 124“A house divided against itself
cannot stand” (Lincoln), 130, 138“I have a dream…” (King, Jr.), 276“I shall return” (MacArthur), 232“Ich bin ein Berliner” (I am a
Berliner) (Kennedy), 242“iron curtain” (Churchill), 260-261“shot heard round the world”

366

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY(Emerson), 59“thousand points of light”(Bush), 315“tyranny over the mind of man”
(Jefferson), 161“With malice towards none”(Lincoln), 147
R
Race riots, 152, 206
Racial discrimination
bus segregation, 240, 273
color barrier broken by Jackie
Robinson, 237, 271
in federal government employment,
269, 272“Jim Crow” laws (segregation), 151,
272, 319
lynchings and violence against
African Americans, 150, 178, 271
military segregation, 269, 272
school segregation, 240, 244
separate but equal
accommodations, 178, 240, 272
South African apartheid, 312
white supremacy and belief in black
inferiority, 178
Radical Republicans, 148-151
Railroad industry, 131-132
Great Rail Strike (1877), 194
nationalization of, 192
Pullman Company, 194
regulation, 159, 197
transcontinental link at
Promontory Point (1869), 179
transcontinental railroad, 154-155
westward expansion and, 179
workers’ hours, 199
workers’ strikes, 193, 194
Raleigh, Walter, 10
Reagan, Ronald
conservatism and, 307-309
economic policy, 309-311
foreign policy, 311-313

as “Great Communicator,” 309
Grenada invasion, 312-313
Iran-Contra affair, 312-313
with Mikhail Gorbachev, 304-305
Reconstruction Act (1867), 148
Reconstruction Era, 148-151
African-American members inCongress during, 96
Lincoln’s program, 147-148
Reconstruction Finance Corporation,
211
Red Cloud (Sioux chief), 180
Reform Party, 319
Refugee Act (1980), 201
Religioncamp meetings and revivals, 87-88
Christian Coalition, 308
Christian evangelicals, 332, 336
circuit riders, 88
fundamentalism, 209, 210, 308
Great Awakening, 29
Moral Majority, 308
Salem witch trials, 35
Second Great Awakening, 87-88
Religious freedom
Coercive or Intolerable Acts and, 58
freedom of worship, 32
and tolerance, 17, 29, 32“Remaking America,” 344
Republicanism, 65, 68
Republicans (or DemocraticRepublicans), 78, 81, 138, 139, 152,
153, 218
Reuther, Walter, 228
Revels, H.R., 96
Revolution. See American Revolution;
French Revolution; Latin American
Revolution
Revolutionary War. See American
Revolution
Rhode Island colony, 14, 31, 41
Rice, Condoleeza, 295
Ridgway, Matthew B., 264
Riesman, David, 270

367

INDEX“Roaring Twenties,” 109, 210
Robertson, Pat, 308
Robinson, Jackie, 237, 271
Rochambeau, Comte Jean de, 64
Rockefeller, John D., 158
Roe v. Wade (1973), 279, 308, 324
Rogers, William, 251
Rolfe, John, 12
Rommel, Erwin, 222
Roosevelt, Eleanor, 324
Roosevelt, Franklin D.
death of, 224
on democracy, 214, 219
foreign policy, 185
Good Neighbor Policy, 185
labor unions and, 227
New Deal programs, 214-218
presidential elections (1932, 1936,1940), 207, 211, 218, 220
Social Security Act, signing of, 230
Social Security program, 218, 230
World War II and, 219-220
World War II peace
negotiations, 224
at Yalta (1945), 224, 234
Roosevelt, Theodore
accession to the presidency, 195
on democracy, 190
face of (Mount Rushmore),
170-171
foreign policy, 181, 184, 186
Nobel Peace Prize recipient(1906), 186
Panama Canal treaty, 184-185
presidential election (1912), 318“Rough Riders” in the SpanishAmerican War, 183“Square Deal,” 196
as “trust-buster” and antitrust laws,
160, 187, 196-197
Root, Elihu, 181
Rose, Ernestine, 122
Rosenberg, Julius and Ethel, 266“Rosie the Riveter,” 222

Royal Proclamation (England, 1763), 53
Rural Electrification Administration, 218
Russian Revolution (1917), 206, 259
Russo-Japanese War (1904-05), 186
S
Sadat, Anwar al-, 292
Saddam Hussein, 316, 317, 329,
334-335
San Martin, José de, 114
Santa Anna, Antonio López de, 134
Scopes, John, 209
Scopes trial, 209-210
Scott, Dred, 138
Scott, Winfield, 135
Seamen’s Act (1915), 199
Second Treatise on Government(Locke), 32, 61
Sectionalism, and slavery issue,
128-139
Sedition Act, 82, 117
Seminole Indians, 125
Separation of church and state, 14
Separation of powers principle, 74
Separatists, 13Seven Years’ War, 33, 63, 83
Seventh Day Adventists, 87
Seward, William, 138, 182
Seymour, Horatio, 152
The Shame of the Cities (Steffens), 196
Sharon, Ariel, 330
Shays, Daniel, 70
Shays’s Rebellion (1787), 70, 73
Sherman Antitrust Act (1890),
160, 187
Sherman, Roger, 72, 73
Sherman, William T., 146
Silent Spring (Carson), 282
Sinclair, Upton, 196
Sioux Indians, 98, 180, 281
Sitting Bull (Sioux chief), 98
Slave family, 128-129
Slave owners, 132
Slave population, 132
368

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Slave trade, 19, 25, 133, 136
Slavery
African slaves, 19, 24
constitutional amendment (13th)
abolishing, 148
Dred Scott decision, 138, 149
Emancipation Proclamation,
144-145
equal rights and, 69
extension of, 113-114
free vs. slave states, 114, 123
Fugitive Slave Laws, 136, 137
Indian slaves, 17-18
Missouri Compromise (1820), 90,
114, 132, 135, 137
Northwest Ordinance ban on, 71,
73, 113, 135
as the “peculiar institution,” 132
plantations in the south and, 113114, 128-129
revolt in Haiti, 83
as a sectional conflict/divided
nation, 128-139
in the territories, 71, 73, 113, 135,
136-138
See also Abolition of slavery
Smith, Capt. John, 6, 12, 36
Smith-Lever Act (1914), 199
Social activism, 87
Social-contract (theory of
government), 61
Social liberalism, 34
Social reforms, 121-122, 195-196
Great Society programs, 286-287
Medicaid program, 287
Medicare program, 286
mental health care, 121-122
New Deal programs, 214-218
prison reform, 121
progressivism, 195
prohibition and the temperance
movement, 121, 210
Social Security, 218
Truman Fair Deal programs,

268-269
War on Poverty, 286
welfare state and, 219
Social Security Act (1935), 218, 230
Socialist Party, 206, 318
Society for the Promotion of
Temperance, 87, 121
Soil Conservation Service, 216
Somalia, 331
Sons of Liberty, 54Soule, John, 124South Africa, racial apartheid, 312
South Carolina
colonial government, 30
during American Revolution, 63-64
early settlements, 17, 26
French Huguenots, 24
nullification crisis, 117-118
protective tariffs, 117secession from the Union, 142
Southern Christian Leadership
Conference (SCLC), 276
Southern colonies, 26-27
Southern Democrats, 139
Soviet Union
Cold War, 258-265
Sputnik and the space program, 285
U.S. containment doctrine, 261-263
U.S. détente policy, 289, 291, 292
U.S. relations, 284, 313-314
Space program, 254, 274-275, 285
Spain, and American Revolution, 63
Spanish-American War (1898),
182, 183
Spanish exploration
European settlement, 9, 11, 169
missions in California, 169
Seven Cities of Cibola and, 9
St. Augustine (Florida), first St.
John de Crèvecoeur, J. Hector, 24
St. Mary’s (Maryland), 15
Stalin, Joseph, at Yalta, 224, 234
Stamp Act (England), 54, 55
Standard Oil Company, 158, 196, 197
369

INDEX

Stanton, Edwin, 153
State constitutions, 68-69
Statehood, 78
States’ rights, 79, 80
nullification doctrine, 83, 117-118
States Rights Party, 272
Statue of Liberty (New York City),
167, 201
Steel industry. See Iron and steel
industry
Steel Workers Organizing Committee(SWOC), 228
Steffens, Lincoln, 196
Steinem, Gloria, 248, 279
Steuben, Friedrich von, 65
Stevens, Thaddeus, 148
Stowe, Harriet Beecher, 137
Student Nonviolent Coordinating
Committee (SNCC), 276
Sugar Act (England, 1764), 53, 55
Sunday, Billy, 209
Supreme Court Building (Wash.,D.C.), 166
Supreme Court, U.S.
cases
Brown v. Board of Education,
241, 244, 272
Marbury v. Madison, 113
McCulloch v. Maryland, 113
Plessy v. Ferguson, 178, 272
Roe v. Wade, 279, 308, 324
decisions, 113
Court’s right of judicial review, 49
Dred Scott, 138, 149
enlargement proposal, 218-219
See also Marshall, John; Marshall,Thurgood
Swedish colonization, 15, 200
Swift, Gustavus, 158
T
Taft, William Howard, 197-198, 318
Taiwan, 263, 265, 289
Talleyrand, Charles Maurice de, 82

Tarbell, Ida M., 196
TARP, see Troubled Assets Relief
ProgramTaxation
Boston Tea Party (1773), 50-51, 57
British right to tax colonies(Declaratory Act), 55
colonial period, 33, 53-59
Committees of Correspondence,
56-57“without representation,” 53, 54-55
See also names of individual acts
Taylor, Zachary, 135
Technology. See Inventions
Television
Cable News Network (CNN), 297
growth of, 268
impact of, 268, 297
MTV, 297
programming, 239, 268
Temperance movement, 87, 121
Tennessee, statehood (1796), 78
Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA), 215
Tenure of Office Act, 149
Terrorism
anthrax poisoning scare, 333-334
Cole (U.S. Navy destroyer) bombing(Yemen), 332
Khobar Towers U.S. military
housing (Saudi Arabia, 1996), 331
Oklahoma City bombing (1995),
326, 331
Palestinian suicide bombings, 330
September 11, 2001 attacks on U.S.,
320-321, 333
U.S. embassies (Kenya andTanzania, 1998), 331-332
World Trade Center bombings(1993), 331
Texas
Alamo, battle of, 134
Battle of San Jacinto, 134
territory of, 134
and War with Mexico, 134-135

370

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

Textile industry strikes, 195
Thorpe, Jim, 181
Thurmond, Strom, 272, 319
The Titan (Dreiser), 196
To Secure These Rights, 271-272
Tocqueville, Alexis de, 126, 130
Tojo, Hideki, 221, 225
Toleration Act (England, 1689), 31
Toleration Act (Maryland), 17
Townsend, Francis E., 217
Townshend Acts (England), 55-56
Townshend, Charles, 55
Trade policy. See U.S. trade policy
Transportation Act (1920), 208
Treaties. See under name of individual
treatyTroubled Assets Relief Program(TARP), 343
Truman Doctrine, 261
Truman, Harry S.
accession to the presidency, 224
civil rights program, 271-272
Fair Deal domestic program,268-269
Hiroshima and Nagasaki atomic
bomb attacks, 226
labor unions and, 269
NSC-68 defense policy, 262, 265
as president of U.S., 258, 260
presidential election (1948), 235, 269
Trusts, 158
Tubman, Harriet, 91
Turner, Frederick Jackson, 126
Twain, Mark. See Clemens, SamuelLanghorne
Tyler, John, 120
U
Uncle Tom’s Cabin (Stowe), 137
Underground Railroad, 91, 134, 136
Unemployment, 344-345
Union Army of the Potomac, 145
Union Pacific Railroad, 179
United Auto Workers, 228

United Mine Workers (UMW),
227-228
United Nations, 224, 226
United States Steel Corporation,
157-158, 187
U.S. economy
in the 1980s, 309-311
in the 1990s, 327-328
in the 2000s, 344-345“Black Monday” (stock market
crash, 1987), 311
federal budget deficits, 310-311, 315
migration patterns in U.S., 267
post-World War II period, 267-268
stock market crash (1929), 211
suburban development and, 268“supply side” economics, 309
unemployment, 215-216, 227, 327
See also Banking and finance; Great
Depression
U.S. foreign policy, 80-82, 181-186
in Asia, 185-186
Bush (George W.) Administration,332-337
Clinton Administration, 328-331
Cold War and, 258-267
imperialism and “Manifest
Destiny,” 181-182
Iran-Contra affair, 312-313
isolationism, 78, 206, 220
Jay Treaty with Britain, 81
in Latin America, 185
Monroe Doctrine, 115-116
Obama administration, 345
Open Door policy, 186, 195
in the Pacific area, 183-184
Panama Canal treaty, 184-185
Reagan Administration, 313-314
Truman Doctrine of containment,
261-263
XYZ Affair with France, 82
U.S. monetary policy, 79-80, 343
currency question, 192
gold standard, 192
371

INDEX

See also Banking and finance;
Federal Reserve Board
U.S. trade policy
economic impact of War of 1812, 86
Embargo Act (1807), 84
Fordney-McCumber Tariff(1922), 207
Hawley-Smoot Tariff (1930), 207
Massachusetts Bay Company“triangular U.S. trade policy,” 25
McKinley tariff, 160, 191
Native Americans with European
settlers, 15-16
Non-Intercourse Act (1809), 84
North American Free Trade
Agreement, 317, 325
protective tariffs, 112, 117, 152, 159
slave trade, 19, 25, 133
Underwood Tariff (1913), 198
World Trade Organization(WTO), 325
U.S. Treasury (Department of), 343
USA Patriot Act, 334
Utah territory, 136V
Van Buren, Martin, 120
Vanderbilt, Cornelius, 158
Vermont, statehood (1791), 78
Verrazano, Giovanni da, 10
Versailles, Treaty of, 206
Vespucci, Amerigo, 9Vietnam
French involvement, 284-285
U.S. involvement, 285
Viet Minh movement, 284
Vietnam Veterans Memorial (Wash.,D.C.), 172-173
Vietnam War
antiwar demonstrations, 248, 258,
281, 288-289
Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, 287
Kent State (Ohio) student
demonstration, 288

military draft, 288
U.S. forces in, 246-247
Villa, Francisco “Pancho,” 185
Virginia
Antifederalists, 76
colonial government, 29-30
Declaration of Rights, 77
education by private tutors, 28Jamestown colony, 10, 12-13, 16
Resolutions (1798), 117secession from the Union, 142-143
state constitution, 68-69
Tidewater region plantation
settlements, 26, 28
Virginia Company, 12, 18, 29-30
Volcker, Paul, 291, 310
Voting rights
for African Americans, 273, 277
church membership requirement, 14
Pennsylvania constitution, 69
for women, 122
Voting Rights Act (1965), 277
W
Wallace, George, 288, 319
Wallace, Henry, 319
Wampanoag Indians, 13
War of 1812, 85-86, 112
War on terror, 345
Warren, Earl, 272
Washington, Booker T., 178
Washington, George
on abolition of slavery, 113
as commander in American
Revolution, 60-62
Constitutional Convention
presiding officer (1787), 66-67, 71
crossing the Delaware (1776), 62
face of (Mount Rushmore), 170171
as first U.S. president, 77-78
Long Island, battle of (1776), 61
Mount Vernon plantation, home of,170-171372

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORY

presidential oath of office, 77
retirement from presidency, 82
at Valley Forge (Pennsylvania), 62
as Virginia militia commander, 33
Yorktown, British surrender, 46-47
Washington Monument (Wash., D.C.),
175
Water Quality Improvement Act, 282
Wattenberg, Ben, 337, 345
Webster, Daniel, 120, 136
Welch, Joseph, 236
Weld, Theodore Dwight, 134
Welfare state. See Social reforms
Welles, Gideon, 143“The West.” See Westward expansion
West, Benjamin, 39
Western Union, 158
Westward expansion
cowboy life and “The Wild West,”
180
frontier settlers’ life, 123-124
Homestead Act (1862), 124, 152,
179, 180
homesteading in the last frontier/“The West,” 126, 179-180
Louisiana Purchase and, 83-84
map of, 127
Northwest Ordinance (1787), 71,
73, 135
in Oklahoma Territory, 101
problems of, 53, 70-71
Whig Party, 119-121, 137-138, 152,
153
Whitefield, George, 29
Whitney, Eli, 114
Wigglesworth, Rev. Michael, 28
Will, George, 308
Williams, Roger, 14, 41
Wilson, James, 72
Wilson, Woodrow
Fourteen Points for WWI
armistice, 205
League of Nations and, 205-206
portrait of, 108

as president of U.S., 198-199,
204-206
presidential elections (1912 and1916), 205, 328
relations with Mexico, 185
U.S. neutrality policy, 204-205
Winthrop, John, 13, 309“Witch hunt,” origin of the term, 35
Women
constitutional council(Afghanistan) delegates, 294
education in the home arts, 27, 122labor unions and, 193
no political rights, 69role of first lady, 324role of Native American, 8workers in war production (“Rosie
the Riveter”), 222
working conditions, 193
Women’s rights, 122-123
abortion issue, 308
Equal Rights Amendment(ERA), 279
feminism and, 278-279
Married Women’s Property Act, 122
in Pennsylvania colony, 18
state constitutions and, 69
Women’s rights movement, 90, 248,
278-279
Women’s suffrage, 90, 122march on Washington (1913),
188-189“Woodstock Generation” (1960s),
249, 281
Works Progress Administration(WPA), 218
World Trade Center Memorial(New York City), 176
World Trade Organization(WTO), 325
World War I
American infantry forces, 108“Big Four” at Paris Peace
Conference (1919), 108
373

INDEX

German submarine warfare, 204-205
postwar unrest, 206-207
U.S. involvement, 205
U.S. neutrality policy, 204-205
Wilson’s Fourteen Points forarmistice, 205
World War II
Atlantic Charter, 220
Coral Sea, Battle of the (1942), 223
Doolittle’s Tokyo bombing raid, 223
Eastern Front, 222
G.I. Bill (veterans benefits),
268-269
Guadalcanal, Battle of, 223, 231
Hiroshima and Nagasaki atomic
bomb attacks, 225, 226
Holocaust (Jewish genocide), 226
in the Pacific arena, 223-224, 224225, 231
Iwo Jima campaign, 225
Japanese-American internment
camps, 222, 233
Japanese Kamikaze suicide
missions, 225
Lend-Lease Program, 220
Leyte Gulf, Battle of, 225
Manhattan Project, 225
Midway, Battle of, 223
Normandy allied invasion, 223, 232
North African campaign, 222-223
Nuremberg war crime trials, 226
Okinawa campaign, 225
peace-time conscription bill, 220
Pearl Harbor, Japanese attack on(1941), 212-213, 221
politics of, 224
postwar economy, 267-268
postwar period, 258
Potsdam Declaration, 225
Roosevelt call for “unconditionalsurrender,” 224
Russian defense of Leningrad andMoscow, 222
U.S. mobilization, 221-222

U.S. neutrality policy, 219-220
World War II Memorial (Wash., D.C.),
176
Wright, Frances, 122
Wright, Orville (and Wilbur), 107
X
XYZ Affair, 82
YYale University (formerly Collegiate
School of Connecticut), 27
Yalta Conference (1945), 224, 234, 260
Yeltsin, Boris, 315-316
Yorktown, British surrender at, 46-47,
64
Yugoslavia, post-Cold War, 330
Z
Zenger, John Peter, 28

374

OUTLINE OF U.S. HISTORYACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Outline of U.S. History is a publication of the U.S.
Department of State. The first edition (1949-50) was
produced under the editorship of Francis Whitney,
first of the State Department Office of International
Information and later of the U.S. Information Agency.
Richard Hofstadter, professor of history at Columbia
University, and Wood Gray, professor of American
history at The George Washington University,
served as academic consultants. D. Steven Endsleyof Berkeley, California, prepared additional material.
It has been updated and revised extensively over theyears by, among others, Keith W. Olsen, professor of
American history at the University of Maryland, andNathan Glick, writer and former editor of the USIA
journal, Dialogue. Alan Winkler, professor of history
at Miami University (Ohio), wrote the post-WorldWar II chapters for previous editions.
This new edition was completely revised and updatedby Alonzo L. Hamby, Distinguished Professor ofHistory at Ohio University in 2005. Chapter 16
was added in 2010-11. Professor Hamby has written
extensively on American politics and society. Among
his books are Man of the People: A Life of Harry S.
Truman and For the Survival of Democracy: Franklin
Roosevelt and the World Crisis of the 1930s. He lives
and works in Athens, Ohio.

Executive Editor:
Editorial Director:
Managing Editor:
Cover Design:
Photo Research:

375

Michael Jay Friedman
Mary T. Chunko
Chandley McDonald
Lisa Jusino
Maggie Johnson Sliker
Ann Monroe Jacobs

PHOTO CREDITS:
Credits from left to right are separated bysemicolons, from top to bottom by dashes.
Cover design: Lisa Jusino. Cover images,
left column, from top: Photos 1-2: AP/WideWorld Photo. Photo 3: Virginia Museum ofFine Arts, Richmond. Photos 4-5:
© Bettmann/CORBIS. Photo 6: LOC.
Photo 7: California State Railroad Museum
Library. Center photo: Mario Tama/AFP/
Getty Images. Right column, from top:
Photo 1: AP/Wide World Photo.
Photo 2: The American History Slide
Collection, © (IRC). Photos 3-4: AP/WideWorld Photo. Photo 5: NASA. Photo 6: Dirck
Halstead/Time Life Pictures/Getty Images.
Photo 7: AP/Wide World Photo.
Pages 4, 5: © Russ Finley/Finley-Holiday
Films. 21: National Atlas of the United States.
22-38: Library of Congress (3).
39: Courtesy The Pennsylvania Academyof Fine Arts. 40, 41: USIA Library – Libraryof Congress (2). 42, 43: Library of Congress(LOC); Time Life Pictures/Getty Images– The American History Slide Collection,© Instructional Resources Corporation(IRC). 44, 45: Painting by Don Troiani, www.
historicalprints.com. 46, 47: AP/Wide World
Photo; LOC – courtesy www.texasphilatelic.
org. 48: National Portrait Gallery,
Smithsonian Institution. 49: AP/Wide World
Photo. 50, 51: LOC. 66, 67: Virginia Museumof Fine Arts, Richmond. Gift of Edgar William
and Bernice Chrysler Garbisch.
89, 90: LOC (3). 91-93: The National Archives(NARA) – LOC (3). 94, 95: American History
Slide Collection, © IRC (2), top right, LOC.
96: LOC – Amherst College Archives
and Special Collections, by permissionof the Trustees of Amherst College. 97:
LOC – AP/Wide World Photo. 98, 99:
LOC; NARA. 100, 101: courtesy Oklahoma
Historical Society – AP/Wide World Photo.
102, 103: Culver – LOC. 104, 105: LOC.
106, 107: Edison Birthday Committee;© Bettmann/CORBIS – Fox Photos/Getty
Images. 108: The National Archives (2).
109: Hulton Archive/Getty Images – AP/
Wide World Photo. 110, 111: © Bettmann/
CORBIS. 127: Courtesy Bureau of Census,
Perry-Castaneda Library Map Collection,
University of Texas. 128, 129: © Bettmann/

CORBIS. 140, 141: LOC. 154, 155: California
State Railroad Museum Library. 161-166:© Robert Llewellyn. 167: © James Casserly.
168: Mark C. Burnett/Photo Researchers,
Inc. – Interior Department/National Park
Service. 169: © Miles Ertman/Masterfile– © Chuck Place. 170, 171: AP/Wide World
Photo – Cameron Davidson/FOLIO, Inc. 172,173: Shawn Thew/AFP/Getty Images.
174: PhotoSpin, Inc. – Michael Ventura/FOLIO,
Inc. 175: Mario Tama/AFP/Getty Images. 176:
Joe Raedle/Getty Images – AP/Wide World
Photo. 188, 189: LOC. 202, 203: The American
History Slide Collection, © (IRC). 212, 213:
The National Archives. 229: New York
Daily News. 230: AP/Wide World (2).
231: The National Archives. 232: U.S. Army – The
National Archives. 233: Lockheed – American
History Slide Collection, © IRC. 234: U.S. Army
– LOC. 235: © Bettmann/CORBIS – U.S. Army.
236: © Bettmann/CORBIS – Yousuf Karsh.
237: AP/Wide World Photo. 238: AP/WideWorld Photo. 239: Culver. 240: © Bettmann/
CORBIS. 241: AP/Wide World Photo.
242, 243: USIS Berlin – © Bettmann/CORBIS.
244: Ebony Magazine. 245: AP/Wide World
Photo. 246, 247: U.S. Army. 248, 249: CORBIS– AP/Wide World Photo; Culver. 250, 251:
Arthur Schatz/Time Life Pictures/Getty
Images; © Bettmann/CORBIS. 252, 253:
Barbara Ann Richards; Carol Hightower– John Wicart. 254: National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA). 255:
David Valdez/The White House – DwightSomers. 256, 257: J.R. Eyerman/Time Life
Pictures/Getty Images. 274, 275: NASA.
293: Chris Honduras/Newsmakers/Getty
Images. 294: AP/Wide World Photo (2).
295: © AP Images/Heiko Junge. 296: Jeff
Christensen/AFP/Getty Images – AP/WideWorld Photos. 297: Courtesy CNN –Courtesy MTV. 298, 299: AP/Wide World
Photo; © John Harrington/Black Star. 300,
301: Kevin Horan. 302: AP/Wide World
Photo. 303. Ken White – © Steve Krongard.
304, 305: Dirck Halstead/Time Life Pictures/
Getty Images. 320, 321: AP/Wide World
Photo. 339: © AP Images/Gerald Herber.
340, 341: © AP Images/Chris Carlson.

GPS Printed by Global Publishing Solutions (A/GIS/GPS) © (11-0150-E-2.0)

Bureau of International Information Programs
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF STATE2011